This is a modern-English version of The Nature of Animal Light, originally written by Harvey, E. Newton (Edmund Newton). It has been thoroughly updated, including changes to sentence structure, words, spelling, and grammar—to ensure clarity for contemporary readers, while preserving the original spirit and nuance. If you click on a paragraph, you will see the original text that we modified, and you can toggle between the two versions.

Scroll to the bottom of this page and you will find a free ePUB download link for this book.



Transcriber's Notes

  • (left arrow over right arrow)
  • α β γ λ ν π υ (Greek characters)
  • (female and male)

Uncommon forms for chemical names have been retained where they occur in the text, e.g. "atropin" for "atropine"; "asparagin" for "asparagine", etc. The spellings of "Sidot blend" and "Sidot blende" are used interchangeably in the text.

Unusual forms for chemical names have been kept where they appear in the text, e.g., "atropin" for "atropine"; "asparagin" for "asparagine," etc. The spellings of "Sidot blend" and "Sidot blende" are used interchangeably in the text.

Some inconsistencies in formatting and punctuation have been retained from the original. "PH" or PH (P subscript H) is retained as used in the text for the scale of alkali-acidity where the more familiar modern usage is "pH". Molar concentrations are indicated in various ways (lower case m, italic lower case m, small capital m): the formats are retained as in the original.

Some inconsistencies in formatting and punctuation have been kept from the original. "PH" or PH (P subscript H) is used as it appears in the text for the scale of alkali-acidity, while the more common modern usage is "pH." Molar concentrations are shown in different formats (lowercase m, italic lowercase m, small capital m): the formats are kept as in the original.

Changes to the text have been made only in the case of obvious spelling or type-setting errors. These are listed at the end of the book.

Changes to the text have only been made for clear spelling or typesetting mistakes. These are listed at the end of the book.

Monographs on Experimental Biology

EDITED BY

Edited by

JACQUES LOEB, Rockefeller Institute
T. H. MORGAN, Columbia University
W. J. V. OSTERHOUT, Harvard University

JACQUES LOEB, Rockefeller Institute
T. H. MORGAN, Columbia University
W. J. V. OSTERHOUT, Harvard University

THE NATURE OF ANIMAL LIGHT

BY

BY

E. NEWTON HARVEY, Ph.D.

E. Newton Harvey, Ph.D.


MONOGRAPHS ON EXPERIMENTAL BIOLOGY

Monographs on Experimental Biology

PUBLISHED

PUBLISHED

FORCED MOVEMENTS, TROPISMS, AND ANIMAL CONDUCT
By JACQUES LOEB, Rockefeller Institute

FORCED MOVEMENTS, TROPISMS, AND ANIMAL BEHAVIOR
By JACQUES LOEB, Rockefeller Institute

THE ELEMENTARY NERVOUS SYSTEM
By G. H. PARKER, Harvard University

THE ELEMENTARY NERVOUS SYSTEM
By G. H. PARKER, Harvard University

THE PHYSICAL BASIS OF HEREDITY
By T. H. MORGAN, Columbia University

THE PHYSICAL BASIS OF HEREDITY
By T. H. MORGAN, Columbia University

INBREEDING AND OUTBREEDING: THEIR GENETIC AND SOCIOLOGICAL SIGNIFICANCE
By E. M. EAST and D. F. JONES, Bussey Institution, Harvard University

INBREEDING AND OUTBREEDING: THEIR GENETIC AND SOCIOLOGICAL SIGNIFICANCE
By E. M. EAST and D. F. JONES, Bussey Institution, Harvard University

THE NATURE OF ANIMAL LIGHT
By E. N. HARVEY, Princeton University

THE NATURE OF ANIMAL LIGHT
By E. N. HARVEY, Princeton University

IN PREPARATION

IN PREP

PURE LINE INHERITANCE
By H. S. JENNINGS, Johns Hopkins University

PURE LINE INHERITANCE
By H. S. JENNINGS, Johns Hopkins University

THE EXPERIMENTAL MODIFICATION OF THE PROCESS OF INHERITANCE
By R. PEARL, Johns Hopkins University

THE EXPERIMENTAL MODIFICATION OF THE PROCESS OF INHERITANCE
By R. PEARL, Johns Hopkins University

LOCALIZATION OF MORPHOGENETIC SUBSTANCES IN THE EGG
By E. G. CONKLIN, Princeton University

LOCALIZATION OF MORPHOGENETIC SUBSTANCES IN THE EGG
By E. G. CONKLIN, Princeton University

TISSUE CULTURE
By R. G. HARRISON, Yale University

TISSUE CULTURE
By R. G. HARRISON, Yale University

PERMEABILITY AND ELECTRICAL CONDUCTIVITY OF LIVING TISSUE
By W. J. V. OSTERHOUT, Harvard University

PERMEABILITY AND ELECTRICAL CONDUCTIVITY OF LIVING TISSUE
By W. J. V. OSTERHOUT, Harvard University

THE EQUILIBRIUM BETWEEN ACIDS AND BASES IN ORGANISM AND ENVIRONMENT
By L. J. HENDERSON, Harvard University

THE EQUILIBRIUM BETWEEN ACIDS AND BASES IN ORGANISM AND ENVIRONMENT
By L. J. HENDERSON, Harvard University

CHEMICAL BASIS OF GROWTH
By T. B. ROBERTSON, University of Toronto

CHEMICAL BASIS OF GROWTH
By T. B. ROBERTSON, University of Toronto

COÖRDINATION IN LOCOMOTION
By A. R. MOORE, Rutgers College

COORDINATION IN LOCOMOTION
By A. R. MOORE, Rutgers College

OTHERS WILL FOLLOW

Others will follow.


Monographs on Experimental Biology

Monographs on Experimental Biology

THE NATURE OF ANIMAL LIGHT

THE NATURE OF ANIMAL BIO-LUMINESCENCE

BY

BY

E. NEWTON HARVEY, Ph.D.

E. Newton Harvey, Ph.D.

PROFESSOR OF PHYSIOLOGY, PRINCETON UNIVERSITY

Physiology Professor, Princeton University

[Printer's mark]

PHILADELPHIA AND LONDON J. B. LIPPINCOTT COMPANY

PHILADELPHIA AND LONDON J. B. LIPPINCOTT COMPANY

COPYRIGHT, 1920. BY J. B. LIPPINCOTT COMPANY

COPYRIGHT, 1920. BY J. B. LIPPINCOTT COMPANY

Electrotyped and Printed by J. B. Lippincott Company.
The Washington Square Press, Philadelphia, U. S. A.

Electrotyped and Printed by J. B. Lippincott Company.
The Washington Square Press, Philadelphia, U. S. A.


EDITORS' ANNOUNCEMENT

The rapid increase of specialization makes it impossible for one author to cover satisfactorily the whole field of modern Biology. This situation, which exists in all the sciences, has induced English authors to issue series of monographs in Biochemistry, Physiology, and Physics. A number of American biologists have decided to provide the same opportunity for the study of Experimental Biology.

The fast growth of specialization makes it impossible for one author to adequately cover the entire field of modern Biology. This situation, which is present in all sciences, has led English authors to publish series of monographs in Biochemistry, Physiology, and Physics. Several American biologists have chosen to offer the same opportunity for studying Experimental Biology.

Biology, which not long ago was purely descriptive and speculative, has begun to adopt the methods of the exact sciences, recognizing that for permanent progress not only experiments are required but quantitative experiments. It will be the purpose of this series of monographs to emphasize and further as much as possible this development of Biology.

Biology, which not long ago was just descriptive and speculative, has started to embrace the methods of the exact sciences, understanding that for lasting progress, not only experiments but also quantitative experiments are necessary. This series of monographs aims to highlight and promote this development in Biology as much as possible.

Experimental Biology and General Physiology are one and the same science, in method as well as content, since both aim at explaining life from the physico-chemical constitution of living matter. The series of monographs on Experimental Biology will therefore include the field of traditional General Physiology.

Experimental Biology and General Physiology are essentially the same field, both in their approach and subject matter, as they seek to explain life based on the physical and chemical makeup of living matter. Therefore, the series of monographs on Experimental Biology will also cover the area of traditional General Physiology.

Jacques Loeb,
T. H. Morgan,
W. J. V. Osterhout.

Jacques Loeb,
T.H. Morgan,
W.J.V. Osterhout.


PREFACE

Bioluminescence, the production of light by animals and plants, has always excited the admiration of the layman and the wonder of the scientist. It is not surprising that an enormous literature dealing with the subject has grown up. A large part of this literature, however, is made up merely of reports that a certain animal is luminous, or records of especially brilliant phosphorescence of the sea. Among those who have inquired somewhat more carefully into the nature and causes of light production may be mentioned the names of Beijerinck, R. Boyle, Dahlgren, Dubois, Ehrenberg, Krukenberg, Mangold, McDermott, Molisch, Panceri, Pflüger, Phipson, Quatrefages, Spallanzani, and Trojan. Several of these men have written comprehensive monographs on the subject.

Bioluminescence, the ability of animals and plants to produce light, has always fascinated both the general public and scientists alike. It's no surprise that a vast amount of literature has been produced on this topic. However, a significant portion of this literature consists mainly of reports that certain animals are luminous or accounts of particularly striking phosphorescence in the ocean. Among those who have explored the nature and causes of light production more thoroughly are Beijerinck, R. Boyle, Dahlgren, Dubois, Ehrenberg, Krukenberg, Mangold, McDermott, Molisch, Panceri, Pflüger, Phipson, Quatrefages, Spallanzani, and Trojan. Several of these individuals have written in-depth studies on the subject.

It is not the purpose of this book to deal with every phase of bioluminescence. Volumes could be written on the evolutionary side of the problem and the structure and uses of luminous organs. These questions can only be touched upon. Neither is it my purpose to discuss the ultimate cause of the light, whether due to vibration of electrons or to other causes. That problem must be left to the physicist, although it is highly probable that a study of animal light will give important information regarding the nature of light in general, and no theory of light can be adequate which fails to take into account the extraordinary powers of luminous animals.

It’s not the goal of this book to cover every aspect of bioluminescence. Entire books could be dedicated to the evolutionary aspects and the structure and functions of light-emitting organs. These topics can only be briefly mentioned. Similarly, I won’t address the ultimate cause of the light, whether it's from electron vibrations or something else. That issue should be left to physicists, though it’s very likely that studying animal light will provide valuable insights into the nature of light overall, and no theory of light will be complete without considering the remarkable capabilities of luminous animals.

We shall be concerned largely with the physical characteristics of animal light and the chemical processes[Pg viii] underlying its production. Great advances have been made since the first early guesses that the light was due to phosphorus and was a kind of oxidation. Although the problem cannot be considered as solved, it has been placed on a sound physico-chemical basis. Some material is oxidized. Exactly what this material is and why light accompanies its oxidation are the two more fundamental problems in the field of Bioluminescence. How far and with what success we have progressed toward a solution of these problems may be seen from a perusal of the following pages.

We will mainly focus on the physical traits of animal light and the chemical processes[Pg viii] that lead to its production. Significant progress has been made since the early theories suggested that the light was caused by phosphorus and was a type of oxidation. While the problem isn’t completely solved, it’s now based on solid physical and chemical principles. Some material gets oxidized. The exact nature of this material and why light is produced during its oxidation are the two key questions in the field of Bioluminescence. You can see how far we’ve come and how successfully we’ve worked toward answering these questions by reading the following pages.

It gives me pleasure to acknowledge the kindness of Dr. W. E. Forsythe of the Nela Institute, Cleveland, Ohio, in reading and criticizing the manuscript of Chapter III, and of Professor Lyman of Harvard University for a similar review of Chapter II. I am also deeply indebted to my wife for reading the proof and to Dr. Jacques Loeb and Prof. W. J. V. Osterhout for many suggestions throughout the book. My thanks are also due to Prof. C. Ishikawa of the Agricultural College, Imperial University of Tokio, Japan, for his generous assistance in providing Cypridina material. Finally I wish to acknowledge the support of the Carnegie Institution of Washington, through its director of Marine Biology, Dr. Alfred G. Mayor. Without this support much of the work described in this book could not have been accomplished.

I’m pleased to recognize Dr. W. E. Forsythe from the Nela Institute in Cleveland, Ohio, for his feedback on the manuscript of Chapter III, and Professor Lyman from Harvard University for his review of Chapter II. I’m also very grateful to my wife for going through the proofs, and to Dr. Jacques Loeb and Professor W. J. V. Osterhout for their many helpful suggestions throughout the book. I want to extend my thanks to Professor C. Ishikawa from the Agricultural College at the Imperial University of Tokio, Japan, for his generous help in providing Cypridina material. Lastly, I appreciate the support from the Carnegie Institution of Washington, especially from its director of Marine Biology, Dr. Alfred G. Mayor. Without this support, much of the work detailed in this book wouldn’t have been possible.

E. N. H.
Princeton, N. J.,
October, 1919.
[Pg ix]

E.N.H.
Princeton, NJ,
October 1919.
[Pg ix]


CONTENTS

CHAPTER PAGE
I. Bioluminescent Organisms 1
Early records and theories. "Shining fish and flesh." "Burning of the sea." Distribution of luminous organisms in plant and animal kingdoms. Secondary luminosity. False luminosity. St. Elmo's fire. Ignis fatuus. Flashing of flowers. Luminosity in man. Use to man of photogenic organisms.
II. Glow and Shine 20
The complete spectrum. Radiation and temperature. "Cold light." Thermoluminescence. Phosphorescence and fluorescence. Triboluminescence and piezoluminescence. Crystalloluminescence. Chemiluminescence.
III. Physical Nature of Animal Light 40
Purkinje phenomenon. Color and spectra of animal light. Polarization. Efficiency of animal light. Infra-red radiation. Ultra-violet radiation. Luminous efficiency and visual sensibility. Production of radiation penetrating opaque objects. Intensity of animal light. Summary.
IV. Structure of Light Organs 67
Photochemical and chemiphotic changes. The eye and the luminous organ. Intracellular and extracellular luminescence. Continuous and intermittent luminescence. Periodicity of luminescence. Luminous bacteria. Noctiluca and photogenic granules. Chætopterus and luminous gland cells. Cypridina. Luminous glands. The firefly. Luminous organs (photophores) with lenses, reflectors, opaque and color screens. Uses and purpose of animal light.
V. The Chemistry of Light Production, Part I 85
Boyle's and Spallanzani's experiments. Shining wood and burning coal. Oxygen and luminescence. Carbon dioxide and luminescence. Heat production during luminescence. Luminescence and respiration. Water and luminescence. Phipson's noctilucin. Luciferin and luciferase. Photogenin and photophelein. Proluciferin. Oxyluciferin. Pyrophorin or luciferescein. Chemiluminescent reactions. "Biozymoöxyluminescence."[Pg x]
VI. The Chemistry of Light Production, Part II 114
Pyrophorus luciferin and luciferase. Pholas luciferin and luciferase. Cypridina luciferin; stability, hydrolysis by acid and enzymes, adsorption, precipitation, salting out, solubility, distribution. Cypridina luciferin a proteose? Cypridina luciferase and properties. Cypridina luciferase an albumin. Specificity of luciferase. Action of fat solvent anæsthetics. Action of cyanides. Oxyluciferin. Nature of oxidative reaction.
VII. Luminescence Dynamics 143
Minute amounts of material for luminescence. Reaction velocity and chemiluminescence. Temperature and chemiluminescence. Oxidation in steps. Concentration and bioluminescence. Temperature and bioluminescence. Oxidation with and without luciferase. Reaction velocity and color of bioluminescence.

THE NATURE OF ANIMAL LIGHT

The Nature of Animal Light

CHAPTER I
LIGHT-PRODUCING ORGANISMS

The fact that animals can produce light must have been recognized from the earliest times in countries where fireflies and glowworms abound, but it is only since the perfection of the microscope that the phosphorescence of the sea, the light of damp wood and of dead fish and flesh has been proved to be due to living organisms. Aristotle mentions the light of dead fish and flesh and both Aristotle and Pliny that of damp wood. Robert Boyle in 1667 made many experiments to show that the light from all three sources, as well as that of the glowworm, is dependent upon a plentiful supply of air and drew an interesting comparison between the light of shining wood and that of a glowing coal. Boyle had no means of finding out the true cause of the light and early views of its nature were indeed fantastic. Even as late as 1800 Hulme concludes from his experiments on phosphorescent fish that the light is a "constituent principle of marine fishes" and the "first that escapes after the death of the fish." It was only in 1830 that Michaelis suspected the light of dead fish to be the result of some living thing and in 1854 Heller gave the name Sarcina noctiluca to the suspected organism. In 1875 Pflüger showed that nutrient media could be inoculated with small amounts of luminous fish and that these would increase in size, like bacterial[Pg 2] colonies, and we now know that the light of all dead fish and flesh is due to luminous bacteria.

The fact that animals can produce light has likely been noticed since ancient times in places where fireflies and glowworms are common, but it wasn’t until the microscope was perfected that it was proven that the phosphorescence of the sea, along with the glow of damp wood and dead fish and flesh, is caused by living organisms. Aristotle noted the light emitted by dead fish and flesh, and both Aristotle and Pliny mentioned the luminescence of damp wood. In 1667, Robert Boyle conducted numerous experiments to demonstrate that the light from all three sources, as well as that from glowworms, relies on a sufficient supply of air and made an intriguing comparison between the illumination from glowing wood and that from a burning coal. Boyle had no way of discovering the actual cause of the light, and early ideas about its nature were indeed fanciful. As late as 1800, Hulme concluded from his experiments on phosphorescent fish that the light was a "constituent principle of marine fishes" and the "first that escapes after the death of the fish." It was only in 1830 that Michaelis suspected the light from dead fish was the result of some living organism, and in 1854 Heller named the suspected organism Sarcina noctiluca. In 1875, Pflüger demonstrated that nutrient media could be inoculated with small amounts of luminous fish, and those would grow in size, similar to bacterial colonies, and we now understand that the light from all dead fish and flesh is due to luminous bacteria.

In the early part of the nineteenth century it was surmised that the light of damp wood was connected with fungus growth because of a similarity in smell. In 1854 Heller recognized minute strands, which he called Rhizomorpha noctiluca, as the actual source of the light. We now know that all phosphorescent wood is due to the mycelium of various kinds of fungi and that sometimes the fruiting body of the fungus also produces light.

In the early 1800s, people thought the glow of damp wood was related to fungus growth because they smelled similar. In 1854, Heller identified tiny strands, which he named Rhizomorpha noctiluca, as the true source of the light. Today, we understand that all luminous wood comes from the mycelium of various fungi, and sometimes the fruiting body of the fungus also emits light.

The phosphorescence or "burning of the sea," which is described by so many of the older explorers, is also due entirely to living organisms, both microscopic and macroscopic. The latter are mostly jelly-fish (medusæ) or comb jellies (Ctenophores) and give rise to the larger, more brilliant flashes of light often seen in the wake or about the sides of a steamer at night. The former are various species of dinoflagellates or cystoflagellates such as Noctiluca (just visible to the naked eye) which collect at the surface of the sea and often increase in such numbers that the water is colored by day (usually pink or red) and shines like a sheet of fire when disturbed at night. Although Noctiluca was recognized as a luminous animal in 1753 by Baker, the light of the sea was a mysterious phenomenon to the older observers. MacCartney, speaking before the Royal Society in 1810, outlines the various older theories as follows: "Many writers have ascribed the light of the sea to other causes than luminous animals. Martin supposed it to be occasioned by putrefaction; Silberschlag believed it to be phosphoric; Prof. J. Mayer conjectured that the surface of the sea imbibed light, which it afterwards discharged. Bajon and Gentil[Pg 3] thought the light of the sea was electric, because it was excited by friction.... I shall not trespass on the time of the Society to refute the above speculations; their authors have left them unsupported by either arguments or experiments, and they are inconsistent with all ascertained facts upon the subject. The remarkable property of emitting light during life is only met amongst animals of the four last classes of modern naturalists, viz., mollusca, insects, worms, and zoöphytes." MacCartney recognized the true cause of the light, although he had little idea of the vast number of marine forms which are luminous and omits entirely any reference to the fishes, many of which produce a light of their own when living, apart from any bacterial infection.

The phosphorescence or "burning of the sea," which so many early explorers described, is entirely caused by living organisms, both tiny and larger ones. The larger ones are mostly jellyfish (medusæ) or comb jellies (Ctenophores) that create the bigger, brighter flashes of light often seen trailing behind or around a steamer at night. The smaller ones include various species of dinoflagellates or cystoflagellates like Noctiluca (which are just visible to the naked eye) that gather at the water's surface and can multiply in such numbers that the water turns color during the day (usually pink or red) and glows like fire when disturbed at night. Although Noctiluca was identified as a glowing creature in 1753 by Baker, the light of the sea was a puzzling phenomenon for earlier observers. MacCartney, addressing the Royal Society in 1810, summarized the older theories as follows: "Many writers have attributed the light of the sea to causes other than luminous animals. Martin thought it was caused by decay; Silberschlag believed it was phosphoric; Prof. J. Mayer guessed that the surface of the sea absorbed light, which it later released. Bajon and Gentil thought the light of the sea was electric because it was triggered by friction.... I won't take up the Society’s time by debunking these theories; their creators have left them unsupported by any arguments or experiments, and they contradict all known facts on the subject. The notable ability to emit light while alive is only found among animals in the last four categories of modern naturalists: mollusks, insects, worms, and zoophytes." MacCartney recognized the actual cause of the light, although he had little understanding of the many marine creatures that glow and completely ignored the fish, many of which create their own light when alive, separate from any bacterial infection.

A survey of the animal kingdom discloses at least 36 orders containing one or more forms known to produce light and several more orders containing species whose luminosity is doubtful. In the plant kingdom there are two groups containing luminous forms. The distribution of luminous organisms is brought out in the accompanying classification of plants and animals. Those orders are printed in italics which contain species whose self-luminosity is fairly well established. It will be noted that further subdivisions into orders is not given in classes of animals which lack luminous forms.

A survey of the animal kingdom reveals at least 36 orders that have one or more types known to produce light, along with several more orders that include species with uncertain luminosity. In the plant kingdom, there are two groups that contain glowing forms. The distribution of luminous organisms is shown in the accompanying classification of plants and animals. Orders that contain species with well-established self-luminosity are printed in italics. It's important to notice that no further subdivisions into orders are provided for classes of animals that don't have luminous forms.


TABLE 1
DISTRIBUTION OF LUMINOUS ORGANISMS IN PLANT AND ANIMAL KINGDOMS

TABLE 1
DISTRIBUTION OF LUMINOUS ORGANISMS IN PLANT AND ANIMAL KINGDOMS

Plant Kingdom

Plant Kingdom

  • I. Thallophyta
  • Algæ
  • Cyanophyceæ (Blue-green Algæ)
  • Chlorophyceæ (Green Algæ)[Pg 4]
  • Phæophyceæ (Brown Algæ)
  • Rhodophyceæ (Red Algæ)
  • Lichenes (Lichens, symbiotic growth of algæ and fungi)
  • Fungi
  • Myxomycetes (Slime moulds)
  • Schizomycetes (Bacteria)
  • Bacterium, Photobacterium, Bacillus, Pseudomonas, Micrococcus, Microspira, Vibrio.
  • Phycomycetes (moulds)
  • Ascomycetes (Sac fungi, yeasts, some moulds)
  • Basidiomycetes (Smuts, rusts, mushrooms)
  • Ustilaginæ (Smuts)
  • Uridineæ
  • Auriculariæ (Judas ears)
  • Tremellineæ (Jelly fungi)
  • Hymenomycetes (Mushrooms)
  • Agaricus, Armillaria, Pleurotus, Panus, Mycena, Omphalia, Locellina, Marasinium, Clitocybe, Corticium.
  • Gasteromycetes (Stinkhorns and puff-balls)
  • II. Bryophyta
  • Hepaticæ (Liverworts)
  • Musci (Mosses)
  • III. Pteridophyta
  • Equisetineæ (Horsetails)
  • Salviniæ (Salvinia, Marsilia, etc.)
  • Lycopodineæ (Club Mosses)
  • Filicineæ (Ferns)
  • IV. Spermatophyta
  • Gymnospermæ (Cycads, Ginkgo, Conifers)
  • Angiospermæ (Mono- and Dicotyledonous flowering plants).

Animal Kingdom

Animal Kingdom

  • I. Protozoa. (One-celled animals)
  • Sarcodina
  • Rhizopoda
  • Heliozoa
  • Radiolaria
  • Thallassicola, Myxosphæra, Collosphæra, Collozoum, Sphærozoum.
  • Mastigophora[Pg 5]
  • Flagellata
  • Choanoflagellata
  • Dinoflagellata
  • Ceratium, Peridinium, Prorocentrum, Pyrodinium, Gonyaulax, Blepharocysta, Amphidinium, Diplopsalis, Cochlodinium, Sphærodinium, Gymnodinium.
  • Cystoflagellata
  • Noctiluca, Pyrocystis, Leptodiscus, Craspedotella.
  • Sporozoa
  • Infusoria
  • II. Porifera (Sponges)
  • Calcarea
  • Hexactinellida
  • Desmospongiæ
  • III. Cœlenterata
  • Hydrozoa (Hydroids and Jelly-fish)
  • Leptomedusæ or Campanulariæ
  • Medusa form—Eutima, Phyalidium (Oceania).
  • Hydroid form—Aglaophenia, Campanularia, Sertularia, Plumularia, Cellularia, Valkeria, Obelia, Clytia.
  • Trachomedusæ
  • Geryonia, Lyriope, Aglaura
  • Narcomedusæ
  • Cunina
  • Anthomedusæ or Tubulariæ
  • Medusa form—Thaumantias, Tiara, Turris, Sarsia.
  • Hydroid form—?
  • Hydrocorallinæ
  • Siphonophora
  • Abyla, Praya, Diphyes, Eudoxia, Hippopodius.
  • Scyphozoa (Jelly-fish)
  • Stauromedusæ
  • Peromedusæ
  • Cubomedusæ
  • Carybdia
  • Discomedusæ
  • Pelagia, Aurelia, Chrysaora, Rhizostoma, Cyanæa, Dianea, Mesonema.
  • Actinozoa (Corals, Sea-fans, Sea-pens, Sea-anemones)
  • Actinaria[Pg 6]
  • Madreporareia
  • Antipatharia
  • Alcyonaria
  • Alcyonium, Gorgonia, Isis, Mopsea
  • Pennatulacea
  • Pennatula, Pteroides, Veretillum, Cavernularia.
  • Funicularia, Renilla, Pavonaria, Stylobelemon, Umbellularia, Virgularia?
  • Ctenophora (Comb-jellies)
  • Cydippida
  • Pleurobranchia.
  • Lobata
  • Mnemiopsis, Bolinopsis, Leucothea (Eucharis).
  • Cestida
  • Cestus.
  • Beroida
  • Beroë.
  • IV. Platyhelminthes
  • Turbellaria (Flat-worms)
  • Trematodes (Parasitic flat-worms)
  • Cestodes (Tape-worms)
  • Nemertinea (Nemertines)
  • V. Nemathelminthes
  • Nematoda (Round worms)
  • Gordiacea (Hair worms)
  • Acanthocephala (Acanthocephalids)
  • Chætognatha (Sagitta)
  • VI. Trochelminthes
  • Rotifera (Wheel animalcules)
  • Gastrotricha (Chætonotus)
  • Kinorhyncha (Echinoderes)
  • VII. Molluscoidea
  • Bryozoa (Corallines)
  • Entoprocta
  • Ectoprocta
  • Membranipora, Scrupocellaria, Retepora? Flustra?
  • Brachiopoda (Lamp shells)
  • Phoronidea (Phoronis)
  • VIII. Annulata
  • Archiannelida (Primitive worms, including Dinophilus)
  • Chætopoda (True worms)[Pg 7]
  • Polychæta
  • Chætopterus, Phyllochaetopterus, Telepsaris, Polynoë, Acholoë, Tomopteris, Odontosyllis, Lepidonotus, Pionosyllis, Phyllodoce, Heterocirrus, Polyopthalamus?
  • Oligochæta
  • Lumbricus, Photodrilus, Allolobophora (Eisemia), Microscolex, Nonlea, Enchytræus, Octochætus.
  • Gephyrea (Sipunculus)
  • Hirudinea (Leeches)
  • Myzostomida (Myzostomus)
  • IX. Echinodermata
  • Asteroidea (Star-fish)
  • Ophiuroidea (Brittle-stars)
  • Ophiurida
  • Ophiopsila, Amphiura, Ophiacantha, Ophiothrix, Ophionereis.
  • Euryalida
  • Echinoidea (Sea urchins)
  • Holothuroidea (Sea Cucumbers)
  • Crinoidea (Feather-stars)
  • X. Arthropoda
  • Crustacea (Crabs, lobsters, shrimps, etc.)
  • Phyllapoda
  • Ostracoda
  • Halocypris, Cypridina, Pyrocypris, Conchœcia, Cyclopina.
  • Copepoda
  • Metridia, Leuckartia, Pleuromma, Oncæa, Heterochæta.
  • Cirripedia
  • Phyllocardia
  • Schizopoda
  • Nyctiphanes, Nematoscelis, Gnathophausia, Euphausia, Stylochiron,Boreophausia, Mysis?
  • Decapoda
  • Sergestes, Aristeus, Heterocarpus, Hoplophorus, Acanthephyra, Pentacheles, Colossendeis
  • Stomatopoda
  • Cumacea
  • Amphipoda
  • Isopoda
  • Onychophora (Peripatus)
  • Myriapoda (Centipedes and Millepedes)
  • Symphyla
  • Chilopoda[Pg 8]
  • Geophilus, Scolioplanes, Orya.
  • Diplopoda
  • Pauropoda
  • Insecta (Insects)
  • Aptera (Spring-tails)
  • Lipura, Amphorura, Neanura
  • Orthoptera
  • Neuroptera
  • Teleganoides and Cænis of the Mayflies? Termites?
  • Hemiptera
  • Diptera (Flies)
  • Bolitophila and Ceroplatus larvæ, Thyreophora?
  • Coleoptera (Beetles)
  • Pyrophorus, Photophorus, Luciola, Lampyris, Phengodes, Photuris, Photinus, etc.
  • Lepidoptera
  • Hymenoptera
  • Arachnida (Spiders)
  • XI. Mollusca
  • Amphineura (Chiton)
  • Pelecypoda (Bivalves)
  • Protobranchia
  • Filibranchia
  • Pseudo-Lamellibranchia
  • Eu-lamellibranchia
  • Pholas
  • Septibranchiata
  • Gasteropoda (Snails, periwinkles, slugs, etc.)
  • Prosobranchiata
  • Ophisthobranchiata
  • Phyllirrhoë, Plocamopherus.
  • Pulmonata
  • Scaphopoda (Dentalium)
  • Cephalopoda (Squids and Octopus)
  • Tetrabranchiata
  • Dibranchiata decapoda
  • Onychoteuthis, Chaunoteuthis, Lycoteuthis, Nematolampas, Lampadioteuthis, Enoploteuthis, Abralia, Abraliopsis, Watasenia, Ancistrocheirus, Thelidioteuthis, Pterygioteuthis, Pyroteuthis, Octopodoteuthis?, Calliteuthis, Histioteuthis, Benthoteuthis, Hyaloteuthis, Eucleoteuthis, Chiroteuthis,[Pg 9] Mastigoteuthis, Cranchia, Liocranchia, Pyrgopsis, Leachia, Liguriella, Phasmatopsis, Toxeuma, Megalocranchia, Leucocranchia, Crystalloteuthis, Phasmatoteuthis, Galiteuthis, Corynomma, Hensenioteuthis, Bathothauma, Rossia?, Heteroteuthis, Iridoteuthis, Sepiola, Rondeletia, Inioteuthis, Euprymna, Melanoteuthis?.
  • XII. Chordata
  • Adelochorda (Balanoglossus)
  • Balanoglossus, Ptychodera, Glossobalanus
  • Urochorda (Ascidians)
  • Larvacea
  • Appendicularia?
  • Thaliacea
  • Salpa, Doliolum?
  • Ascidiacea
  • Pyrosoma, Phallusia
  • Acrania (Amphioxus)
  • Cyclostomata (Cylostomes)
  • Pisces (Fishes)
  • Elasmobranchii
  • Centroscyllium, Spinax, Paracentroscyllium, Isistius, Læmargus, Euproctomicrus, Benthobatis?
  • Holocephalii
  • Dipnoi
  • Teleostomi
  • Stomias, Chauliodus, Melanostomius, Pachystomias, Bathophilus, Dactylostomius, Malacosteus, Astronesthes, Ophozstomias, Idiacanthus, Bathylychnus, Macrostomius, Gonostoma, Cyclothone, Photichthys, Vinciguerria, Ichthyococcus, Lychnopoles, Diplophos, Triplophos, Valenciennellus, Maurolicus, Argyropelecus, Sternoptyx, Polyipnus, Ipnops? Neoscopelus, Myctophum, Halosausus, Xenodermichthys? Macrurus? Photoblepharon, Anomalops, Porichthys, Leuciocornus, Mixonus? Bassozetus? Oneirodes, Ceratias, Gigantactis, Chaunax, Malthopsis, Halicmetus, Monocentris, Lamprogrammus.
  • Amphibia (Frogs, Toads, Salamanders)
  • Reptilia (Snakes, Lizards, Turtles)
  • Aves (Birds)
  • Mammalia (Mammals)

The only groups of the plant kingdom which are known to produce light are some of the bacteria and some of the fungi and the dinoflagellates (Peridineæ) if one is to include them among the plants. Many different species of phosphorescent bacteria have been described, differing in cultural characteristics and structural peculiarities and grouped in the genera, Bacterium, Photobacterium, Bacillus, Microspira, Pseudomonas, Micrococcus, and Vibrio. Specific names indicating their light-producing power such as phosphorescens, phosphoreum, luminosum, lucifera, etc., have been applied.

The only groups in the plant kingdom known to produce light are some types of bacteria, certain fungi, and dinoflagellates (Peridineæ) if we consider them part of the plant kingdom. Various species of glowing bacteria have been identified, each with different growth characteristics and structural features, and are categorized into the genera Bacterium, Photobacterium, Bacillus, Microspira, Pseudomonas, Micrococcus, and Vibrio. Specific names that highlight their light-producing abilities, such as phosphorescens, phosphoreum, luminosum, lucifera, and so on, have been used.

All the fungi which are definitely known to produce light belong to the Basidiomycetes, the largest and most highly developed of the true fungi. Either the mycelium alone or the fruiting body alone, or both, may be luminescent.

All the fungi that are definitely known to produce light belong to the Basidiomycetes, which is the largest and most advanced group of true fungi. Either the mycelium, the fruiting body, or both may glow.

Among animals the best known forms are the dinoflagellates; Noctiluca; hydroids; jelly-fish; ctenophores; sea pens; Chætopterus and other marine worms; earthworms; brittle stars; various crustaceans; myriapods; fireflies and glowworms, the larvæ of fireflies; Pholas dactylus and Phyllirrhoë bucephala, both molluscs; squid; Pyrosoma, a colonial ascidian; and fishes.

Among animals, the most well-known forms are dinoflagellates; Noctiluca; hydroids; jellyfish; ctenophores; sea pens; Chætopterus and other marine worms; earthworms; brittle stars; various crustaceans; myriapods; fireflies and glowworms, the larvae of fireflies; Pholas dactylus and Phyllirrhoë bucephala, both mollusks; squid; Pyrosoma, a colonial ascidian; and fish.

Luminous animals are all either marine or terrestrial forms. No examples of fresh water luminous organisms are known. Of marine forms, the great majority are deep sea animals, and it is among these that the development of true luminous organs of a complicated nature is most pronounced. Many of the luminous marine animals are to be found in the plankton, while the littoral luminous forms are in the minority. Some members of all the above groups are found at one or another of our marine labora[Pg 11]tories with the possible exception of Pholas, Phyllirrhoë and squid. Although earthworms and myriapods which produce light are found in the United States, they are rather rare and seldom observed forms.

Luminous animals are either marine or terrestrial. No known examples of freshwater luminous organisms exist. Most marine luminous animals are deep-sea creatures, where the development of complex true luminous organs is most evident. Many luminous marine animals can be found in plankton, while those that are littoral are less common. Some members of all these groups are present at various marine labs, except possibly for Pholas, Phyllirrhoë, and squid. Although earthworms and myriapods that produce light are found in the United States, they are quite rare and not often seen.

Not only adult forms but the embryos and even the eggs of some animals are luminous. The egg of Lampyris emits light within the ovary and freshly laid eggs are quite luminous. The light does not come from luminous material of the luminous organ adhering to the egg when it is laid but from within the egg itself. Pyrophorus eggs are also luminous. The segmentation stages of Ctenophores are luminous on stimulation, as noted by Allman (1862), Agassiz (1874) and Peters (1905), but the eggs themselves do not luminesce. Schizopod larvæ (Trojan, 1907), Copepod nauplii (Giesbrecht, 1895), Chætopterus larvæ (Enders, 1909), and brittle star plutei (Mangold, 1907) also produce light.

Not only adult forms but also embryos and even the eggs of some animals glow. The egg of Lampyris emits light within the ovary, and freshly laid eggs are very bright. The light doesn't come from luminous material from the organ attached to the egg when it’s laid, but from inside the egg itself. Pyrophorus eggs also glow. The segmentation stages of Ctenophores light up when stimulated, as noted by Allman (1862), Agassiz (1874), and Peters (1905), but the eggs themselves do not glow. Schizopod larvæ (Trojan, 1907), Copepod nauplii (Giesbrecht, 1895), Chætopterus larvæ (Enders, 1909), and brittle star plutei (Mangold, 1907) also produce light.

Apparently there is no rhyme or reason in the distribution of luminescence throughout the plant or animal kingdom. It is as if the various groups had been written on a blackboard and a handful of sand cast over the names. Where each grain of sand strikes, a luminous species appears. The Cœlenterates have received most sand. Luminescence is more widespread in this phylum and more characteristic of the group as a whole than any other. Among the arthropods luminous forms crop up here and there in widely unrelated groups. In the mollusks, excluding the cephalopods, only two luminous species are known. Several phyla contain no luminous forms whatever. It is an extraordinary fact that one species in a genus may be luminous and another closely allied species contain no trace of luminosity. There seems to have been[Pg 12] no development of luminosity along direct evolutionary lines, although a more or less definite series of gradations with increasing structural complexity may be traced out among the forms with highly developed luminous organs.

It seems there’s no clear pattern in how luminescence is spread across the plant and animal kingdoms. It’s like writing the different groups on a blackboard and tossing a handful of sand over the names. Wherever a grain of sand lands, a glowing species appears. The Cœlenterates have gotten the most sand. Luminescence is more common in this phylum and is a stronger characteristic of the group as a whole than in any other. Among arthropods, glowing forms appear in different, unrelated groups. In mollusks, except for cephalopods, only two glowing species are known. Several phyla don't have any luminous forms at all. It's striking that one species in a genus can be luminous while a closely related species may show no signs of luminescence. It appears that luminosity hasn't developed in a straightforward evolutionary way, although a somewhat clear series of progressions with increasing structural complexity can be observed among those with well-developed luminous organs.

While the accompanying list of luminous genera aims to be fairly complete, there are no doubt omissions and some inaccuracies in it. Anyone who has ever tried to determine what animal is responsible for the occasional flashes of light observed on agitating almost any sample of sea water will realize how difficult it is to discover the luminous form among a host of non-luminous ones, especially if the animal is microscopic in size. It is not surprising, then, to find many false reports of luminous animals in the literature of the subject and we cannot be too careful in accepting as luminous a reported case. The difficulty lies chiefly in the fact that all luminous organisms with the exception of bacteria, fungi, and a few fish, flash only on stimulation, and, while it is easy enough to see the flash, the animal is lost between the flashes. The only safe way to detect luminous organisms is to add a little ammonia to the sea water. This slowly kills the organisms and causes any luminous forms to glow with a steady, continuous light for some time, a condition accompanying the death of the animal. Not all observers, however, have followed this method. One must always be on guard against confusing the light from a supposed luminous form with the light from truly luminous organisms living upon it. The reported cases of luminosity among marine algæ are now known to be due to hydroids or unicellular organisms living on the alga.

While the accompanying list of glowing genera aims to be fairly complete, there are undoubtedly some omissions and inaccuracies. Anyone who has ever tried to figure out which animal is causing the occasional flashes of light seen when agitating almost any sample of seawater will know how challenging it can be to identify the glowing form among a bunch of non-glowing ones, especially if the animal is microscopic. It’s not surprising, then, to find many false reports of glowing animals in the literature on the subject, and we should be cautious about accepting any reported case as truly luminous. The main issue is that all glowing organisms, except for bacteria, fungi, and a few fish, only flash when stimulated, and while it’s easy to see the flash, the animal disappears between them. The only reliable way to detect glowing organisms is to add a little ammonia to the seawater. This slowly kills the organisms and makes any glowing forms emit a steady, continuous light for a while, which occurs as the animal dies. However, not all observers have used this method. One must always be vigilant against mistaking the light from a supposed glowing form for the light from genuinely luminous organisms living on it. The reported instances of luminosity among marine algae are now understood to be caused by hydroids or unicellular organisms living on the algae.

We know also that many non-luminous forms may become infected with luminous bacteria, not only after[Pg 13] death, but also while living, so that their luminescence is purely secondary. Giard and Billet (1889-90) succeeded in inoculating many different kinds of amphipod crustacea (Talitrus, Orchestia, Ligia) and isopod crustacea (Porcellio, Philoscia) with luminous bacteria, in some cases passing the infection from one to the next through nine individuals. Curiously enough the bacterium did not produce light on artificial culture media but did when growing in the body of the crustacea, which were killed in about seven days by the infection. The species of Talitrus and Orchestia might easily have been taken for truly luminous animals if not carefully investigated.

We also know that many non-luminous organisms can become infected with glowing bacteria, not only after death but also while they're still alive, so their luminescence is purely secondary. Giard and Billet (1889-90) managed to inoculate various types of amphipod crustaceans (Talitrus, Orchestia, Ligia) and isopod crustaceans (Porcellio, Philoscia) with glowing bacteria, sometimes transferring the infection from one to another through nine individuals. Interestingly, the bacteria didn't produce light in artificial culture media but did when growing inside the bodies of the crustaceans, which were killed by the infection in about seven days. The species Talitrus and Orchestia could easily have been mistaken for genuinely luminous animals if they hadn't been examined closely.

Tarchanoff (1901) has injected luminous bacteria into the dorsal lymph sac of frogs with the result that the animals continued to glow for three to four days, especially about the tongue. I remember once while collecting luminous beetles in Cuba, I was astounded to find a frog which was luminous. Expecting this animal to be of great interest, I examined it further only to find that the frog had just finished a hearty meal of fireflies, whose light was shining through the belly with considerable intensity.

Tarchanoff (1901) injected glowing bacteria into the dorsal lymph sac of frogs, causing them to glow for three to four days, especially around the tongue. I remember once, while collecting glowing beetles in Cuba, I was shocked to find a glowing frog. Expecting this animal to be fascinating, I examined it more closely, only to discover that the frog had just eaten a big meal of fireflies, whose light was shining through its belly quite brightly.

Infection with luminous bacteria is especially liable to occur in any dead marine animal. The flesh is an excellent culture medium. I have seen non-luminous species of squid, recently killed, covered with minute growing colonies, quite evenly spaced, so as to closely resemble luminous species whose light is restricted to scattered light organs over the surface of the body.

Infection with glowing bacteria is particularly likely to happen in any dead marine animal. The flesh provides a great environment for these bacteria to grow. I've seen non-glowing species of squid, recently killed, covered with tiny growing colonies, evenly spaced to closely resemble glowing species whose light is limited to scattered light organs on the surface of their bodies.

Indeed Pierantoni (1918) has carried this idea to extremes. He believes that in the luminous organs of fireflies, cephalopods and Pyrosoma, luminous symbiotic[Pg 14] bacteria occur which are responsible for the light of these animals, and he claims in the case of cephalopods and Pyrosoma to have been able to isolate these in pure culture on artificial culture media. In the firefly they can be seen but not grown and in luminous animals where no visible bacteria-like structures are apparent he believes we are dealing with ultra-microscopic luminous bacteria similar to the pathogenic forms suspected in filterable viruses. While the assumption of ultra-microscopic organisms makes the refutation of Pierantoni's views a somewhat hazardous task, no one can deny that even an ultra-microscopic organism will be killed by boiling with 20 per cent. (by wt.) HCl for 6 hours. As we shall see, the luminous material of Cypridina, an ostracod crustacean, can withstand such prolonged boiling with strong acid. The light of one animal at least, and I believe many others also, cannot be due to any sort of symbiotic organism.

Indeed, Pierantoni (1918) has taken this idea to the extreme. He believes that in the glowing organs of fireflies, cephalopods, and Pyrosoma, there are luminous symbiotic[Pg 14] bacteria responsible for the light produced by these animals. He claims that he has been able to isolate these bacteria in pure cultures using artificial media for cephalopods and Pyrosoma. In fireflies, these bacteria can be seen but not grown, and in luminous animals where no visible bacteria-like structures are evident, he believes we're dealing with ultra-microscopic luminous bacteria similar to the pathogenic forms suspected in filterable viruses. While the idea of ultra-microscopic organisms makes it difficult to refute Pierantoni's views, no one can deny that even an ultra-microscopic organism would be killed by boiling in 20 percent (by weight) HCl for 6 hours. As we shall see, the luminous material of Cypridina, an ostracod crustacean, can survive such prolonged boiling in strong acid. The light of at least one animal, and I believe many others, cannot be attributed to any kind of symbiotic organism.

Apart from these cases where light is actually produced but is not primary, not produced by the animal itself, there are many forms whose surface is so constituted as to produce interference colors. This is true in many cases among the birds and butterflies whose feathers and scales are iridescent. Some of these have been erroneously described as luminous. Perhaps the best known case among aquatic animals is Sapphirina, a marine copepod living at the surface of the sea, and especially likely to be collected with other luminous forms. Its cuticle is so ruled with fine lines as to diffract the light and flash on moving much as a fire opal. Needless to say no trace of light is given off from this animal in a totally dark room.

Apart from instances where light is actually created but isn't primary, meaning it's not made by the animal itself, there are many species with surfaces designed to create interference colors. This is often seen in birds and butterflies whose feathers and scales are iridescent. Some of these have been incorrectly described as glowing. One of the best-known examples among aquatic animals is Sapphirina, a marine copepod that lives near the surface of the sea and is particularly likely to be found alongside other glowing creatures. Its exoskeleton is lined with fine grooves that diffract light and shimmer when it moves, similar to a fire opal. Of course, there’s no light emitted by this animal in complete darkness.

It has often been supposed that the eye of a cat or of other animals is luminous. The eyes of a moth, also,[Pg 15] can be seen to glow like beads of fire when it is flying about a flame. Both of these cases are, however, purely reflection phenomena and due to reflection out of the eye again of light which has entered from some external source. The correct explanation was given by Prevost in 1810. The eye of any animal is quite invisible in absolute darkness. The same explanation applies to the moss, Schistostega, which lives in dimly illuminated places and whose cells are almost spherical, constructed like a lens, so as to refract the light and condense it on the chloroplasts at the bottom of the cells. Some of this light is reflected out of the cells again and gives the appearance of self-luminosity. The alga, Chromophyton rosanoffii, is another example of apparent luminosity, due to reflection from almost spherical cells.

It’s often thought that the eyes of cats and other animals emit light. The eyes of a moth can also appear to glow like beads of fire when it’s flying near a flame. However, both instances are just effects of reflection, caused by light entering the eye from an external source and then reflecting back out. The correct explanation was provided by Prevost in 1810. In complete darkness, the eye of any animal is actually invisible. The same explanation applies to the moss, Schistostega, which grows in low-light areas and has almost spherical cells designed like a lens, refracting light and focusing it on the chloroplasts at the bottom of the cells. Some of this light reflects out of the cells, creating the illusion of self-luminosity. The alga, Chromophyton rosanoffii, is another example of apparent luminosity due to reflection from its nearly spherical cells.

There are several light phenomena known which have nothing to do with living organisms. Commonest of these is St. Elmo's fire ("corposants" of English sailors), a glow accompanying a slow brush discharge of electricity, which appears as a tip of light on masts of ships, spires of churches or even the fingers of the hand. It is best seen in winter during and after snowstorms and is a purely electrical phenomenon.

There are several light phenomena that are unrelated to living organisms. The most common of these is St. Elmo's fire (known as "corposants" by English sailors), a glow that happens during a slow brush discharge of electricity. It appears as a tip of light on ship masts, church spires, or even fingers. It's most visible in winter during and after snowstorms and is purely an electrical phenomenon.

Less well known is the Ignis fatuus (Will-o'-the-Wisp, Jack-o'-Lantern, spunkie), a fire seen over marshes and stagnant pools, appearing as a pale bluish flame which may be fixed or move, steady or intermittent. So uncommon is this phenomenon that its nature is not well understood, but it is believed to be the result of burning phosphine (PH3 + P2H4), a self-inflammable gas, generated in some way from the decomposition of organic matter in the swamp. The difficulty with this explanation is that[Pg 16] phosphine is not known as a decomposition product of organized matter. Methane (CH4), a well-known decomposition product of organic matter and abundantly formed in swamps, will burn with a pale bluish flame and some have thought the Ignis fatuus to be the result of this gas. As methane is not self-inflammable there remains the difficulty of explaining how it becomes lighted. Although still a mystery, it is possible that this light is also of electrical origin or that in some cases large clusters of luminous fungi have been observed.

Less well known is the Ignis fatuus (Will-o'-the-Wisp, Jack-o'-Lantern, spunkie), a light seen over marshes and stagnant pools, showing up as a pale blue flame that can be steady or flickering. This phenomenon is so rare that its nature isn’t well understood, but it’s believed to be caused by burning phosphine (PH3 + P2H4), a gas that ignites on its own, produced somehow from the breakdown of organic matter in the swamp. The problem with this explanation is that phosphine isn’t known to come from decomposed organic matter. Methane (CH4), a common byproduct of decaying organic material and frequently formed in swamps, burns with a pale blue flame, and some believe the Ignis fatuus might be due to this gas. However, since methane isn’t self-igniting, it’s still unclear how it catches fire. Although it's still a mystery, it’s possible that this light has an electrical origin or that in some instances, large groups of glowing fungi have been seen.

The flashing of flowers, especially those of a red or orange color, like the poppy, which many observers have noticed during twilight hours, is a purely subjective phenomenon due to the formation of after images in eyes partially adapted to the dark. This flashing, first observed by the daughter of Linnæus, is never observed in total darkness or in the direct field of vision, but only in the indirect field as during a sidelong glance at the plant.

The flickering of flowers, especially those that are red or orange, like the poppy, which many people have seen during twilight, is a purely subjective experience caused by afterimages forming in eyes that are partly adjusted to the dark. This flickering, first noticed by Linnæus's daughter, is never seen in complete darkness or in direct view, but only in peripheral vision, like when you glance at the plant from the side.

There are some cases of luminosity on record in connection with man himself. (See Heller, 1854). Before the days of aseptic and antiseptic surgery, wounds frequently became infected with luminous bacteria and glowed at night. The older surgeons even supposed that luminous wounds were more apt to heal properly than non-luminous ones. We know that luminous bacteria are non-pathogenic, harmless organisms and the presence of these forms even on dead fish or flesh never accompanies but always precedes putrefaction. As recorded by Robert Boyle, no harm has come from eating luminous meat, unless it may also have become infected with pathogenic forms.

There are some documented cases of luminosity related to humans. (See Heller, 1854). Before aseptic and antiseptic surgery became common, wounds often got infected with glowing bacteria and would shine at night. Older surgeons even thought that these glowing wounds were more likely to heal properly than non-glowing ones. We now know that luminous bacteria are non-pathogenic, harmless organisms, and their presence, even on dead fish or meat, always comes before, not after, decay. As noted by Robert Boyle, eating luminous meat hasn't caused harm, unless it also became infected with harmful bacteria.

A few cases of luminous individuals have been noted[Pg 17] in which the skin was the source of light, especially if the person sweated freely. It is possible that here we are again dealing with luminous bacteria upon the accumulations of substances passed out in the sweat, which serves as a nutrient medium.

A few instances of glowing individuals have been observed[Pg 17] where the skin emitted light, especially when the person was sweating profusely. It’s possible that this involves glowing bacteria that thrive on the substances released in the sweat, which acts as a nutrient source.

There are also on record, in the older literature, cases of luminous urine, where the urine when freshly voided was luminous. If these observations are correct and they may, perhaps, be doubted, we are at present uncertain of the cause of the light. Bacterial infections of the bladder are not inconceivable although luminous bacteria are strongly aerobic and would not thrive under anaerobic conditions. I can state from my own experiments that luminous bacteria will live in normal human urine, but not well. In albuminous urines it is very likely that they would live better, and it is possible that the luminous urines reported are the results of luminous bacterial infection. On the other hand, the light may be purely chemical, due to the oxidation of some compound, an abnormal incompletely oxidized product of metabolism, which oxidizes spontaneously in the air. We know that sometimes these errors in metabolism occur, as in alkaptonuria, where homogentistic acid is excreted in the urine and on contact with the air quickly oxidizes to a dark brown substance. Light, however, has never been reported to accompany the oxidation of homogentistic acid, although it does accompany the oxidation of some other organic compounds. (See Chapter II.)

There are also records in older literature of cases where urine glowed when freshly passed. If these observations are accurate—which might be questionable—we currently don’t know the cause of the glow. Bacterial infections in the bladder aren’t out of the question, but luminous bacteria require a lot of oxygen and typically wouldn’t survive in low-oxygen environments. From my own experiments, I can confirm that luminous bacteria can survive in normal human urine, but not very well. In urine with a lot of protein, they would likely thrive better, and it’s possible that the reported glowing urine cases result from luminous bacterial infections. On the other hand, the light might be purely chemical, caused by the oxidation of some compound—an abnormal, partially oxidized byproduct of metabolism—that spontaneously oxidizes when exposed to air. We know that sometimes these metabolic errors happen, as seen in alkaptonuria, where homogentistic acid is excreted in the urine and quickly turns into a dark brown substance upon contact with air. However, light has never been reported to occur alongside the oxidation of homogentistic acid, even though it does occur with the oxidation of some other organic compounds. (See Chapter II.)

Finally, we may inquire to what extent luminous animals may be utilized by man. Leaving out of account the use of tropical fireflies for adornment by the natives of the West Indies and South America and the use for bait,[Pg 18] in fishing, of the luminous organ of a fish, Photoblepharon, by the Banda islanders, we find that luminous bacteria are of value for certain purposes in the laboratory.

Finally, we can ask how much humans can use glowing animals. Ignoring the use of tropical fireflies for decoration by the natives of the West Indies and South America, and the use of the glowing organ of a fish, Photoblepharon, as bait by the Banda islanders, we see that glowing bacteria have some value for specific purposes in the lab.[Pg 18]

These methods are all due to Beijerinck (1889, 1902). He has, for instance, used luminous bacteria for testing bacterial filters. If there is a crack in the filter the bacteria will pass through and a luminous filtrate is the result, but a perfect filter allows no organisms to pass and gives a dark filtrate.

These methods all come from Beijerinck (1889, 1902). He used glowing bacteria to test bacterial filters. If there's a crack in the filter, the bacteria will get through, resulting in a glowing liquid, but a perfect filter lets no organisms through and produces a dark liquid.

Luminous bacteria are also very sensitive to oxygen and cease to luminesce in its absence. By mixing luminous bacteria with an emulsion of chloroplasts (from clover leaves) in the dark, allowing the bacteria to use up all the oxygen, and then exposing the mixture to light of various colors, the effect of different wave-lengths in causing photosynthesis could be studied. Only if the chloroplasts are exposed to a color in the spectrum which decomposes CO2 with liberation of oxygen do the bacteria luminesce, and when this oxygen is used up by the bacteria, the tube again becomes dark. Beijerinck has also worked out a method of testing for maltose and diastase with luminous bacteria, based on the fact that a certain form, Photobacterium phosphorescens, will only produce light in presence of maltose or diastase which will form maltose from starch.

Luminous bacteria are also very sensitive to oxygen and stop glowing when there's none. By combining luminous bacteria with a mixture of chloroplasts (from clover leaves) in the dark, allowing the bacteria to consume all the oxygen, and then shining different colors of light on the mixture, we can examine how various wavelengths affect photosynthesis. The chloroplasts will only glow when exposed to a color in the spectrum that breaks down CO2 and releases oxygen; when the bacteria use up this oxygen, the tube goes dark again. Beijerinck also developed a method to test for maltose and diastase using luminous bacteria, based on the fact that a specific type, Photobacterium phosphorescens, will only emit light in the presence of maltose or diastase, which converts starch into maltose.

Although Dubois and Molisch have both prepared "bacterial lamps" and although it has been suggested that this method of illumination might be of value in powder magazines where any sort of flame is too dangerous, it seems doubtful, to say the least, whether luminous bacteria can ever be used for illumination. Other forms, perhaps, might be utilized, but bacteria produce too weak[Pg 19] a light for any practical purposes. The history of Science teaches that it is well never to say that anything is impossible. It is very unlikely that any luminous animal can be utilized for practical illumination, but there is no reason why we cannot learn the method of the firefly. Then we may, perhaps, go one step further and develop a really efficient light along similar lines. To what extent our inquiry into the "secret of the firefly" has been successful may be gleaned from the following pages.[Pg 20]

Although Dubois and Molisch have both created "bacterial lamps" and it's been suggested that this type of lighting could be useful in powder magazines where any kind of flame is too risky, it's still unlikely that luminous bacteria can be used for practical lighting. Other options might be viable, but bacteria emit light that's too dim for practical applications. The history of science teaches us that we should never say anything is impossible. While it’s very unlikely that any glowing creature can be used for practical lighting, there's no reason we can't figure out how fireflies do it. Then, we might be able to take it a step further and create a truly efficient light based on that principle. The extent to which our exploration of the "secret of the firefly" has been fruitful can be seen in the following pages.


CHAPTER II
LUMINESCENCE AND INCANDESCENCE

Modern physical theory supposes that light is a succession of wave pulses in the ether caused by vibrating electrons. The light to which we are most accustomed—sunlight, electric light, gaslight, etc.,—is due to electrical phenomena connected more or less directly with the high temperature of the source of the light. Every solid body above the temperature of absolute zero is giving off waves of different wave-length (λ) and frequency (ν) but of the same velocity (υ), in vacuo, 180,000 miles, or 300,000 kilometres a second. In fact, υ (a constant)=λν, so that it is only necessary to designate the wave-length in order to characterize the waves. This is radiant energy or radiant flux.

Modern physics suggests that light is a series of wave pulses in the ether created by vibrating electrons. The light we see most often—like sunlight, electric light, gaslight, and so on—comes from electrical phenomena that are more or less directly related to the high temperature of the light source. Every solid object above absolute zero emits waves of various wavelengths (λ) and frequencies (ν), but they all travel at the same speed (υ), which is 180,000 miles or 300,000 kilometers per second in a vacuum. In fact, υ (a constant) = λν, so it's only necessary to specify the wavelength to define the waves. This is known as radiant energy or radiant flux.

As everyone knows, the long waves given off in largest amount from objects at comparatively low temperatures give the sensation of warmth. As we raise the temperature, in addition to these longer heat waves, those of shorter and shorter wave-length are given off in sufficient quantity to be detected. At 525° C., rays of about λ=.76µ in length are just visible as a faint red glow to the eye. As the temperature increases still shorter wave-lengths become apparent, and the light changes to dark red (700°), cherry red (900°), dark yellow (1100°), bright yellow (1200°), white-hot (1300°) and blue-white (1400° and above). Above λ=.4µ the waves again fail to affect our eye, and, although they are very active in producing chemical changes, we have no sense organs for perceiving[Pg 21] them. Thus, a white-hot object liberates radiant energy or flux of many different wave-lengths corresponding to what we know as "heat, light and actinic rays." All can be dispersed by prisms of one or another appropriate material to form a wide continuous spectrum, such as that indicated in Fig. 1. Radiant energy of λ=.76µ to λ=.4µ, evaluated according to its capacity to produce the sensation of light, is spoken of as visible radiation or luminous flux.

As everyone knows, the long waves emitted in the largest amounts from objects at relatively low temperatures create a sensation of warmth. When we increase the temperature, in addition to these longer heat waves, shorter and shorter wavelengths are emitted in enough quantity to be detected. At 525° C, rays around λ=.76µ in length are just visible as a faint red glow to the eye. As the temperature rises, shorter wavelengths become visible, changing the light to dark red (700°), cherry red (900°), dark yellow (1100°), bright yellow (1200°), white-hot (1300°), and blue-white (1400° and above). Above λ=.4µ, the waves no longer impact our eyes, and even though they are very effective in causing chemical changes, we have no sense organs to perceive them. Thus, a white-hot object releases radiant energy or flux of many different wavelengths, which correspond to what we refer to as "heat, light, and actinic rays." All can be dispersed by prisms made of various materials to create a broad continuous spectrum, like the one shown in Fig. 1. Radiant energy from λ=.76µ to λ=.4µ, assessed based on its ability to produce the sensation of light, is called visible radiation or luminous flux.

Below the infra-red comes a region of wave-length as yet uninvestigated, and beyond this may be placed the Hertzian electric waves of long wave-length used in wireless telegraphy. Above the ultra-violet comes another region as yet uninvestigated, and then Röntgen rays (X-rays) and radium rays, of exceedingly short wave-length. These last types need not concern us except in that we may later inquire if they are given off by luminous animals. The shortest of the ultra-violet are known as Schumann and Lyman rays. These relations are brought out in Table 2.

Below the infrared, there’s a part of the wavelength that hasn't been explored yet, and beyond that are the Hertzian electric waves with long wavelengths that are used in wireless telegraphy. Above the ultraviolet, there’s another unexplored region, followed by Röntgen rays (X-rays) and radium rays, which have extremely short wavelengths. We don't need to worry about these last types right now, except for whether they’re emitted by glowing animals. The shortest wavelengths of ultraviolet light are referred to as Schumann and Lyman rays. These relationships are detailed in Table 2.

TABLE 2.
Wave-lengths of Various Kinds of Radiation

TABLE 2.
Wavelengths of Different Types of Radiation

Wave-lengths of light are usually given in Ångstrom units. One micron (µ)=.001 mm.=1000 millimicrons (µµ)=10,000 Ångstrom units (Å) or tenth metres=10-10 metres or 10-8 centimetres. The entire scale of wave-lengths extends from 106 to 10-9 centimetres.

Wavelengths of light are typically measured in Ångstrom units. One micron (µ) equals 0.001 mm, which is 1,000 millimicrons (µµ) or 10,000 Ångstrom units (Å), equivalent to 10-10 meters or 10-8 centimeters. The complete scale of wavelengths ranges from 106 to 10-9 centimeters.

Hertzian electric waves (upper limit not reached) above 12 km. to .16 cm.
Unexplored region.16 cm. to 310µ
Infra-red310µ to .76µ
Visible light7600 Å to 4000 Å
Ultra-violet4000 Å to 320 Å
Unexplored region320 Å to 12 Å
X-rays12 Å to 0.2 Å
Radium γ rays0.2 Å and shorter

Fig. 1.—Schematic representation of various types of radiation to form a wide continuous spectrum.

Fig. 1.—A diagram showing different types of radiation that create a broad continuous spectrum.

The total radiant energy which a body emits is a function of its temperature and for a perfect radiator, or what is known as a black body, the total radiation varies as the fourth power of the absolute temperature, T. (Stefan-Boltzmann Law). The radiant energy emitted at different wave-lengths is not the same but more energy is emitted at one particular wave-length (λmax.) than at longer or shorter ones, depending also on the temperature. If the various waves are intercepted in some way, their relative energy can be measured by an appropriate instrument and spectral energy curves can be drawn, showing the distribution of energy throughout the spectrum. Fig. 2 gives a few of the curves, and it will be noted that the maximum shifts toward the shorter waves the higher the temperature. In fact, for a black body λmax.×T=2890, and at 5000° C. (about the temperature of the sun) λmax. lies within the visible spectrum. In gas or electric lights it lies in the infra-red region. The area enclosed by these spectral energy curves represents the total energy emitted, and, knowing this and the area enclosed by the curve of visible radiation, it is easy to determine how efficient a source of light is as a light-producing body. We shall inquire more fully into this question in Chapter III, in considering the efficiency of the firefly as a source of light.[Pg 23]

The total radiant energy that a body emits depends on its temperature. For a perfect radiator, known as a black body, the total radiation varies as the fourth power of the absolute temperature, T (Stefan-Boltzmann Law). The energy emitted at different wavelengths is not consistent; more energy is released at one specific wavelength (λmax.) compared to longer or shorter wavelengths, which also depend on the temperature. If these various wavelengths are captured in some way, their relative energy can be measured with the right instrument, and spectral energy curves can be created to show how energy is distributed throughout the spectrum. Fig. 2 presents a few curves, and it’s noticeable that the maximum shifts toward shorter wavelengths as the temperature increases. Specifically, for a black body, λmax.×T=2890, and at 5000° C (about the sun's temperature), λmax. falls within the visible spectrum. In gas or electric lights, it falls in the infrared region. The area enclosed by these spectral energy curves represents the total emitted energy, and by knowing this and the area represented by the visible radiation curve, it's easy to determine how efficient a light source is as a producer of light. We will explore this in greater detail in Chapter III when we look at the efficiency of fireflies as light sources.[Pg 23]

Fig. 2.—Distribution of energy throughout the spectrum of the sun, electric arc, and gas light (after Nichols and Franklin). Ordinates show the relative intensities of different wave-lengths emitted. The notches in the curve represent absorption bands and the dotted line represents what the radiation from the sun would be if no selective absorption occurred. V=violet and R=red end of visible spectrum. (Courtesy Macmillan Co.)

Fig. 2.—Energy distribution across the spectrum of the sun, electric arc, and gas light (after Nichols and Franklin). The vertical axis shows the relative intensities of different wavelengths emitted. The dips in the curve represent absorption bands, and the dotted line indicates what the sun's radiation would look like if there were no selective absorption. V=violet and R=red end of the visible spectrum. (Courtesy Macmillan Co.)

A body which emits light because of its (high) temperature is said to be incandescent and we speak of temperature radiation. We know, however, of many cases where substances give off light at temperatures much below 525° C. They do not follow the Stefan-Boltzmann law. The light emission is stimulated by some other means than heat. Such bodies we speak of as luminescent, and in this category belong all luminous animals. The distinction between light and luminescence was first pointed out by Wiedemann (1888). It is usual to classify luminescences, according to the means of exciting the light, into the following groups:

A body that gives off light due to its high temperature is called incandescent, and we refer to this as temperature radiation. However, we know of many substances that emit light at temperatures much lower than 525° C. They don't adhere to the Stefan-Boltzmann law. The light emission is triggered by something other than heat. We refer to such bodies as luminescent, and all luminous animals fall into this category. The distinction between light and luminescence was first noted by Wiedemann in 1888. Typically, luminescences are classified based on the method used to produce the light into the following groups:

  • Thermoluminescence
  • Phosphorescence and Fluorescence
  • Photoluminescence
  • Cathodoluminescence
  • Anodoluminescence
  • Radioluminescence
  • Triboluminescence and Piezoluminescence
  • Crystalloluminescence
  • Chemiluminescence

The luminescence which appears in a vacuum tube when an electric current is passed through it is sometimes spoken of as electroluminescence. As electroluminescence and also thermoluminescence are really special cases of phosphorescence or fluorescence and tribo-and crystalloluminescence are closely allied, the classification has only the merit of emphasizing the means of producing light. Let us examine each kind in turn in order that we may place the light of animals, organoluminescence or bioluminescence (or biophotogenesis), in one of these classes. All are examples of "cold light," light produced at temperature far below those observed in incandescent solids. In this category should be placed also the light from salts in the bunsen flame, for flame spectra and line spectra in general, while only obtained at relatively high temperatures, are not to be confused with the purely temperature radiation from the incandescent particles of carbon in a gas or candle light. The sodium or lithium flame, etc., is not a simple function of temperature and has been spoken of as a luminescence, pyroluminescence. As the luminescence of organisms could in no manner be regarded as a pyroluminescence, occurring at temperatures far above those compatible with life, a consideration of this form of luminescence will be omitted. Some other low temperature flames are known, such as that of CS2 in air, rich in ultra-violet rays, despite its relatively low temperature. While these are of interest to the physicist and chemist, they can have no direct bearing on the luminescence of animals and their consideration will also be omitted. (See Bancroft and Weiser, 1914-1915.)

The glow that shows up in a vacuum tube when an electric current is passed through it is sometimes referred to as electroluminescence. Since electroluminescence and thermoluminescence are really just special cases of phosphorescence or fluorescence, and tribo- and crystalloluminescence are closely related, this classification mainly highlights the different methods of producing light. Let’s examine each type in order so that we can categorize the light produced by animals, known as organoluminescence or bioluminescence (or biophotogenesis), into one of these classes. All these examples are forms of "cold light," which is light produced at temperatures much lower than those seen in glowing solids. This category also includes the light from salts in the Bunsen flame, because flame spectra and line spectra, while produced at relatively high temperatures, shouldn't be confused with the thermal radiation from hot carbon particles in gas or candle light. The sodium or lithium flame, for example, is not just a straightforward result of temperature and has been labeled as pyroluminescence. Since the luminescence produced by organisms can't be considered pyroluminescence, as it occurs at temperatures far too high for life to survive, we won't discuss this type of luminescence further. There are some other low-temperature flames known, like that of CS2 in air, which is rich in ultraviolet rays despite its lower temperature. While these flames may interest physicists and chemists, they have no direct relevance to animal luminescence and will also not be covered. (See Bancroft and Weiser, 1914-1915.)

Thermoluminescence.—Some substances begin to emit light of shorter wave-length than red, well below 525°.[Pg 25] This is thermoluminescence. Diamond, marble, and fluorite are examples. Only certain varieties of fluorite show the phenomenon well. A crystal of one of these varieties heated in the bunsen flame on an iron spoon will give off a white light long before any trace of redness appears in the iron. Other crystals may luminesce in hot water. In all, this luminescence is dependent on a previous illumination or radiation of the crystal. If kept in the dark for a long time no trace of light appears when fluorite is placed at a temperature of 100°, but after a short exposure to the light of an incandescent bulb, although no light can be observed in the fluorite at room temperature, quite a bright glow appears at 100°. Calcium, barium, strontium, magnesium and other sulphates containing traces of manganese sulphate, show a similar phenomenon after exposure to cathode rays (Wiedemann and Schmidt, 1895 b). They emit light during bombardment, but this soon ceases when the rays are cut off. If the sulphates are now heated they give off light, red in the case of MgSO4 + MnSO4, green in the case of CaSO4 + MnSO4. The power to emit light on heating may be retained for months after the exposure to cathode rays. The emission of light by bodies after previous illumination or radiation is called phosphorescence and will be considered below. It would seem that the cases of thermoluminescence with which we are acquainted are really cases of phosphorescence intensified by rise of temperature. The spectrum of thermoluminescent bodies, also, is similar to that of phosphorescent ones. (See Fig. 3.) However, not all phosphorescent materials are also thermoluminescent. The production of light by animals is quite another phenomenon from thermoluminescence.[Pg 26]

Thermoluminescence.—Some substances start to emit light at wavelengths shorter than red, well below 525°.[Pg 25] This is thermoluminescence. Diamond, marble, and fluorite are examples. Only certain types of fluorite display this phenomenon effectively. A crystal from one of these types heated in a Bunsen flame on an iron spoon will emit a white light long before any hint of redness appears in the iron. Other crystals might glow in hot water. This luminescence relies on previous exposure to light or radiation of the crystal. If kept in the dark for a long time, no light is emitted when fluorite is warmed to 100°, but after a brief exposure to the light of an incandescent bulb, even though no light is visible in the fluorite at room temperature, a bright glow appears at 100°. Calcium, barium, strontium, magnesium, and other sulfates that contain small amounts of manganese sulfate exhibit a similar phenomenon after exposure to cathode rays (Wiedemann and Schmidt, 1895 b). They emit light during bombardment, but this quickly stops once the rays are removed. If the sulfates are then heated, they emit light—red in the case of MgSO4 + MnSO4, green in the case of CaSO4 + MnSO4. The ability to emit light when heated can last for months after exposure to cathode rays. The light emitted by substances after prior illumination or radiation is called phosphorescence and will be discussed below. It seems that the thermoluminescence examples we know are actually instances of phosphorescence enhanced by heat. The spectrum of thermoluminescent materials is also similar to that of phosphorescent ones. (See Fig. 3.) However, not all phosphorescent materials are also thermoluminescent. The light produced by animals is a completely different phenomenon from thermoluminescence.[Pg 26]

Phosphorescence and Fluorescence.—Although the word phosphorescence has been used in a very loose way to indicate all kinds of luminescence, and particularly that of phosphorus or of luminous animals, to the physicist it has a very definite meaning, namely, the absorption of radiant energy by substances which afterwards give this off as light. Phosphorescence does not strictly apply to the light of white phosphorus. If the radiant energy is light (visible or ultra-violet) we speak of photoluminescence, if cathode rays we have cathodoluminescence, if anode rays, anodoluminescence, and if X-rays (Röntgen rays) we have radioluminescence. Inasmuch as the α, β, and γ rays of radium correspond to the anode, cathode, and X-rays, respectively, radium radiation also produces luminescence in many kinds of material. If the material gives off the light only during the time it is radiated we speak of fluorescence; if the light persists we speak of phosphorescence. The distinction is perhaps a purely arbitrary one, as there are a great many substances which give off light for only a fraction of a second (1/5000 sec. in some cases) after being illuminated (photoluminescence). Some substances also, which fluoresce at ordinary temperatures, will phosphoresce at low temperatures. Phosphorescence is exhibited chiefly by solids, fluorescence also by liquids and vapors.

Phosphorescence and fluorescence.—While the term phosphorescence has often been used loosely to refer to all types of luminescence, particularly that of phosphorus or glowing animals, for physicists, it has a specific meaning: the absorption of radiant energy by substances that then emit it as light. Phosphorescence doesn't strictly refer to the light emitted by white phosphorus. When the radiant energy is light (either visible or ultraviolet), we call it photoluminescence; with cathode rays, it’s known as cathodoluminescence; with anode rays, as anodoluminescence; and with X-rays (Röntgen rays), it’s referred to as radioluminescence. Since the α, β, and γ rays of radium correspond to the anode, cathode, and X-rays respectively, radium radiation can also cause luminescence in various materials. If a material emits light only while being radiated, we call it fluorescence; if the light continues after the radiation stops, we call it phosphorescence. This distinction may be somewhat arbitrary, as many substances emit light for only a brief moment (1/5000 sec. in some cases) after being illuminated (photoluminescence). Some substances that fluoresce at regular temperatures can also phosphoresce at lower temperatures. Phosphorescence mainly occurs in solids, while fluorescence can also occur in liquids and vapors.

Special means must be used to observe a phosphorescence of short duration. E. Becquerel has devised an apparatus for doing this, a phosphoroscope. It consists of revolving disks with holes in them between which the object to be examined is placed. The holes are so arranged that the object is first illuminated and then completely cut off from light. The observer looking at it through[Pg 27] another hole sees it at the moment it is not illuminated and can thus tell if it is phosphorescing. By determining the rate of revolution of the disks it is easy to calculate how long the phosphorescence persists.

Special methods are needed to observe short-lived phosphorescence. E. Becquerel created a device for this called a phosphoroscope. It consists of spinning disks with holes in them, between which the object being examined is placed. The holes are arranged so that the object is first illuminated and then completely cut off from the light. The observer, looking through another hole, sees the object when it's not illuminated and can determine if it’s phosphorescing. By measuring the speed of the spinning disks, it's easy to figure out how long the phosphorescence lasts.

While relatively few solids phosphoresce after exposure to light at ordinary temperature a large number of these acquire the property at the temperature of liquid air. Included in the list are such biological products as urea, salicylic acid, starch, glue and egg shells. The temperature also affects the wave-length and hence the color of the light given off. Usually the higher the temperature the shorter the wave-length, but in the case of some bodies (SrS) the wave-lengths become longer at the higher temperature.

While not many solids glow in the dark after being exposed to light at normal temperatures, a lot of them gain this ability at the temperature of liquid air. This includes biological substances like urea, salicylic acid, starch, glue, and eggshells. The temperature also influences the wavelength and thus the color of the emitted light. Generally, the higher the temperature, the shorter the wavelength, but for some materials (like SrS), the wavelengths become longer at higher temperatures.

The best known cases of phosphorescence which occur at room temperature and the group to which the word phosphorescence is commonly applied, are those of the alkaline earth sulphides (BaS, CaS, SrS) and ZnS. An Italian, Vicenzo Cascariolo, is said to have discovered the Bologna stone (BaSO4) which, by calcination with charcoal, gave an impure phosphorescent BaS or lapis solaris. Canton's phosphorus (CaS) was later prepared "by heating a mixture of three parts of sifted calcined oyster shells with one part of sulphur to an intense heat for one hour." Hulme spoke of it as the "light magnet of Canton," because of its power of attracting and absorbing light. The pure sulphides do not show this property. Only if small amounts of some other metal such as Cu, Pb, Ag, Zn, Sb, Ni, Bi, or Mn are present, will the sulphide phosphoresce. One part of impurity in a million is often sufficient. Such mixtures, together with a flux of Na2SO4, [Pg 28]Li3(PO4)2 or some other fusible salt constitute a "phosphor." A "phosphor" is in reality an example of a solid solution and is the basis of some kinds of luminous paints.

The most well-known examples of phosphorescence that occur at room temperature, which the term phosphorescence usually refers to, include alkaline earth sulfides (BaS, CaS, SrS) and ZnS. An Italian named Vicenzo Cascariolo is credited with discovering Bologna stone (BaSO4), which, when heated with charcoal, produced an impure phosphorescent BaS or lapis solaris. Canton’s phosphorus (CaS) was later created "by heating a mixture of three parts of sifted calcined oyster shells with one part of sulfur at a high temperature for one hour." Hulme referred to it as the "light magnet of Canton" because of its ability to attract and absorb light. The pure sulfides do not exhibit this property. It’s only when small amounts of other metals, such as Cu, Pb, Ag, Zn, Sb, Ni, Bi, or Mn, are present that the sulfide will phosphoresce. Often, just one part of impurity in a million is enough. These mixtures, along with a flux of Na2SO4, [Pg 28]Li3(PO4)2, or some other fusible salt, form a "phosphor." A "phosphor" is essentially an example of a solid solution and serves as the foundation for some types of luminous paints.

The intensity and duration of a phosphorescent light depend chiefly on the nature of the exciting rays, the color chiefly on the impurity present but the alkaline earth metal also exerts an influence. Rise in temperature increases the intensity but diminishes the duration, so that the total amount of light emitted is about constant at different temperatures.

The intensity and duration of phosphorescent light mainly depend on the type of exciting rays, while the color is largely affected by impurities present, though alkaline earth metals also have an effect. An increase in temperature boosts the intensity but reduces the duration, so the total amount of light emitted remains roughly constant at different temperatures.

The spectrum of most phosphorescent substances is made up of one or more continuous bands having maxima at different wave-lengths. In the light incident on a phosphorescent substance are also bands of light rays which are absorbed and whose wave-lengths are more efficient than others in stimulating phosphorescence. These bands in the phosphorescent light are usually of longer wave-length than those in the light which excites the phosphorescence. This fact is known as Stokes' Law, but it has been found not to be universally true. Curiously enough, red and infra-red rays have the power of annulling phosphorescence after a momentary increase in brightness and phosphorescing materials have been used to determine if infra-red rays are given off in the light of the firefly. Ives (1910) showed that infra-red radiation had no power of quenching the light of the firefly as it does the phosphorescent light of Sidot blende (ZnS), one fact tending to show that the firefly's light is not due to phosphorescence. Fig. 3 is a reproduction of a photograph of the phosphorescence spectrum of ZnS.

The spectrum of most phosphorescent materials consists of one or more continuous bands with peaks at different wavelengths. The light that hits a phosphorescent material also contains bands of light rays that are absorbed and are more effective than others in triggering phosphorescence. These bands in the phosphorescent light are usually of longer wavelengths than those in the light that activates the phosphorescence. This phenomenon is known as Stokes' Law, but it’s been discovered that it’s not universally applicable. Interestingly, red and infrared rays can cancel out phosphorescence after a brief increase in brightness, and phosphorescent materials have been used to check if infrared rays are emitted in the light of the firefly. Ives (1910) demonstrated that infrared radiation does not extinguish the light of the firefly as it does with the phosphorescent light of Sidot blende (ZnS), suggesting that the light from the firefly isn’t caused by phosphorescence. Fig. 3 is a reproduction of a photograph of the phosphorescence spectrum of ZnS.

Three spectra of helium, zinc sulphide phosphorescence after one minute exposure and after fifteen minutes exposure.

Fig. 3. Spectrum of zinc sulphide phosphorescence (after Ives and Luckiesh). Photographs were taken by a special device one minute (middle) and fifteen minutes (bottom) after exposure to the light of the mercury arc and compared with a helium spectrum (top). In the middle photograph, the mercury exciting lines are visible. It will be noted that the narrow band of phosphorescent light does not shift its position during decay of phosphorescence.

Fig. 3. Spectrum of zinc sulfide phosphorescence (after Ives and Luckiesh). Photographs were taken using a special device one minute (middle) and fifteen minutes (bottom) after exposure to mercury arc light and were compared with a helium spectrum (top). In the middle photograph, the mercury excitation lines are visible. It's important to note that the narrow band of phosphorescent light remains in the same position during the decay of phosphorescence.

Other facts show that the light of luminous animals is in no sense a phosphorescence and is quite independent of previous illumination of the animal. Luminous bac[Pg 29]teria will continue to luminesce although they are grown in the dark for many weeks. Indeed strong light has a bactericidal action on these forms similar to that with ordinary bacteria. With some marine forms light has an inhibiting effect. They lose their power of luminescence during the day and only regain it at dusk or when kept in the dark for some time. Indeed, ordinary light never has the effect of causing luminescence in the same sense as it causes phosphorescence of CaS.

Other facts indicate that the light produced by glowing animals is not at all like phosphorescence and doesn't depend on any previous exposure to light. Luminous bacteria will continue to glow even if they've been grown in the dark for many weeks. In fact, strong light can kill these bacteria, similar to the effect it has on regular bacteria. For some marine species, light actually has a suppressive effect. They lose their ability to glow during the day and only regain it at dusk or when kept in the dark for a while. In fact, regular light never triggers luminescence in the same way it causes the phosphorescence of CaS.

Fluorescence is most efficiently excited by the cathode rays of a vacuum tube. They not only cause the residual gas in the tube to glow (electroluminescence) by which their path may be followed with the eye, but also a vivid fluorescence of the glass walls of the tube, yellow green with sodium glass, blue green with lead and lithium glass. LiCl2 in the path of cathode rays gives off a blue light; in the path of anode rays a red light; NaCl a blue cathodoluminescence and a yellow anodoluminescence. The spectrum of the latter is a line spectrum of Li or Na, showing the characteristic red or yellow lines similar to those observed where Li or Na is held in the bunsen flame. The spectrum of the salts under excitation of cathode rays is a short continuous one in the blue region. Fluorescent spectra in general are of this nature, made up of short bands of light in one or more regions.

Fluorescence is most effectively triggered by the cathode rays from a vacuum tube. These rays not only make the leftover gas in the tube glow (electroluminescence), allowing us to see their path, but also create a bright fluorescence in the glass walls of the tube, which appears yellow-green with sodium glass and blue-green with lead and lithium glass. LiCl2 in the path of cathode rays emits a blue light; in the path of anode rays, it emits a red light; NaCl produces a blue cathodoluminescence and a yellow anodoluminescence. The spectrum of the latter displays a line spectrum of Li or Na, featuring the typical red or yellow lines seen when Li or Na is placed in a Bunsen flame. The spectrum of the salts when excited by cathode rays is a short continuous one in the blue region. Generally, fluorescent spectra consist of this type, formed by short bands of light in one or more areas.

Diamonds, rubies and many minerals fluoresce brilliantly in the path of cathode rays. Some specimens of fluorite (CaF2) show the phenomenon especially well, whence the name fluorescence. Fluorescent screens of barium platinocyanide, willemite (Zn2SiO4), Sidot blend (ZnS) or Scheelite (Ca tungstate) are frequently employed to render visible X-rays. The luminous paint most[Pg 30] used at the present time is ZnS containing a trace of radium salt. The rays of the radium continually emitted cause a steady fluorescence of the ZnS. Indeed, if one examines the paint on the hands of a watch with a lens the flash of light from the impact of alpha particles on the ZnS can be distinctly seen, as in the spinthariscope.

Diamonds, rubies, and many minerals glow brilliantly when exposed to cathode rays. Certain samples of fluorite (CaF2) display this effect particularly well, which is how the term fluorescence originated. Fluorescent screens made of barium platinocyanide, willemite (Zn2SiO4), Sidot blend (ZnS), or Scheelite (Ca tungstate) are often used to make X-rays visible. The most commonly used luminous paint today is ZnS mixed with a small amount of radium salt. The rays emitted by the radium continuously cause the ZnS to fluoresce steadily. In fact, if you look at the paint on the hands of a watch through a lens, you can clearly see the flash of light from the alpha particles hitting the ZnS, similar to what happens in a spinthariscope.

Some animal tissues and fluids, especially the lens of the eye, will luminesce in the path of radium rays, as shown by the experiments of Exner (1903), but there is no evidence that luminous animals are especially active in this respect. Ultra-violet rays have the same action.

Some animal tissues and fluids, especially the lens of the eye, will glow in the path of radium rays, as shown by the experiments of Exner (1903), but there’s no evidence that luminous animals are particularly active in this regard. Ultra-violet rays have the same effect.

The luminous material of practically all luminous forms, if dessicated sufficiently rapidly, can be obtained in the form of a dry powder which will give off light when moistened with water. Coblentz (1912) has exposed this dry material to light, to the ultra-violet spark, and to X-rays and in no case has a phosphorescence or fluorescence ever been observed. I have examined the action of radium upon Cypridina light. There was no intensifying or diminishing effect of twenty milligrams of radium (probably the bromide) on a luminous solution of Cypridina material, nor was phosphorescence or fluorescence excited in a non-luminous extract of the animal. We must conclude that animal light is not a fluorescence of any substance due to radiation produced by the animals themselves.

The glowing material from almost all luminous forms, when dried quickly enough, can be turned into a dry powder that emits light when it comes into contact with water. Coblentz (1912) tested this dry material with light, ultraviolet sparks, and X-rays, and in every case, he did not observe any phosphorescence or fluorescence. I have studied the effect of radium on Cypridina light. There was no increase or decrease in the light from twenty milligrams of radium (probably the bromide) on a luminous solution of Cypridina material, nor did it cause phosphorescence or fluorescence in a non-luminous extract from the animal. We must conclude that animal light isn't a result of fluorescence from any substance caused by the animals themselves.

Many solutions show fluorescence in strong lights. This is especially marked in quinine sulphate, mineral oils, eosin, fluorescein, esculin, rhodamin, chlorophyll, etc. The fluorescence of eosin in 10-8 grams per cubic centimetre is visible in daylight and 10-15 grams per cubic centimetre in the beam from an arc lamp. It is difficult to realize that the[Pg 31] bluish fluorescence of quinine sulphate is really an emission rather than a reflection of light. But a test tube of quinine sulphate solution held in the ultra-violet region of a spectrum will glow with a pale blue light, although it is not illuminated with any rays that are visible to our eyes. Concerning this, Stokes, to whom the word fluorescence and much of our knowledge of the subject is due, says, "It was certainly a curious sight to see the tube" (containing quinine sulphate solution) "instantaneously lighted up when plunged into the invisible rays; it was literally 'darkness visible.'" Quinine sulphate absorbs the ultra-violet converting these rays into visible blue ones. Its spectrum is a short continuous one. Most fluorescent substances convert short into longer wave-lengths (Stokes' Law), but some may cause the reverse change.

Many solutions glow under strong light. This is particularly evident in quinine sulfate, mineral oils, eosin, fluorescein, esculin, rhodamine, chlorophyll, and others. The fluorescence of eosin at 10-8 grams per cubic centimeter is visible in daylight, while at 10-15 grams per cubic centimeter, it can be seen in the beam from an arc lamp. It's hard to grasp that the bluish fluorescence of quinine sulfate is actually an emission rather than a reflection of light. However, a test tube of quinine sulfate solution held in the ultraviolet part of the spectrum will emit a pale blue light, even without any visible rays hitting it. In this regard, Stokes, to whom we owe the term fluorescence and much of our understanding of the topic, remarked, "It was certainly a curious sight to see the tube" (containing quinine sulfate solution) "instantaneously light up when plunged into the invisible rays; it was literally 'darkness visible.'" Quinine sulfate absorbs ultraviolet light and converts those rays into visible blue light. Its spectrum is a short, continuous one. Most fluorescent substances transform shorter wavelengths into longer ones (Stokes' Law), but some can do the opposite.

A substance, fluorescent in solution, has been found in a few luminous animals, notably in several species of fireflies and also in a non-luminous beetle. It is called pyrophorine or luciferesceine. Dubois (1886) has ascribed to pyrophorine the power of absorbing invisible rays and transforming them into visible ones, thus increasing the animal's light. That this is not the case has been shown by the work of Coblentz (1909). He photographed the spectrum of the firefly's light and the fluorescent spectrum of luciferesceine. The latter is almost complementary to the former (see Fig. 4) and no trace of the fluorescent spectrum appears in the spectrum of the light of the firefly. McDermott (1911 a) has studied the properties of luciferesceine and regards it merely as an incidental material found in many animals of the Lampyridæ (in some non-luminous forms) and having no connection with[Pg 32] the light production. A trace of alkali usually increases and acid inhibits the fluorescence of solutions.

A substance that glows in solution has been discovered in a few luminous animals, especially in several species of fireflies and even in a non-luminous beetle. It's known as pyrophorine or luciferesceine. Dubois (1886) suggested that pyrophorine can absorb invisible rays and turn them into visible light, thereby boosting the animal's glow. However, this has been disproven by Coblentz (1909). He captured the spectrum of the firefly's light and the fluorescent spectrum of luciferesceine. The latter is almost a complementary match to the former (see Fig. 4) and there's no sign of the fluorescent spectrum in the firefly's light. McDermott (1911 a) examined the properties of luciferesceine and sees it simply as a byproduct found in many animals of the Lampyridæ family (including some non-luminous ones) and not related to light production. Typically, a small amount of alkali enhances, while acid reduces the fluorescence of these solutions.

Fig. 4.—Spectrum of fluorescent substance found in fireflies below (2) and of firefly luminescence above (2) compared with helium vacuum tube (1) (after Coblentz).

Fig. 4.—Spectrum of the fluorescent substance in fireflies below (2) and the luminescence of fireflies above (2) compared with a helium vacuum tube (1) (after Coblentz).

Triboluminescence and Piezoluminescence.—Under this head are grouped a number of light phenomena which at first sight may appear to be electrical in nature but in reality are not. The light is produced by shaking, rubbing, or crushing crystals, and only crystalline bodies appear to show triboluminescence or piezoluminescence. A striking case is that of uranium nitrate. Gentle agitation of the crystals is sufficient to give off sparks of light which much resemble the scintillations of dinoflagellates when sea-water containing these animals is agitated. If Romberg's phosphorus, which is fused CaCl2, is rubbed on the sleeve, it glows with a greenish light. Lumps of cane sugar rubbed together will glow. Saccharin crystals will also light if shaken and Pope (1899) found that the bluish light of saccharin was bright enough to be visible in a room in daytime. It only appeared from impure crystals and freshly crystallized specimens. Other crystals, also, have been found to lose their power of lighting after a time.

Triboluminescence and Piezoluminescence.—This category includes several light phenomena that might seem electrical at first but actually aren’t. The light is generated by shaking, rubbing, or crushing crystals, and only crystalline materials display triboluminescence or piezoluminescence. A notable example is uranium nitrate. Even a gentle shake of the crystals can produce sparks of light reminiscent of the scintillations seen in dinoflagellates when the water containing these organisms is disturbed. If you rub Romberg's phosphorus, which is fused CaCl2, against your sleeve, it emits a greenish light. When lumps of cane sugar are rubbed together, they also shine. Saccharin crystals will emit light if shaken, and Pope (1899) discovered that the bluish light from saccharin was bright enough to be visible in a room during the day. This light only appeared from impure crystals and freshly crystallized samples. Other crystals have also been found to lose their ability to emit light over time.

Among biological substances, cane sugar, milk sugar, mannite, hippuric acid, asparagin, r-tartaric acid, l-malic acid, vanillin, cocaine, atropin, benzoic acid, and many others show triboluminescence. A long list is given by Tschugaeff (1901), by Trautz (1905), and by Gernez (1905). The spectrum is a short continuous one, the waves emitted depending on the kind of crystal. Thus the color of the light varies among different santonin derivatives from yellow to green. In saccharin it is blue.

Among biological substances, cane sugar, milk sugar, mannitol, hippuric acid, asparagine, r-tartaric acid, l-malic acid, vanillin, cocaine, atropine, benzoic acid, and many others exhibit triboluminescence. A long list is provided by Tschugaeff (1901), Trautz (1905), and Gernez (1905). The spectrum is a short continuous one, with the emitted waves depending on the type of crystal. Therefore, the color of the light varies among different santonin derivatives, ranging from yellow to green. In saccharin, it appears blue.

Although the light produced by some living organisms resembles triboluminescence in that it may be evoked by[Pg 33] rubbing or shaking the animals, it is in reality fundamentally different since it is dependent on the presence of oxygen whereas triboluminescence is not.

Although the light produced by some living organisms is similar to triboluminescence in that it can be triggered by[Pg 33] rubbing or shaking the animals, it is actually fundamentally different because it relies on the presence of oxygen, while triboluminescence does not.

Crystalloluminescence.—Crystalloluminescence is observed when solutions crystallize. It was described by Bandrowski (1894, 1895) in arsenious oxide, in NaF, or if HCl or alcohol is added to hot saturated NaCl solution. A bluish light with sparkling points appeared. All well authenticated cases are exhibited by simple inorganic salts and these are also all triboluminescent. The reverse is not true, however; many triboluminescent substances are not crystalloluminescent. Crystalloluminescence is much less widespread than triboluminescence. Trautz (1905) has studied the matter in a number of compounds and comes to the conclusion that the light is really a special case of triboluminescence in which the growth of individual crystals causes them to rub together. The light becomes much brighter on stirring a mass of crystals which exhibit crystalloluminescence. While in some cases crystalloluminescence is unquestionably due to the triboluminescence of crystals rubbing against each other it is not in every case, as has been clearly shown by the work of Weiser (1918 b). He studied luminescence of saturated aqueous alkali halide solutions (NaCl, KCl, etc.,) upon addition of alcohol or of HCl. The salt crystallizes out under these conditions and Weiser found that the light is brightest when the conditions of concentration of alcohol or of HCl are such as to cause heaping up of Na and Cl ions. He believes that the bluish light which appears is due to the combination of ions in the reaction, Na+ + Cl- = NaCl. Only if this proceeds rapidly enough does luminescence occur. Weiser studied also the crystallo[Pg 34]luminescence and triboluminescence of AsCl3 and of K2SO4. By photographing the luminescence through color screens of different absorptive power (Weiser, 1918, a) a spectrum of the light could be obtained, and it was found to be identical in both the tribo- and crystalloluminescent light; in the case of AsCl3, a band in the green-blue, blue and violet. Weiser believes the light in this case also to come from recombination of the ions, As+++ + 3Cl- = AsCl3, and that crystalloluminescence in general is due to rapid reformation of molecules from ions broken up by electrolytic dissociation while triboluminescence is due to rapid reformation of molecules from ions broken up by violent disruption of the crystal. Of course in triboluminescent organic crystals which do not dissociate into ions, some other reaction must be responsible for the light. One thing seems certain, that the two types of luminescence are similar. As Bigelow[1] remarks, "It is altogether probable that the cause of this" (crystalloluminescence) "whatever it may be, is the same as the cause of triboluminescence, whatever that may be."

Crystalloluminescence.—Crystalloluminescence occurs when solutions crystallize. Bandrowski described it in arsenious oxide, in NaF, or when HCl or alcohol is added to hot saturated NaCl solution in 1894 and 1895. A bluish light with sparkling points appears. All well-documented instances involve simple inorganic salts, and all these are also triboluminescent. However, the opposite is not always true; many triboluminescent substances do not exhibit crystalloluminescence. Crystalloluminescence is much less common than triboluminescence. Trautz studied this phenomenon in various compounds in 1905 and concluded that the light is essentially a specific case of triboluminescence where the growth of individual crystals causes them to rub against each other. The light becomes much brighter when stirring a mass of crystals that show crystalloluminescence. While in some cases crystalloluminescence is clearly a result of the triboluminescence from crystals rubbing together, this is not true for every instance, as shown by Weiser's work in 1918. He investigated the luminescence of saturated aqueous alkali halide solutions (NaCl, KCl, etc.) upon adding alcohol or HCl. The salt crystallizes under these conditions, and Weiser found that the light is brightest when the concentrations of alcohol or HCl encourage the accumulation of Na and Cl ions. He believes that the bluish light that appears results from the combination of ions in the reaction, Na+ + Cl- = NaCl. Luminescence occurs only if this process happens quickly enough. Weiser also examined the crystalloluminescence and triboluminescence of AsCl3 and K2SO4. By photographing the luminescence through color filters with varying absorption levels (Weiser, 1918, a), a spectrum of the light was obtained, found to be identical in both triboluminescent and crystalloluminescent light; in the case of AsCl3, there was a band in the green-blue, blue, and violet ranges. Weiser believes that the light in this instance also comes from the recombination of the ions, As+++ + 3Cl- = AsCl3, positing that crystalloluminescence generally arises from the rapid reformation of molecules from ions disrupted by electrolytic dissociation, while triboluminescence results from the swift reformation of molecules from ions fragmented by the violent disruption of the crystal. In triboluminescent organic crystals that don’t dissociate into ions, another reaction must account for the light. One thing seems clear: the two types of luminescence are similar. As Bigelow[1] notes, "It is altogether probable that the cause of this" (crystalloluminescence) "whatever it may be, is the same as the cause of triboluminescence, whatever that may be."

[1] Theoretical and Physical Chemistry, 1912, p. 516.

[1] Theoretical and Physical Chemistry, 1912, p. 516.

Crystals are not found in the luminous organs of animals with the exception of the fireflies. In these a layer of cells occurs (see Chapter IV) filled with minute crystals of one of the purine bodies (xanthin or uric acid). One might surmise that the light of the animal was a crystalloluminescence accompanying the formation of these crystals. It is easy to show, however, that the light comes not from the crystal layer but from another layer of cells containing large granules. It is also dependent on the presence of oxygen while crystalloluminescence takes place in the absence of oxygen. The crystal layer possibly[Pg 35] serves as a reflector. Its significance will be discussed in a later chapter.

Crystals are not present in the glowing parts of animals, except for fireflies. In these creatures, there's a layer of cells (see Chapter IV) filled with tiny crystals of a purine compound (xanthin or uric acid). One might think that the animal's light is due to crystalloluminescence occurring along with the formation of these crystals. However, it's easy to demonstrate that the light doesn't come from the crystal layer but from another layer of cells that contains larger granules. The light also relies on the availability of oxygen, while crystalloluminescence happens without oxygen. The crystal layer might act as a reflector. Its importance will be addressed in a later chapter.

Fig. 5.—Dubois's figures showing transformation of photogenic granules to crystals (after Dubois).

Fig. 5.—Dubois's illustrations demonstrating the transformation of photogenic granules into crystals (after Dubois).

The light of luminous organisms is quite generally associated with granules. In one of the centipedes (Orya barbarica), which produces a luminous secretion, Dubois (1893) has described the transformation of these granules into crystals and at one time he supposed the light to be a crystalloluminescence. He later reversed this opinion and, certainly, examination of his drawings which are reproduced in Fig. 5 does not convince one of the actuality of crystal formation.

The light from glowing organisms is generally linked to granules. In one type of centipede (Orya barbarica) that produces a glowing secretion, Dubois (1893) described how these granules transform into crystals and once thought the light was due to crystalloluminescence. He later changed his mind, and examining his drawings that are reproduced in Fig. 5 doesn’t really convince anyone that crystal formation actually happens.

The phenomenon of lyoluminescence, described by[Pg 36] Wiedemann and Schmidt (1895) as a light accompanying the solution of colored (from exposure to cathode rays) crystals of Li, Na, or K chlorides, is probably due to a triboluminescence from stirring of the crystals during solution.

The phenomenon of lyoluminescence, described by[Pg 36] Wiedemann and Schmidt (1895) as a light that appears when colored crystals of Li, Na, or K chlorides (which have been exposed to cathode rays) dissolve, is likely caused by triboluminescence from stirring the crystals while they dissolve.

Chemiluminescence.—As the name implies, chemiluminescence is the production of light during a chemical reaction at low temperatures. This does not mean that the other types of luminescence are not connected with chemical reactions—using the word reaction in a broad sense—for we have reason to believe that in some cases spectra are not characteristic of the element as such but are rather characteristic of a particular reaction in which the element takes part (dissociation into ions, changes from monovalent to bivalent condition, etc.) and that this is the reason one element may show various spectra under different conditions (Bancroft, 1913). The chemiluminescences are rather oxidation reactions involving the absorption of gaseous or dissolved oxygen and may be very easily distinguished from all the previously mentioned luminescences by this criterion. They should, perhaps, more properly be called oxyluminescences.

Glow-in-the-dark reaction.—As the name suggests, chemiluminescence is the generation of light during a chemical reaction at low temperatures. This doesn't imply that other types of luminescence are unrelated to chemical reactions—using the term reaction in a broad sense—since we have reasons to believe that in some cases, the spectra are not just specific to the element itself but actually reflect a specific reaction the element is involved in (like dissociation into ions, changes from a monovalent to a bivalent state, etc.). This is why one element can exhibit different spectra under various conditions (Bancroft, 1913). Chemiluminescences predominantly involve oxidation reactions that absorb gaseous or dissolved oxygen, and they can be easily differentiated from all previously mentioned luminescences by this characteristic. They might be more accurately referred to as oxyluminescences.

The glow of phosphorus is the best known case, recognized since phosphorus was first prepared by Brandt in 1669. It is interesting to note that when first prepared phosphorus was regarded as a peculiarly persistent type of phosphor, i.e., a material akin to the impure alkaline earth sulphides.

The glow of phosphorus is the most famous example, known since phosphorus was first created by Brandt in 1669. It's interesting to point out that when it was first made, phosphorus was seen as a uniquely long-lasting type of phosphor, i.e., a substance similar to the impure alkaline earth sulfides.

Fresh cut surfaces of Na and K metal will glow in the dark for some time, especially if warmed to 60°-70° (Linnemann, 1858). A film of oxide is formed over the surface, showing definitely that oxidation has occurred.[Pg 37] Ozone oxidizes organic matter with an accompanying glow (Fahrig, 1890; Otto, 1896). The light from ozone acting on pyrogallol solution is especially bright under certain conditions.

Freshly cut surfaces of sodium and potassium metal will glow in the dark for a while, especially if heated to 60°-70°. A layer of oxide forms over the surface, clearly indicating that oxidation has taken place.[Pg 37] Ozone oxidizes organic material, producing a glow. The light from ozone affecting a pyrogallol solution is particularly vibrant under certain conditions.

Radziszewski (1877, 1880) gives a long list of substances, chiefly essential oils, which luminesce if slowly oxidized in alcoholic solutions of alkalis. Formaldehyde, dioxymethylen, paraldehyde, metaldehyde, acroleïn, disacryl, aldehydeammonia, acrylammonia, hydrobenzamid, lophin, hydroanisamid, anisidin, hydrocuminamid, hydrocinamid, besides waxes, and such biological substances as glucose, lecithin, cholesterin, cholic, taurocholic, and glycocholic acids, and cerebrin, all luminesce on oxidation. Radziszewski himself and many other authors have compared the light of organisms to this type of luminescence. Indeed the incorrect identification of granules found in the cells of practically all luminous tissues as oil droplets, is largely due to the influence of Radziszewski's work. Dubois (1901 b) has added esculin, and Trautz (1904-5) many aldehydes and phenol derivatives, including vanillin, papaverin, tannic and gallic acids, besides glycerol and mannite to the list of biological substances oxidizing with light production. Guinchant (1905) has described oxyluminescence of uric acid and asparagine, Weitlaner (1911) of substances in humus and McDermott (1913) of substances in urine and the anaerobic alkaline hydrolysis products of glue and Witte's peptone. Pyrogallol is especially prone to luminesce, as was first noticed by Lenard and Wolf (1888) in developing a photographic plate with pyrogallol developer. Later the luminescence was studied in some detail by Trautz and Schloringin (1904-5) who developed the well-known luminescent mix[Pg 38]ture of pyrogallol, formaldehyde, K2CO3 and H2O2. As I have shown, pyrogallol can be oxidized in a great many different ways, and some of these are of great interest, for they very closely imitate the mechanism for the production of light in organisms. These are recorded in Table 3, which also includes various other types of oxyluminescence of general or biological interest.

Radziszewski (1877, 1880) provides an extensive list of substances, mainly essential oils, that produce light when they are slowly oxidized in alcoholic solutions of alkalis. These include formaldehyde, dioxymethylen, paraldehyde, metaldehyde, acrolein, disacryl, aldehydeammonia, acrylammonia, hydrobenzamid, lophin, hydroanisamid, anisidin, hydrocuminamid, and hydrocinamid, along with waxes and biological substances such as glucose, lecithin, cholesterol, cholic, taurocholic, and glycocholic acids, and cerebrin, all of which luminesce upon oxidation. Radziszewski and many other authors have compared the light produced by organisms to this type of luminescence. In fact, the misidentification of granules found in nearly all luminous tissues as oil droplets can be largely attributed to Radziszewski's work. Dubois (1901 b) added esculin, and Trautz (1904-5) included numerous aldehydes and phenol derivatives, such as vanillin, papaverin, tannic and gallic acids, along with glycerol and mannitol, to the list of biological substances that produce light upon oxidation. Guinchant (1905) described the oxyluminescence of uric acid and asparagine, Weitlaner (1911) examined substances in humus, and McDermott (1913) investigated substances in urine and the anaerobic alkaline hydrolysis products of glue and Witte's peptone. Pyrogallol is particularly inclined to luminesce, a phenomenon first noted by Lenard and Wolf (1888) while developing a photographic plate with a pyrogallol developer. Later, Trautz and Schloringin (1904-5) studied its luminescence in detail and created the well-known luminescent mixture of pyrogallol, formaldehyde, K2CO3, and H2O2. As I have shown, pyrogallol can be oxidized in many different ways, some of which are particularly interesting because they closely mimic the mechanisms that produce light in living organisms. These are documented in Table 3, which also covers various other types of oxyluminescence that are of general or biological significance.

TABLE 3
Types of Oxyluminescent Reactions

TABLE 3
Types of Oxyluminescent Reactions

  •  1. Oxidation in air spontaneously.
  • (a) At ordinary temperatures. [Phosphorus. Fresh-cut surfaces of Na or K. Thiophosgene and Thio-ethers (RCS.OR).]
  • (b) At melting or vaporizing points. (Fats, terpenes, sugars, resins, gums, ether, silk and others.)
  •  2. Oxidation in aqueous or alcoholic alkalies. (Many organic substances.)
  •  3. Oxidation in hypoiodites, hypobromites, or hypochlorites. (Many organic substances.)
  •  4. Oxidation in peroxides (H2O2 or Na2O2). (Many organic substances.)
  •  5. Oxidation in ozone. (Many organic substances.)
  •  6. Oxidation in acid permanganate. (Pyrogallol.)
  •  7. Oxidation in persulfates and perborates. (Formaldehyde, paraformaldehyde.)
  •  8. Oxidation in perchlorates, periodates, and perbromates. (Palmitic acid.)
  •  9. Combination of 2 and 4. (Many organic substances.)
  • 10. Combination of 3 and 4. (Many organic substances.)
  • 11. Oxidation with H2O2 and hæmoglobin or vegetable oxidases. (Pyrogallol, gallic acid, lophin, esculin.)
  • 12. Oxidation with H2O2 and MnO2, Fe2Fe(CN)6 Mn(OH)2 + Mn(OH)3 Ag2O, chromium oxide, cobalt oxide. (Pyrogallol.)
  • 13. Oxidation with H2O2 and ferrocyanides, chromates, bichromates, permanganates, Fe salts, and Cr salts. (Pyrogallol, esculin.)
  • 14. Oxidation with H2O2 and collodial Ag. Pt. Pd. Au. (Pyrogallol.)

The spectrum of chemiluminescent reactions has been described in a few instances as continuous but no definite measurements of its extent have been made. Radziszew[Pg 39]ski (1880) found the light of lophin oxidized in alcoholic caustic alkali, examined with a two-prism spectroscope, to give a continuous spectrum, brightest at E, with the red and violet ends lacking. Trautz (1905, p. 101) states that the pyrogallol-formaldehyde-Na2CO3-H2O2 reaction gives a continuous spectrum from the red to the blue green with maximum brightness in the orange. Weiser (1918 a) has studied the spectra of some chemiluminescent reactions by photographing the light behind a series of color screens. He finds also that the spectra are short, with maximum intensity in various regions. Thus, amarin oxidized by chlorine or bromine, extends from the yellow to greenish blue with a maximum in the green while phosphorus, dissolved in glacial acetic acid and oxidized with H2O2, luminesces from yellow green to violet.

The range of chemiluminescent reactions has sometimes been described as continuous, but no specific measurements of its extent have been conducted. Radziszewski (1880) discovered that the light emitted by lophin oxidized in alcoholic caustic alkali, when examined with a two-prism spectroscope, produced a continuous spectrum that was brightest at E, without red and violet ends. Trautz (1905, p. 101) notes that the reaction between pyrogallol, formaldehyde, Na2CO3, and H2O2 creates a continuous spectrum from red to blue-green, peaking in brightness in the orange. Weiser (1918 a) studied the spectra of some chemiluminescent reactions by photographing the light through a series of color filters. He also found that the spectra are short, with maximum intensity occurring in different regions. For instance, amarin oxidized by chlorine or bromine ranges from yellow to greenish blue with its peak in the green, while phosphorus, dissolved in glacial acetic acid and oxidized with H2O2, glows from yellow-green to violet.

The spectra of luminous animals are quite similar to those of chemiluminescent reactions. Moreover, as we have seen, chemiluminescence is essentially an oxyluminescence, since oxygen is necessary for the reaction. All luminous animals also require oxygen for light production. Therefore, bioluminescence and chemiluminescence are similar phenomena and they differ from all the other forms of luminescence which we have considered. The light from luminous animals is due to the oxidation of some substance produced in their cells, and when we can write the structural formula of this photogenic substance and tell how the oxidation proceeds, the problem of light production in animals will be solved.[Pg 40]

The light emitted by glowing animals is quite similar to that produced by chemiluminescent reactions. Additionally, as we've noted, chemiluminescence is fundamentally an oxyluminescence since oxygen is essential for the reaction. All glowing animals also need oxygen to produce light. Thus, bioluminescence and chemiluminescence are similar phenomena, distinguishing them from all other forms of luminescence we've discussed. The light from glowing animals results from the oxidation of a substance produced in their cells, and once we can establish the structural formula of this light-emitting substance and understand how the oxidation occurs, the mystery of light production in animals will be solved.[Pg 40]


CHAPTER III
PHYSICAL NATURE OF ANIMAL LIGHT

Interest in the light of animals from a physical standpoint has centred around questions of quality, efficiency and intensity, but in only one group of luminous animals, the beetles, have accurate measurements of these characteristics been made. This is due in part to the abundance of these forms and their appeal to human interest and in part because they are among the brightest of luminous organisms. Weak lights are not only difficult to measure but, when dispersed to form spectra, give bands so faint that their limits are very difficult to see and more so to photograph. Very few organisms produce light visible to the fully light-adapted eye. Although their light may seem quite bright to the dark-adapted eye, the dark-adapted eye is a poor judge of the quality, i.e., the color of a light. This is because of the Purkinje phenomenon, a change in the region of maximum sensibility of the retina with change in intensity of the light. For an equal energy spectrum, to the normal, completely light-adapted eye, yellow-green light of wave-length, λ = .565µ, appears the brightest, but when the light is made fainter the maximum shifts first to the green and then to the blue. The dark-adapted eye can see green or blue better than yellow and for this reason weak lights will appear more green or blue than stronger ones of the same energy distribution. Also two weak lights of the same spectral composition may appear different in color if they differ much in intensity. This is illustrated in Fig. 6.[Pg 41]

Interest in how animals perceive light from a physical perspective has focused on aspects like quality, efficiency, and intensity. However, only one group of luminous animals, the beetles, has had precise measurements of these qualities taken. This is partly because beetles are abundant and interesting to people, and also because they are some of the brightest luminous creatures. Dim lights are not only hard to measure, but when spread out into spectra, they create bands that are so faint that their edges are tough to see and even harder to photograph. Very few organisms emit light that is visible to the fully light-adapted eye. Although their light might seem bright to an eye adapted to darkness, a dark-adapted eye isn't a reliable judge of light quality, meaning the color of the light. This is due to the Purkinje phenomenon, which describes how the region of maximum sensitivity in the retina changes with light intensity. For a spectrum with equal energy, yellow-green light with a wavelength of λ = .565µ appears brightest to a fully light-adapted eye, but as the light dims, the maximum sensitivity shifts first to green and then to blue. A dark-adapted eye can perceive green or blue better than yellow, which means that dim lights will look more green or blue than brighter ones with the same energy distribution. Additionally, two dim lights with the same spectral makeup may seem different in color if their intensities vary significantly. This is shown in Fig. 6.[Pg 41]

Fig. 6.—Visibility curves for three illuminations showing the shift in region of maximum visibility, or Purkinje phenomenon (after Nutting).

Fig. 6.—Visibility curves for three light sources demonstrating the shift in the area of maximum visibility, or Purkinje phenomenon (after Nutting).

The shift in sensibility of the eye occurs in illuminations of between 0.5 and 50 metre-candles and represents a change from central cone vision (high intensities) to peripheral rod vision (low intensities). The fovea centralis lacks rods and this part of the eye becomes practically color blind at very low intensities of light. Below 0.5 and above 50 metre-candles visibility varies but little with change in intensity. It is clearly necessary then to distinguish between the physical objective phenomenon of light and the physiological subjective sensation of light.

The way our eyes perceive light changes in illuminations between 0.5 and 50 metre-candles, shifting from central cone vision (which is sensitive to bright light) to peripheral rod vision (which works better in dim light). The fovea centralis doesn’t have rods, making this part of the eye nearly color blind at very low light levels. Below 0.5 and above 50 metre-candles, visibility doesn’t change much with varying light intensity. It’s essential to differentiate between the objective physical phenomenon of light and the subjective physiological experience of light.

It is a fact that different luminous animals produce light of quite different colors as judged by our eye. A range of spectral tints has been described which extends from red to violet but "yellowish," "greenish" and "bluish" tints are commonest. Indeed one or two animals possess several luminous organs emitting lights of different colors. This is true in a South American firefly, Phengodes,[Pg 42] whose lights are red and greenish yellow, and in the deep sea squid, Thaumatolampas diadema, which produces lights of three colors, two shades of blue and red. The red light in the case of the squid appears to be due to a red color screen formed by the chromatophores, but in Phengodes no screen is present.

Different luminous animals emit light in a variety of colors as seen by our eyes. A range of spectral shades has been identified, stretching from red to violet, but "yellowish," "greenish," and "bluish" shades are the most common. In fact, some animals have multiple luminous organs that emit lights of different colors. This is the case with a South American firefly, Phengodes,[Pg 42] which produces red and greenish yellow lights, and the deep-sea squid, Thaumatolampas diadema, which generates lights in three colors: two shades of blue and red. The red light from the squid seems to arise from a red color screen formed by the chromatophores, while Phengodes does not have a screen.

TABLE 4
Wave-lengths of Fraunhofer Lines and Prominent Lines in Line Spectra

TABLE 4
Wavelengths of Fraunhofer Lines and Notable Lines in Line Spectra


FRAUNHOFER LINES

FRAUNHOFER LINES

LineColorWave-lengths (µµ = µ/1000)Source
ARed759.4 (band)Oxygen in atmosphere.
aRed718.5 (band)Water vapor atmosphere.
BRed686.7Oxygen vapor atmosphere.
CRed656.3Hydrogen in sun.
D1 D2Yellow589.6, 589.0Sodium in sun.
EGreen527.0Calcium in sun.
b1 b2 b4Green518.4, 517.3, 516.8Magnesium in sun.
FBlue486.1Hydrogen in sun.
GViolet430.8Calcium in sun.
H KViolet396.9, 393.4Calcium in sun.


BUNSEN FLAME LINES

Bunsen burner flame lines

SourceColorWave-lengths (µµ = µ/1000)
PotassiumRed769.9, 766.5 (double)
LithiumRed670.8
SodiumYellow589.6, 589.0 (double)
ThalliumGreen535.1
MagnesiumGreen518.4
StrontiumBlue460.7


PLÜCKER TUBE LINES

Plücker tube lines

SourceColorWave-lengths (µµ = µ/1000)
MercuryYellow579.0, 576.9
Green546.1
Blue491.6, 435.8
Violet407.8, 404.7
HydrogenRed656.3
Blue486.1, 434.1
HeliumRed728.2, 706.5, 667.8
Yellow587.6
Green504.8, 501.6, 492.2
Blue471.3, 447.2
Violet438.8, 402.6, 388.8

As we have seen, difference in color of the light does not necessarily indicate difference in spectral composition because of the Purkinje effect. However, examination of the spectrum of various luminous forms has very clearly indicated that the different colors are really due to light rays of different wave-length and are not the result of any subjective phenomena. To facilitate comparison, spectral lines and colors are given in Table 4. The first adequate observations on the spectra of luminous animals were made by Pasteur (1864), who studied Pyrophorus and found a continuous spectrum unbroken by light or dark bands. Lankester (1868) discovered a similar continuous spectrum in Chætopterus insignis and placed its limits from line 5 to 10 on Sorby's Scale (about λ = 0.55µ[Pg 43] to λ = 0.44µ). Young (1870) first recorded the limits of the firefly spectrum as a little above C (λ = .6563µ) to F (λ = .4861µ). Since then a number of luminous forms have been examined and all are found to give short continuous spectra (not crossed by light or dark bands or lines) lying in different color regions. Thus, Conroy (1882) examined the glowworm (Lampyris noctiluca) light and observed a band extending from λ = 0.518µ to λ = 0.656µ. Dubois (1886) states that the spectrum of Pyrophorus noctilucus, the West Indian "Cucullo," extends from slightly further than the Fraunhofer B line to the F line, while Langley and Very (1890), working on the same form, placed the limits at λ = 0.468µ to[Pg 44] λ = 0.640µ. It consists, then, of a broad band chiefly in the green and yellow. But, "would the light not extend farther were it bright enough to be seen?... if the light of the insect were as bright as that of the sun would it not extend equally far on either side of the spectrum?" "It is impossible to increase the intrinsic brilliancy by any optical device, but if it be impossible to make the light of the insect as bright as that of the sun, it is on the other hand quite possible to make the light of the sun no brighter than that of the insect ..." Langley and Very investigated this question, forming a solar spectrum from sunlight of the same intensity as that of Pyrophorus and a Pyrophorus spectrum together in the same field of the spectroscope. The latter was very much shorter than the solar spectrum, showing that its length was not due to weakness of the red and blue rays but to their absence. Later Ives and Coblentz (1910) photographed the spectrum of a firefly (Photinus pyralis), together with that of a carbon glow lamp, on plates sensitive to all wave-lengths of visible rays under conditions which would have recorded all visible radiations given off. They found the spectrum to extend only from λ = 0.51µ to λ = 0.67µ (Fig. 7). Another species of firefly (Photuris pennsylvanica) was found by Coblentz (1912) to give a spectrum extending from λ = 0.51µ to λ = 0.59µ (Fig. 8). The Photinus light extends much further into the red and it is easy to distinguish between Photinus and Photuris in nature, merely by the reddish tint of the light of the former. These photographic records show conclusively that the color of the light of luminous animals is not a subjective phenomenon due to the Purkinje effect and the low intensity of the light, but is real, an actual difference in spec[Pg 45]tral composition of the light emitted. Neither is it due, at least in the fireflies examined, to the existence of color screens which absorb certain rays, allowing only those of a definite color to pass. The spectra of forms thus far investigated are reproduced in Fig. 9 and recorded in Table 5. It will be noted that they vary considerably in position but are all of the same type. The spectrum of Cypridina hilgendorfii is the longest thus far investigated (λ = .610µ to λ = .415µ), extending well into the blue, and the light of this form is very blue in appearance.

As we have seen, a difference in the color of light doesn't necessarily mean there's a difference in spectral composition due to the Purkinje effect. However, studying the spectrum of various light-emitting organisms has clearly shown that the different colors are actually caused by light rays of different wavelengths, not by any subjective phenomena. To make comparisons easier, spectral lines and colors are provided in Table 4. The first proper observations of the spectra of luminous animals were made by Pasteur (1864), who examined Pyrophorus and found a continuous spectrum without any light or dark gaps. Lankester (1868) discovered a similar continuous spectrum in Chætopterus insignis and noted its limits from line 5 to 10 on Sorby's Scale (about λ = 0.55µ[Pg 43] to λ = 0.44µ). Young (1870) was the first to document the limits of the firefly spectrum, which ranges just above C (λ = .6563µ) to F (λ = .4861µ). Since then, several luminous organisms have been studied, and they all produce short continuous spectra (not interrupted by light or dark bands or lines) in different color ranges. For instance, Conroy (1882) looked at the glowworm (Lampyris noctiluca) light and noted a band from λ = 0.518µ to λ = 0.656µ. Dubois (1886) reported that the spectrum of Pyrophorus noctilucus, the West Indian "Cucullo," extends from just beyond the Fraunhofer B line to the F line, while Langley and Very (1890), studying the same organism, set the limits at λ = 0.468µ to[Pg 44] λ = 0.640µ. It consists of a broad band mainly in the green and yellow regions. However, "wouldn't the light extend further if it were bright enough to be seen?... if the insect's light were as bright as the sun, wouldn’t it also reach equally far on both sides of the spectrum?" "It’s impossible to increase the intrinsic brightness using any optical tools, but while it’s unfeasible to make the insect's light as bright as the sun, it is definitely possible to dim the sun's light to match that of the insect..." Langley and Very looked into this, creating a solar spectrum from sunlight of the same intensity as that of Pyrophorus and combining a Pyrophorus spectrum in the same field of the spectroscope. The latter was significantly shorter than the solar spectrum, indicating that its length was not due to the weakness of the red and blue rays but to their absence. Later, Ives and Coblentz (1910) photographed the spectrum of a firefly (Photinus pyralis), alongside that of a carbon glow lamp, on plates sensitive to all wavelengths of visible light under conditions that could have captured all visible emissions. They found the spectrum only extended from λ = 0.51µ to λ = 0.67µ (Fig. 7). Another firefly species (Photuris pennsylvanica) was studied by Coblentz (1912), who found its spectrum ranged from λ = 0.51µ to λ = 0.59µ (Fig. 8). The light from Photinus reaches much further into the red spectrum, making it easy to tell Photinus and Photuris apart in nature simply by the reddish tint of Photinus' light. These photographic records conclusively demonstrate that the color of light from luminous animals is not a subjective effect caused by the Purkinje effect and the low intensity of the light, but is a real, actual difference in the spectral composition of the emitted light. It is also not due, at least in the studied fireflies, to the presence of color filters that absorb certain rays and let only specific colors through. The spectra of the organisms examined so far are displayed in Fig. 9 and recorded in Table 5. It's important to note that they vary significantly in position yet are all of the same type. The spectrum of Cypridina hilgendorfii is the longest investigated so far (λ = .610µ to λ = .415µ), extending well into the blue, and the light from this organism appears very blue.


Fig. 7.—Spectra of carbon glow lamp, A, firefly (Photinus pyralis); B, and helium vacuum tube, C (after Ives and Coblentz).

Fig. 7.—Spectra of carbon glow lamp, A, firefly (Photinus pyralis); B, and helium vacuum tube, C (after Ives and Coblentz).


Fig. 8.—Spectra of helium vacuum tube (1); carbon glow lamp (2); the firefly, Photinus pyralis (3); and the firefly Photuris pennsylvanica (4) (after Coblentz).

Fig. 8.—Spectra of helium vacuum tube (1); carbon glow lamp (2); the firefly, Photinus pyralis (3); and the firefly Photuris pennsylvanica (4) (after Coblentz).


Fig. 9.—Spectra of various luminous animals (after McDermott). 1. Portion of the visible solar (grating) spectrum showing Fraunhofer lines. 2. Pyrophorus noctilucus (Langley and Very.) 3. Lampyris noctiluca (Conroy). 4. Photinus pyralis (Ives and Coblentz). 5. Photinus consanguineus (Coblentz). 6. Photuris pennsylvanica (Coblentz). 7. Phengodes laticollis (McDermott). 8. Bacterium phosphoreum, B. phosphorescens or Bacillus photogenus (Molish). 9. Photobacterium indicum (Barnard). 10. Mycelium X (Molish). 11. Luminous bacteria (Förster). 12. Agaricus sp.? (Ludwig). 13. Fluorescent spectrum of luciferesceine of Photinus pyralis (Coblentz). Only the extreme ends of the bands are shown and no attempt is made to indicate the relative density of different portions of the spectra.

Fig. 9.—Spectra of different glowing animals (after McDermott). 1. Part of the visible solar (grating) spectrum showing Fraunhofer lines. 2. Pyrophorus noctilucus (Langley and Very). 3. Lampyris noctiluca (Conroy). 4. Photinus pyralis (Ives and Coblentz). 5. Photinus consanguineus (Coblentz). 6. Photuris pennsylvanica (Coblentz). 7. Phengodes laticollis (McDermott). 8. Bacterium phosphoreum, B. phosphorescens or Bacillus photogenus (Molish). 9. Photobacterium indicum (Barnard). 10. Mycelium X (Molish). 11. Luminous bacteria (Förster). 12. Agaricus sp.? (Ludwig). 13. Fluorescent spectrum of luciferesceine from Photinus pyralis (Coblentz). Only the extreme ends of the bands are shown, and no attempt is made to indicate the relative density of different parts of the spectra.


Table 5.Limits of Spectra of Various Luminous Organisms

Table 5.Limits of Spectra of Different Luminous Organisms

Light Spectrum (µ) Emission maximum Observer Method and remarks
Cypridina hilgendorfii 0.610-0.415   Harvey, 1919 Eye observation, Zeiss comparison spectroscope.
Chætopterus insignis 0.55-0.44 (approximately)   Lancaster, 1868 Eye observation.
Pyrophorus noctilucus 0.72-0.486   Dubois, 1886 Eye observation.
Pyrophorus noctilucus (thoracic light) .640 - .468 0.57 Langley and Very, 1890 Eye observation and comparison with solar spectrum of equal intensity.
Pyrophorus noctilucus (abdominal light) .663 - .463
Photinus pyralis .67 - .51 .552 Ives and Coblentz, 1909 Photographic comparison with carbon glow lamp of equal intensity.
Photuris pennsylvanica .59 - .51   Coblentz, 1912 Photographic comparison with carbon glow lamp of equal intensity.
Photinus consanguineus .65 - .52 .578 Coblentz, 1912 Photographic comparison with carbon glow lamp of equal intensity.
Phengodes laticollis .65 - .52   McDermott, 1911 e Eye observation.
Lampyris (glow worm) .656- .518   Conroy, 1910 Eye observation.
Photinus .670- .487   Young, 1870 Eye observation direct vision spectroscope.
Bacteria G to F extending toward D for long exposure   Barnard, 1902 Photographic.
Bacteria Somewhat beyond G to D   Fisher, 1888 Eye observation.
Bacteria .58 - .43   Förster, 1887 Eye observation Zeiss. Abbe microspectral ocular.
Bacteria >.500 to .350 Bright band at .4 Forsyth, 1910 Photographic, quartz spectroscope.
Agarious melleus 0.56-0.48 (approximately)   Ludwig, 1884 Eye observation, Sorby Brown microspectroscope.
Xylaria hypoxylon .54 - .46 (approximately)   Ludwig, 1884 Eye observation, Sorby Brown microspectroscope.
Micrococcus Pflugeri b into the violet   Ludwig, 1884 Eye observation, Sorby Brown microspectroscope.
Mycelium X .570 - .480   Molish, 1904, book Eye observation, Zeiss comparison spectroscope.
Bacterium phosphoreum .570 - .450   Molish, 1904, book Eye observation, Zeiss comparison spectroscope.
Bacterium phosphorescens .570 - .450   Molish, 1904, book Eye observation, Zeiss comparison spectroscope.
Bacillus photogenes .570 - .450   Molish, 1904, book Eye observation, Zeiss comparison spectroscope.
Pseudomonas lucifera .570 - .450   Molish, 1904, book Eye observation, Zeiss comparison spectroscope.

As first shown by Dubois (1886) for Pyrophorus, and confirmed by myself for Cypridina, the light is not polarized in any way. I may add that the Cypridina light like any other light may be polarized by passing through a Nicol prism.

As first demonstrated by Dubois (1886) for Pyrophorus, and confirmed by me for Cypridina, the light isn’t polarized at all. I should also mention that the Cypridina light, like any other light, can be polarized by going through a Nicol prism.

Several writers [Dubois (1914 book)], Fischer (1888), Molisch (1904 book) have noticed that the light of luminous bacteria changes in color if grown on different culture media. Light which is "silver white" on dead fish becomes "greenish" on salt-peptone-gelatin media and more yellow on salt-poor media. Peron (1804) and Panceri (1872) describe the light of Pyrosoma as yellow to greenish after death of the animal and reddish on stimulation; then fading out through orange, yellow, greenish and azure blue. Polimanti (1911) describes the normal light of Pyrosoma as greenish, and states that as the animals die, or if they are kept at temperatures above the optimum, the light becomes more red. McDermott (1911, b) noticed that the light of fireflies placed in liquid air became decidedly reddish just before going out and on rewarming the first light to appear was reddish followed by the proper shade at higher temperatures. I have frequently observed[Pg 48] a more reddish color from luminous tissues of the firefly upon the addition of coagulants such as alcohol, and have noted that the light of Cypridina becomes weaker and more yellow at both low (0°) and high (50°) temperatures. The meaning of these color changes will be discussed in Chapter VII.

Several writers [Dubois (1914 book)], Fischer (1888), Molisch (1904 book) have observed that the light from luminous bacteria changes color based on the culture media they are grown in. Light that appears "silver white" on dead fish turns "greenish" on salt-peptone-gelatin media and becomes more yellow on salt-poor media. Peron (1804) and Panceri (1872) describe the light of Pyrosoma as yellow to greenish after the animal's death and reddish when stimulated; then it fades through orange, yellow, greenish, and azure blue. Polimanti (1911) notes the normal light of Pyrosoma as greenish and states that as the animals die, or if kept at temperatures higher than optimal, the light becomes redder. McDermott (1911, b) observed that the light of fireflies placed in liquid air turns noticeably reddish just before it goes out, and upon rewarming, the first light to appear is reddish, followed by the proper shade at higher temperatures. I've often noticed a more reddish color from the luminous tissues of the firefly when coagulants like alcohol are added, and I've observed that the light of Cypridina becomes weaker and more yellow at both low (0°) and high (50°) temperatures. The significance of these color changes will be discussed in Chapter VII.

The efficiency of any light may be defined in several different ways: (1) By the percentage of visible wave-lengths in the total amount of radiation emitted, i.e., visible radiation divided by total (heat, visible, actinic) radiation; (2) by considering, in addition to visible radiation ÷ total radiation, the sensibility of the eye to different wave-lengths, visible radiation × visual sensibility ÷ total radiation. Visible radiation × visual sensibility is spoken of as luminosity; (3) by the amount of light (expressed in candles) produced in relation to a given expenditure of energy or in relation to the cost of the energy expended. Thus, of the radiation emitted from an incandescent electric lamp only a small per cent. is light, the rest being heat and actinic rays. It is therefore very far from being 100 per cent. efficient. If there were no infra-red or ultra-violet in the radiation from an incandescent lamp its efficiency would be 100 per cent. if we disregarded visual sensibility. But if we take into account the fact that the eye is most sensitive to yellow green, a source of light, even though emitting only visible radiation, would not be 100 per cent. efficient unless its maximum of emission corresponded also with the maximum of visual sensibility. We shall return to this question in a later paragraph. Looking at the question from the standpoint of energy consumption, the carbon incandescent lamp gives one mean spherical candle for 4.83 watts (watt = 107 ergs[Pg 49] per sec.), while the tungsten lamp gives one mean spherical candle for 1.6 watts, about one-third the energy, and the latter is consequently more efficient.

The efficiency of any light can be defined in several ways: (1) By the percentage of visible wavelengths in the total amount of radiation emitted, meaning visible radiation divided by total (heat, visible, actinic) radiation; (2) by taking into account, in addition to visible radiation ÷ total radiation, the sensitivity of the eye to different wavelengths, which is visible radiation × visual sensitivity ÷ total radiation. Visible radiation × visual sensitivity is referred to as luminosity; (3) by the amount of light (measured in candles) produced in relation to a given expenditure of energy or the cost of the energy used. For example, of the radiation emitted from an incandescent electric lamp, only a small percentage is light, while the rest is heat and actinic rays. Thus, it is far from being 100 percent efficient. If there were no infrared or ultraviolet radiation from an incandescent lamp, its efficiency would be 100 percent disregarding visual sensitivity. However, considering that the eye is most sensitive to yellow-green light, a light source would not be 100 percent efficient unless its peak emission matched the peak of visual sensitivity. We will revisit this topic in a later paragraph. From the perspective of energy consumption, a carbon incandescent lamp produces one mean spherical candle for 4.83 watts (where 1 watt = 107 ergs[Pg 49] per second), while a tungsten lamp produces one mean spherical candle for 1.6 watts, roughly one-third of the energy, making the latter more efficient.

As we know practically nothing of the energy transformations occurring during the process of light production in organisms, all statements regarding the efficiency of their light are based on relations between the visible radiation and total radiation. This involves a measurement of rays in the infra-red region (heat rays) and ultra-violet region (actinic rays) as well as the light rays proper, and any other radiant energy produced. While all spectroscopic investigations show that the spectrum of luminous animals never extends to the limits of the visible spectrum in either the red or violet, it is possible that bands occur in the infra-red or ultra-violet, and special methods must be employed to detect these. Radiations of all kinds, if converted into heat on striking the blackened surface of a thermopile, bolometer, or radiometer can be measured by changes in temperature and the relative amounts of energy represented be compared in a common unit, the calorie. By proper screening, all rays except the visible light rays can be cut off from the measuring instrument and the amounts of energy represented in light and in total radiation thus be determined.

Since we know almost nothing about the energy changes happening during the production of light in organisms, all claims about the efficiency of their light are based on comparisons between visible radiation and total radiation. This includes measuring rays in the infrared region (heat rays) and ultraviolet region (actinic rays), as well as the actual light rays and any other radiant energy produced. While all spectroscopic studies show that the spectrum of light-emitting animals never reaches the extremes of the visible spectrum in either the red or violet, it’s possible that bands appear in the infrared or ultraviolet, and special methods need to be used to detect these. Radiations of all kinds, when converted into heat upon hitting the blackened surface of a thermopile, bolometer, or radiometer, can be measured through temperature changes, and the relative amounts of energy can be compared using a common unit, the calorie. By using the right filters, all rays except for visible light rays can be blocked from the measuring instrument, allowing for the determination of the amounts of energy present in light and total radiation.

Dubois (1886) first studied this problem in Pyrophorus by the use of a thermopile and galvanometer and found a small amount of radiation from the luminous region in excess of that from a non-luminous region. It amounted to a galvanometer deflection of 0.95° and was increased 0.3° during the flash of the insect on electrical stimulation. This increase of 0.3° is possibly due to heat produced on muscular contraction. In any case the amount of heat[Pg 50] radiated in comparison with that of the candle is very small indeed. A more careful study has been made by Langley and Very (1890) with the bolometer. They point out first of all that the total radiation from the most powerful luminous organ (the abdominal one) of Pyrophorus which affected their bolometer slightly, would, in the same time (10 seconds), be sufficient to raise the temperature of an ordinary mercurial thermometer having a bulb 1 cm. in diameter by rather less than 2.3 × 10-6° C. We may thus gain some idea of the magnitude of the measurements to be made. The radiation from Pyrophorus which affected their bolometer was shown to be due merely to the "body heat"[2] of the insect, and it is largely cut off by a plate of glass which is opaque to all wave-lengths of 3µ or more. These waves are given off by bodies at temperatures below 50° C. and belong "to quite another spectral region to that in which the invisible heat associated with light mainly appears." Langley and Very then compared the radiation from a non-luminous bunsen flame and the Pyrophorus light, interposing a plate of glass in each case to cut off the waves longer than 3µ, and found several hundred times more radiation in the case of the bunsen burner but, nevertheless, perceptible radiation from Pyrophorus. The former consisted of radiant heat shorter than λ = 3µ and extending up to the visible light rays (λ = 0.7µ since the bunsen flame emitted no light). The very slight effect of the Pyrophorus radiation must be due to wave-lengths between λ = 3µ and λ = 0.468µ, the limit of the Pyrophorus spectrum in the blue. Langley and Very assumed it to be due entirely to the band of[Pg 51] visible light, λ = 0.640µ to λ = 0.468µ, and assumed that no invisible heat rays were produced. All of the energy of Pyrophorus light would therefore lie in the visible region and its efficiency (light rays ÷ heat + light + actinic rays) would be 100 per cent. Later, Langley (1902) reinvestigated the radiation of Pyrophorus and could detect no heating whatever with the bolometer. "A portion of the flame of a standard sperm candle, equal in area to the bright part of the insects, gave under the same circumstances, a bolometric effect of such magnitude that had the heat of the insect been 1/80,000 as great as that from the candle, it would certainly have been recognized." Coblentz (1912) also, using a vacuum thermopile of Pt and Bi, was unable to detect any infra-red radiation from Photinus pyralis, but found that the temperature of this firefly is slightly lower than the air. These temperature measurements will be discussed in a later chapter.

Dubois (1886) was the first to explore this issue in Pyrophorus using a thermopile and galvanometer. He discovered a small amount of radiation from the luminous area that exceeded that from a non-luminous area, resulting in a galvanometer deflection of 0.95°. This was increased by 0.3° during the insect’s electrical stimulation flash. The 0.3° rise may be due to heat produced by muscular contraction. In any case, the amount of heat radiated compared to that of a candle is very small. A more detailed study was conducted by Langley and Very (1890) using a bolometer. They pointed out that the total radiation from the most powerful luminous organ (the abdominal one) of Pyrophorus, which slightly affected their bolometer, would, over ten seconds, be enough to raise the temperature of a standard mercurial thermometer with a bulb 1 cm in diameter by less than 2.3 × 10-6° C. This helps us understand the scale of the measurements needed. The radiation from Pyrophorus detected by their bolometer was found to be just "body heat" of the insect, which is mostly blocked by a plate of glass that is opaque to all wavelengths of 3µ or more. These waves are emitted by objects at temperatures below 50° C. and belong to a different spectral region than that where the invisible heat associated with light mainly appears. Langley and Very then compared radiation from a non-luminous Bunsen flame with the light from Pyrophorus, using a plate of glass in both cases to block waves longer than 3µ. They found several hundred times more radiation from the Bunsen burner, but still observed some radiation from Pyrophorus. The radiation from the burner consisted of radiant heat shorter than λ = 3µ and extended into the visible light rays (λ = 0.7µ since the Bunsen flame emitted no light). The minimal effect of the Pyrophorus radiation must be attributed to wavelengths between λ = 3µ and λ = 0.468µ, the upper limit of the Pyrophorus spectrum in the blue. Langley and Very hypothesized that this was entirely due to the visible light band, λ = 0.640µ to λ = 0.468µ, and assumed that no invisible heat rays were produced. Thus, all the energy from Pyrophorus light would be in the visible region, giving it an efficiency (light rays ÷ heat + light + actinic rays) of 100 percent. Later, Langley (1902) re-investigated the radiation of Pyrophorus and could find no heating at all using the bolometer. "A portion of the flame from a standard sperm candle, equal in area to the bright part of the insects, produced a bolometric effect so significant that if the heat of the insect had been 1/80,000 as great as that from the candle, it would have certainly been recognized." Coblentz (1912), also using a vacuum thermopile made of Pt and Bi, didn’t detect any infrared radiation from Photinus pyralis, but noted that the firefly's temperature is slightly lower than the air. These temperature measurements will be discussed in a later chapter.

[2] Langley and Very evidently supposed that the body temperature of the firefly, like the mammal or bird, is higher than its surroundings.

[2] Langley and Very clearly assumed that the body temperature of the firefly, similar to that of a mammal or bird, is higher than the temperature of its surroundings.

The assumption of Langley and Very that the small amount of Pyrophorus radiation passing glass is all light has been called into question by Ives (1910), who points out that Langley and Very failed to use a screen which would cut off either the visible rays or the invisible rays between 3µ and 0.7µ. They really left the question open as to whether the effect of Pyrophorus light on their bolometer was due to the visible band of rays or to this plus another band in the infra-red. "The firefly's actual efficiency as a light source is dependent to a large degree on the radiation being confined to the visible region. If there should be found infra-red of quantity comparable to the visible, the firefly, while still a very efficient source would not be, as usually supposed, the example of an ideally efficient light produced by nature."[Pg 52]

The idea of Langley and Very that the small amount of Pyrophorus radiation that passes through glass is all light has been challenged by Ives (1910). He argues that Langley and Very didn't use a filter that could block either the visible rays or the invisible rays between 3µ and 0.7µ. They really left it uncertain whether the effect of Pyrophorus light on their bolometer was due to just the visible rays or to that plus another range in the infrared. "The actual efficiency of the firefly as a light source largely depends on the radiation being limited to the visible spectrum. If there is a comparable amount of infrared radiation, the firefly, while still being a very efficient light source, would not be the ideal example of an extremely efficient natural light source as commonly believed."[Pg 52]

Ives investigated the question further by the phosphor-photographic method. "In brief it consists of this: Phosphorescence, which is excited in various substances by exposure to short waves (blue, violet or ultra-violet), is destroyed by exposure to longer waves (orange, red, infra-red). Thus, a surface of Balmain's paint or of Sidot blende, excited to phosphorescence and then exposed in a spectrograph, will have areas of reduced brightness wherever long-wave energy has fallen upon it. If this surface is then laid on a photographic plate for a short period, a permanent record is obtained on the plate after development." Preliminary tests showed that the method was applicable in the case of weak light such as the firefly spectrum and also if the light is intermittent like the firefly. With Sidot blend (ZnS) the extinguishing action extends from λ = 0.6µ to λ = 1.5µ. A sheet of deep ruby glass, which cut off all the visible rays of the firefly but allowed infra-red to pass, was placed between the firefly light and a surface of phosphorescent Sidot blend which was exposed to the firefly flashes for three and a half hours. No extinction of phosphorescence occurred, while without the ruby glass, extinction, due to the orange rays of the visible firefly light was noticeable in 20 minutes. There is thus no infra-red of an intensity at all comparable to the visible as far as λ = 1.5µ, the lower limit of the phosphor-photographic method. Coblentz (1912) had examined the transparency of the dry chitinous integument of various fireflies (Fig. 10) in the infra-red and reports it to be fairly transparent down to λ = 2.8µ, opaque between λ = 2.8µ and λ = 3.8µ, transparent again to λ = 6µ, and opaque beyond that. The infra-red could, then, if it were emitted, largely pass through the integument which[Pg 53] is similar in absorption properties to complex carbohydrates. Transparency of the integument to the ultra-violet was not studied.

Ives looked into the question further using the phosphor-photographic method. "In short, here's how it works: Phosphorescence, which certain materials exhibit when exposed to short wavelengths (blue, violet, or ultraviolet), is diminished by longer wavelengths (orange, red, or infrared). Therefore, a surface coated with Balmain's paint or Sidot blend, which has been charged with phosphorescence and then exposed to a spectrograph, will display areas of reduced brightness where long-wave energy has impacted it. If this surface is then placed on a photographic plate for a brief time, a permanent record appears on the plate after development." Initial tests indicated that the method could apply to low-light situations like the firefly spectrum and also when the light is intermittent, as with fireflies. With Sidot blend (ZnS), the extinguishing effect ranges from λ = 0.6µ to λ = 1.5µ. A sheet of deep ruby glass was positioned to block all visible rays from the firefly while allowing infrared light to pass through, placed between the firefly light and a phosphorescent Sidot blend surface that was exposed to the firefly flashes for three and a half hours. No extinguishing of phosphorescence took place, while without the ruby glass, extinguishing due to the orange rays of the visible firefly light was noticeable in just 20 minutes. Therefore, there is no infrared intensity that is even close to that of the visible spectrum up to λ = 1.5µ, the lower limit of the phosphor-photographic method. Coblentz (1912) examined the transparency of the dry chitinous skin of various fireflies (Fig. 10) in the infrared and found it to be reasonably transparent down to λ = 2.8µ, opaque between λ = 2.8µ and λ = 3.8µ, transparent again up to λ = 6µ, and opaque beyond that. Thus, the infrared could, if emitted, largely pass through the skin, which is similar in absorption qualities to complex carbohydrates. The transparency of the skin to ultraviolet light was not investigated.

Fig. 10.—Transmissivity of the integument of fireflies to infra-red radiation (after Coblentz.)

Fig. 10.—How well firefly skin transmits infrared radiation (after Coblentz.)

Although photographs of the spectrum of firefly (Photinus) light show that it extends only to the beginning of the blue, Forsyth (1910) reports ultra-violet radiation in luminous bacteria. He exposed a plate for 48 hours to the spectrum of bacterial light dispersed by a quartz prism and got a continuous band from λ = 0.50µ (the lower limit of sensitivity of the plate) to λ = 0.35µ. However, McDermott (1911 d) was unable to observe fluorescence of p-amino-ortho-sulpho-benzoic acid, which responds to the ultra-violet light. Molisch (1904, book) photographed bacterial and fungus light through glass and through a piece of quartz and found no difference in density on the plate. As the exposure was brief, to avoid saturation, and as the ultra-violet, which passes quartz but not glass, has a much[Pg 54] greater action on the plate than visible light, we must conclude that ultra-violet is absent. Ives (1910) investigated the spectrum of Photinus pyralis, using a quartz spectroscope, and found no evidence of ultra-violet radiation, at least as far as λ = 0.216µ.

Although photos of the light spectrum from fireflies (Photinus) show that it only reaches the beginning of the blue range, Forsyth (1910) reported finding ultraviolet radiation in glowing bacteria. He exposed a plate for 48 hours to the spectrum of bacterial light spread by a quartz prism and obtained a continuous band from λ = 0.50µ (the lower sensitivity limit of the plate) to λ = 0.35µ. However, McDermott (1911 d) could not detect fluorescence in p-amino-ortho-sulpho-benzoic acid, which reacts to ultraviolet light. Molisch (1904, book) took photographs of light from bacteria and fungi through glass and quartz, and found no difference in density on the plate. Since the exposure was brief to prevent saturation, and because ultraviolet rays can pass through quartz but not glass, and have a much stronger effect on the plate than visible light, we must conclude that ultraviolet light is absent. Ives (1910) studied the spectrum of Photinus pyralis with a quartz spectroscope and found no signs of ultraviolet radiation, at least up to λ = 0.216µ.

It will thus be seen that the radiation from the firefly has been very carefully studied and that no waves are given off from λ = 1.5µ to λ = 0.216µ with the exception of the short band (λ = 0.67µ to λ = 0.51µ) in the visible, and it is highly probable that no radiation is given off with wave-lengths longer than λ = 1.5µ. The firefly light remains, then, 100 per cent. efficient, differing from all our artificial sources of light, the best of which does not approach this value. As Langley and Very express it in the title to their paper, it is "the cheapest form of light," not cheapest in the sense of that we can reproduce it commercially at less cost than other lights, but cheaper in the sense that it is the most economical in the energy radiated. This energy is all light and no heat. "Cold light" has actually been developed by the firefly and concerning which "we know of nothing to prevent our successfully imitating."

It is clear that the radiation from the firefly has been thoroughly studied, and no waves are emitted from λ = 1.5µ to λ = 0.216µ, except for a short band (λ = 0.67µ to λ = 0.51µ) in the visible spectrum. It is highly likely that no radiation is emitted with wavelengths longer than λ = 1.5µ. Therefore, the firefly light is 100% efficient, which sets it apart from all our artificial light sources, the best of which doesn’t come close to this value. As Langley and Very state in the title of their paper, it is "the cheapest form of light," not in the sense that we can produce it commercially for less than other lights, but rather because it is the most efficient in terms of the energy released. This energy is entirely light and not heat. "Cold light" has actually been produced by the firefly, and we know of nothing that would prevent us from successfully imitating it.

Fig. 11.—Spectral energy curves of various fireflies and the carbon glow lamp (after Coblentz).

Fig. 11.—Spectral energy curves of different fireflies and the carbon glow lamp (after Coblentz).

I have already pointed out that we may also consider the efficiency of a light in relation to the sensibility of our own eye. That is, we take into account not only the energy distribution in the spectrum of the light but also the fact that different wave-lengths of an equal energy spectrum affect our eye very differently. As the normal light-adapted eye is most sensitive to yellow green of λ = 0.565µ, monochromatic light of this wave-length will appear much brighter than monochromatic light of any other wave-length with the same energy. Monochromatic[Pg 55] light of λ = 0.565µ will then be the theoretically most efficient possible, when we consider the energy radiated in relation to the sensitivity of our eye. This is the usual method of determining the luminous efficiency of artificial[Pg 56] lights and is obtained from a knowledge of the radiated energy and the visual sensibility. Reduced luminous efficiency = light (radiated energy × visual sensibility) or luminosity ÷ total radiated energy.

I’ve already mentioned that we can also look at how effective a light source is based on how sensitive our eyes are. This means we consider not just how energy is spread across the light spectrum but also that different wavelengths of light with the same energy can affect our eyes in very different ways. The normal, light-adapted eye is most sensitive to yellow-green light at λ = 0.565µ, so light at this wavelength will seem much brighter than light at any other wavelength with the same energy. Therefore, monochromatic light at λ = 0.565µ is theoretically the most efficient when we think about the energy emitted in relation to how sensitive our eyes are. This is the standard way of calculating the luminous efficiency of artificial lights, based on the energy they emit and our visual sensitivity. Reduced luminous efficiency = light (emitted energy × visual sensitivity) or brightness ÷ total emitted energy.

Fig. 12.—Visibility curves of various investigators obtained by different methods (after Hyde, Forsyth and Cady).

Fig. 12.—Visibility curves from different researchers using various methods (after Hyde, Forsyth and Cady).


Fig. 13.—Luminous efficiency of the 4-watt carbon glow lamp, shaded area ÷ total area (after Ives and Coblentz).

Fig. 13.—Brightness efficiency of the 4-watt carbon glow lamp, shaded area ÷ total area (after Ives and Coblentz).


Fig. 14.—Luminous efficiency of the firefly, shaded area ÷ total area (after Ives and Coblentz).

Fig. 14.—Light efficiency of the firefly, shaded area ÷ total area (after Ives and Coblentz).

The spectral energy curve for the firefly has been worked out by Ives and Coblentz (1910), using a photographic method in which the intensities of different wave-lengths of the firefly (Photinus pyralis) light is com[Pg 57]pared with that of a carbon glow lamp by measuring the amount of photochemical change produced on panchromatic photographic plates. Fig. 11 gives the energy curves of various fireflies and the carbon glow lamp in the same spectral region. The visual sensibility curve used by Ives and Coblentz is that of Nutting (1908, 1911), based on Konig's data. It is reproduced in Fig. 6. The latest visibility curve is that of Hyde, Forsyth and Cady (1918), reproduced in Fig. 12. It is based on observations of twenty-nine individuals. As individuals vary considerably in their sensibility to different wave-lengths, the visibility curve represents an average, but it is the only standard we have with which to evaluate the energy we call light. Color-blind individuals would have a visibility curve very different from normal individuals. Composite curves showing the luminous efficiency of the 4-watt carbon glow lamp and the firefly, both in relation to visibility, are given in Figs. 13 and 14, respectively. In these figures[Pg 58] the luminous efficiency is the shaded area ÷ total area, 0.43 per cent. for the carbon glow lamp and 99.5 per cent. for the firefly, "these numbers representing the relative amounts of light (measured on a photometer) for equal amounts of radiated energy—a striking illustration of the wastefulness of artificial methods of light production. From the specific consumption of the tungsten lamp (1.6 watts per spherical candle) and the mercury arc (.55 watts per spherical candle) we obtained by comparison with the carbon filament that their luminous efficiencies are 1.3 and 3.8 per cent. The most efficient artificial illuminant therefore has about 4 per cent. of the luminous efficiency of the[Pg 59] firefly." This is calculated to be .02 watts per candle. More recent determinations (Coblentz, 1912), using a new sensibility curve of Nutting's (1911) for a partially light-adapted eye, give the reduced luminous efficiency as 87 per cent. for Photinus pyralis, 80 per cent. for Photinus consanguineus and 92 per cent. for Photuris pennsylvanica.

The spectral energy curve for the firefly was determined by Ives and Coblentz (1910) using a photographic method that compared the intensities of different wavelengths of firefly (Photinus pyralis) light with that of a carbon glow lamp by measuring the photochemical changes produced on panchromatic photographic plates. Fig. 11 shows the energy curves of various fireflies and the carbon glow lamp in the same spectral region. The visual sensitivity curve used by Ives and Coblentz is from Nutting (1908, 1911), based on Konig's data, and is reproduced in Fig. 6. The latest visibility curve is from Hyde, Forsyth, and Cady (1918), which is reproduced in Fig. 12. It is based on observations of twenty-nine individuals. Since individuals can vary significantly in their sensitivity to different wavelengths, the visibility curve represents an average, but it is the only standard we have to evaluate the energy we refer to as light. Color-blind individuals would have a visibility curve that differs significantly from that of normal individuals. Composite curves showing the luminous efficiency of the 4-watt carbon glow lamp and the firefly, both in relation to visibility, are presented in Figs. 13 and 14, respectively. In these figures, the luminous efficiency is the shaded area divided by the total area, 0.43 percent for the carbon glow lamp and 99.5 percent for the firefly, "these numbers representing the relative amounts of light (measured on a photometer) for equal amounts of radiated energy—a striking illustration of the wastefulness of artificial light production. From the specific consumption of the tungsten lamp (1.6 watts per spherical candle) and the mercury arc (.55 watts per spherical candle), we obtained by comparison with the carbon filament that their luminous efficiencies are 1.3 and 3.8 percent. The most efficient artificial illuminant thus has around 4 percent of the luminous efficiency of the[Pg 59] firefly." This is calculated to be 0.02 watts per candle. More recent determinations (Coblentz, 1912), using a new sensitivity curve from Nutting's (1911) for a partially light-adapted eye, report the reduced luminous efficiency as 87 percent for Photinus pyralis, 80 percent for Photinus consanguineus, and 92 percent for Photuris pennsylvanica.

Fig. 15.—Spectral energy, luminosity and visibility curves (after Gibson and McNicholas)

Fig. 15.—Spectral energy, brightness, and visibility curves (after Gibson and McNicholas)

  • A. Spectral energy curve of Hefner lamp.
  • B. Spectral energy curve of acetylene flame.
  • C. Spectral energy curve of tungsten (gas-filled) glow lamp.
  • D. Spectral energy curve of black body at 5000° absolute (sunlight).
  • E. Spectral energy curve of blue sky.
  • Hg. Spectral energy curve of Heræus quartz mercury lamp.
  • Lv. Visibility curve for human eye.
  • La. Luminosity of Hefner lamp.
  • Le. Luminosity of blue sky.

The luminous efficiencies of various forms of artificial illuminants have been calculated by Ives (1915) and are given together with that of the firefly in Table 6. Fig. 15[Pg 60] gives spectral energy curves for various illuminants reduced to 100 at λ = .590µ, luminosity curves for the Hefner lamp and blue sky, and a visibility curve worked out by Coblentz and Emerson (1917) from observations on 130 individuals.

The brightness efficiencies of different types of artificial lights have been calculated by Ives (1915) and are listed along with that of the firefly in Table 6. Fig. 15[Pg 60] provides spectral energy curves for various light sources reduced to 100 at λ = .590µ, luminosity curves for the Hefner lamp and blue sky, and a visibility curve created by Coblentz and Emerson (1917) based on observations of 130 individuals.

Table 6
Luminous Efficiencies of Various Illuminants

Table 6
Luminous Efficiencies of Different Light Sources

Illuminant and commercial
description
Commercial ratingLumens
per watt
Efficiency
(visible radiation ×
visual sensibility ÷
total radiation)
Carbon incandescent lamp oval anchored (treated) filament 4 watts per mean horiz. c. 2.6 0.0042
Tungsten incandescent lamp, vacuum type 1.25 watts per mean horiz. c. 8.0  .013
Mazda, type c 600 C. P. 20 amp., 0.5 w. p. c. Series type C. 19.6  .032
Carbon arc (open) 9.6 amp. clear globe 11.8  .019
Open arc, yellow flame, inclined trim 10 amp. D. C. 44.7  .072
Quartz mercury arc 174-197 volt, 4.2 amp. 42.0  .068
Glass mercury arc 40-70 volt, 3.5 amp. 23.0  .037
Nernst lamp   4.8  .0077
Acetylene 1 L per hr. consumption .67  .0011
Petroleum lamp   .26  .0004
Open flame gas burner Bray 6 high pressure .22  .00036
Incandescent gas lamp, low pressure .350 lumens per B. T. U. per hr. 1.2  .0019
Incandescent gas lamp, high pressure .578 lumens per B. T. U. per hr. 2.0  .0032
Firefly   629.0  .96

The firefly light by the above method of calculating efficiency is not 100 per cent. efficient because its maximum (λ = 0.567µ) does not correspond with the maximum sensibility of the eye (λ = 0.565µ), but taking into consideration also other effects of color, the firefly light would be a still more inefficient and trying one for artificial illumination, as all objects would appear a nearly uniform[Pg 61] green hue. Indeed the distortion would be even greater than with the mercury arc, whose objectionable green hue is so well known. "We may say, therefore, that the firefly has carried the striving for efficiency too far to be acceptable to human use; it has produced the most efficient light known, as far as amount of light for expenditure of energy is concerned, but has produced it at the (inevitable) expense of range of color. The most efficient light for human use, taking into account both color and energy-light relationships, would be a light similar to the firefly light containing no radiation beyond the visible spectrum, but differing from it by being white." (Ives, 1910.) Although the spectral energy curve for Cypridina light has not been worked out, it will be noted that the Cypridina spectrum is much longer than that of the firefly, more nearly approaching the spectrum of an incandescent solid giving white light. It approaches, but does not attain the ideal.

The firefly's light, when evaluated for efficiency, isn’t 100% efficient because its peak wavelength (λ = 0.567µ) doesn’t match the peak sensitivity of the human eye (λ = 0.565µ). Additionally, when considering other color effects, the firefly's light would be even less effective and more challenging for artificial lighting, as most objects would appear a nearly uniform green color. In fact, the distortion would be even more pronounced than with the mercury arc, which is famously known for its undesirable green tint. "Thus, we can say that the firefly has pushed the quest for efficiency too far for human use; it has created the most efficient light known in terms of light output for energy consumption, but this comes at the inevitable cost of color range. The best light for human use, considering both color and energy-light interactions, would be a light similar to that of the firefly but without any radiation beyond the visible spectrum, and instead, it would be white." (Ives, 1910.) Although the spectral energy curve for Cypridina light hasn’t been fully studied, it’s important to note that the Cypridina spectrum is much broader than that of the firefly, coming closer to the spectrum of an incandescent solid that produces white light. It gets close, but doesn’t reach the ideal.

Although Muraoka (1896) and Singh and Maulik (1911) have described radiations coming from fireflies which would pass opaque objects and affect a photographic plate, and Dubois reports the same from bacteria, the existence of such radiation has been denied by Suchsland (1898), Schurig (1901) and Molisch (1904 book). The experiments of Molisch on luminous bacteria are of greatest interest, for they are very carefully controlled and show without a doubt that black paper or Zn, Al, or Cu sheet will allow no rays from these organisms to pass that will affect a photographic plate, even after several days' exposure. The visible light of luminous bacteria will affect the plate after one second exposure. Moreover, Molisch has pointed out the errors of those who claim to[Pg 62] have found penetrating radiation in luminous forms. It seems that certain kinds of cardboard, especially yellow varieties, or wood, will give off vapors that affect the photographic plate. The action is especially marked with damp cardboard at a temperature of 25°-35° C., and Dubois and Muraoka must have used such cardboard to cover their plates. A piece of old dry section of beech or oak trunk, placed on a photographic plate for 15 hours in a totally dark place, will register a beautiful picture of the annual rings of growth, medullary rays, junction of bark and wood, etc. Russell (1897) had previously found that many bodies, both metals and substances of organic origin (gums, wood, paper, etc.), placed in contact with photographic plates, would affect them, and concluded that vapors and not rays were the active agents. As a dry piece of wood has a very definite smell, there is something given off which can affect our nose and there is no reason why it should not change, by purely chemical action, the photographic plate. This action of wood on the plate is prevented by interposing a sheet of glass. Frankland (1898) has described similar vapors coming from colonies of Bacillus proteus vulgaris and B. coli communis which affect a photographic plate laid directly over the colonies in an open petri dish. There is no effect if the glass cover of the petri dish is between plate and bacteria. There is, then, no specific emission of X-rays or similar penetrating radiation from luminous tissues which will affect the photographic plate through opaque screens.

Although Muraoka (1896) and Singh and Maulik (1911) have reported that radiations from fireflies can pass through opaque objects and impact a photographic plate, and Dubois has made similar observations regarding bacteria, Suchsland (1898), Schurig (1901), and Molisch (1904 book) have disputed the existence of such radiation. Molisch's experiments on luminous bacteria are particularly intriguing; they are carefully controlled and clearly demonstrate that black paper or sheets of Zn, Al, or Cu do not allow any rays from these organisms to reach the photographic plate, even after several days of exposure. The visible light from luminous bacteria can affect the plate after just one second of exposure. Additionally, Molisch has highlighted the errors of those claiming to have discovered penetrating radiation in luminous forms. It seems that certain types of cardboard, especially yellow varieties, or wood release vapors that impact the photographic plate. This effect is especially pronounced with damp cardboard at temperatures between 25°-35° C., suggesting that Dubois and Muraoka likely used such cardboard to cover their plates. A dry piece of old beech or oak trunk, placed on a photographic plate in complete darkness for 15 hours, will produce a clear image of the annual rings of growth, medullary rays, and the boundary between bark and wood. Russell (1897) previously found that various materials, both metals and organic substances (gums, wood, paper, etc.), in contact with photographic plates would affect them, concluding that vapors rather than rays are the active agents. Since dry wood has a distinct smell, it emits something that can be detected by our sense of smell, and there's no reason it shouldn't chemically alter the photographic plate. This interaction between wood and the plate is blocked by placing a sheet of glass in between. Frankland (1898) described similar vapors from colonies of Bacillus proteus vulgaris and B. coli communis that affect a photographic plate placed directly over the colonies in an open petri dish. No effect is noted if there is a glass cover between the plate and the bacteria. Therefore, there is no specific emission of X-rays or similar penetrating radiation from luminous tissues that would impact the photographic plate through opaque barriers.

A similar conclusion is reached if we attack the problem in another way. X-rays and radium rays (Becquerel rays) cause fluorescence of ZnS, barium platinocyanide,[Pg 63] willemite (Zn2SiO4), and calcium tungstate. Coblentz (1912) showed that the firefly will cause no fluorescence of a barium platinocyanide screen and I have been unable to detect fluorescence of zinc sulphide, barium platinocyanide, zinc silicate (willemite) or calcium tungstate shielded from Cypridina light by black paper, although the light of this organism is quite bright enough to cause phosphorescence of zinc sulphide without the black paper. The samples of the above four substances all showed fluorescence in presence of radium rays, but only the ZnS phosphoresces after exposure to light rays, although the willemite was phosphorescent after exposure to the ultra-violet.

A similar conclusion can be reached if we approach the problem from a different angle. X-rays and radium rays (Becquerel rays) cause fluorescence in ZnS, barium platinocyanide, [Pg 63] willemite (Zn2SiO4), and calcium tungstate. Coblentz (1912) demonstrated that fireflies do not cause fluorescence in a barium platinocyanide screen, and I haven’t been able to detect fluorescence in zinc sulfide, barium platinocyanide, zinc silicate (willemite), or calcium tungstate when shielded from Cypridina light by black paper, even though this organism produces light bright enough to cause phosphorescence in zinc sulfide without the black paper. All four of these substances showed fluorescence in the presence of radium rays, but only ZnS phosphoresces after being exposed to light rays, although willemite did phosphoresce after exposure to ultraviolet light.

While photometry at low intensities is a difficult procedure at best, if the light varies in intensity or is a flash, accurate measurements become well-nigh impossible. The figures given for intensity of animal luminescence must, therefore, be accepted with a realization of the difficulties of measurement. By candle is meant the international candle, unless otherwise specified, equal to 1.11 Hefner candles (H. K.) 0.1 pentane lamp and 0.104 carcel units. It is a measure of intensity.

While measuring light at low intensities is pretty challenging, if the light fluctuates in intensity or is a flash, getting accurate measurements is nearly impossible. So, the figures provided for the brightness of animal luminescence should be accepted with an understanding of the measurement challenges. By "candle," we mean the international candle, unless specified otherwise, which is equivalent to 1.11 Hefner candles (H. K.), 0.1 pentane lamp, and 0.104 carcel units. It serves as a measure of intensity.

Amount of light, or light flux, measured in lumens, is that emitted in a unit solid angle (area/r2) by a point source of one candle-power. One candle-power emits 4π lumens. The latest figure for the mechanical equivalent of light at λ = .566 is .0015 watt (Hyde, Forsyth and Cady, 1919), i.e., 1 lumen = .0015 watt. One watt is 107 ergs (one joule) per second.

Amount of light, or light flux, measured in lumens, is the amount emitted in a unit solid angle (area/r2) by a point source with one candle-power. One candle-power produces 4π lumens. The most recent value for the mechanical equivalent of light at λ = .566 is .0015 watt (Hyde, Forsyth and Cady, 1919), i.e., 1 lumen = .0015 watt. One watt is 107 ergs (one joule) per second.

The illumination (of a surface) is that given by one candle at one metre, the candle metre (C.M.) or lux. The[Pg 64] surface then receives one lumen per square metre. A metre kerze (M.K.) is the illumination given by one Hefner candle at one metre distance.

The brightness (of a surface) is defined as the light provided by one candle at one meter, known as the candle meter (C.M.) or lux. The[Pg 64] surface receives one lumen for every square meter. A meter candle (M.K.) is the brightness produced by one Hefner candle at one meter away.

The brightness of a surface is measured in lamberts or millilamberts. A lambert is "the brightness of a perfectly diffusing surface radiating or reflecting one lumen per square cm." A millilambert is 1/1000 lambert. For further definitions the reader is referred to the reports of the committee on nomenclature of the Illuminating Engineering Society.

The brightness of a surface is measured in lamberts or millilamberts. A lambert is "the brightness of a perfectly diffusing surface that radiates or reflects one lumen per square cm." A millilambert is 1/1000 of a lambert. For more definitions, the reader can check the reports from the committee on nomenclature of the Illuminating Engineering Society.

Dubois (1886) states that one of the prothoracic organs of Pyrophorus noctilucus has a light intensity of 1/150 Phœnix candle of eight to the pound (probably about equivalent to 1/150 candle) and that 37 or 38 beetles (each using all three light organs) would produce light equivalent to one Phœnix candle. Langley (1890) found that to the eye the prothoracic organ of Pyrophorus noctilucus gave one-eighth as much light as an equal area of a candle and the actual candle-power of the insect was 1/1600 candle. It may be remarked in passing how widely divergent these observations are.

Dubois (1886) states that one of the prothoracic organs of Pyrophorus noctilucus has a light intensity of 1/150 Phœnix candle of eight to the pound (probably about equivalent to 1/150 candle), and that 37 or 38 beetles (each using all three light organs) would produce light equivalent to one Phœnix candle. Langley (1890) found that to the eye, the prothoracic organ of Pyrophorus noctilucus emitted one-eighth as much light as an equal area of a candle, and the insect's actual candle-power was 1/1600 candle. It is worth noting how significantly different these observations are.

For the flash of the firefly (Photinus pyralis) Coblentz (1912) found variation from 1/50 to 1/400 candle, the predominating values being around 1/400 candle. A continuous steady glow is sometimes obtained from this insect and it proved to be of the order of 1/50,000 candle.

For the flash of the firefly (Photinus pyralis), Coblentz (1912) found a range from 1/50 to 1/400 candle, with the most common values around 1/400 candle. This insect can also produce a continuous steady glow, which was measured to be about 1/50,000 candle.

Steady sources of light can be more easily measured and we have two records of the light intensity from luminous organisms with continuous light. One of these is a fish, Photoblepharon palpebratus, with a large luminous organ under the eye, of flattened oval shape, 11 × 5 mm., which glows continuously without change of intensity.[Pg 65] The organ can be darkened by a screen similar to an eyelid which pulls up over it. Steche (1909) reports the intensity to be .0024 M.K.[3]

Steady sources of light are easier to measure, and we have two records of light intensity from glowing organisms under continuous light. One of these is a fish, Photoblepharon palpebratus, which has a large, flat, oval-shaped light organ under its eye, measuring 11 × 5 mm. This organ glows consistently without any change in intensity. The organ can be covered by a screen similar to an eyelid that lifts over it. Steche (1909) reported the intensity to be .0024 M.K.[3]

[3] The metre-kerze is a unit of illumination, not of intensity, and is incorrectly used by Steche.

[3] The meter-candle is a unit of light, not of intensity, and is used incorrectly by Steche.

Luminous bacteria probably glow with less intensity than any other organism. The light from a single organism cannot be seen but that from a colony is visible to the dark-adapted eye. Even so we must remember that the eye is an exceedingly delicate instrument which can detect very small energy changes. The "minimum radiation visually perceptible" has been calculated by Reeves (1917) to be in the neighborhood of 18 × 10-10 ergs per second and the light from a small colony of luminous bacteria represents little more radiation than this.

Luminous bacteria probably glow with less intensity than any other organism. You can’t see the light from a single organism, but light from a colony is visible to the eye that's adjusted to darkness. Even so, we must remember that the eye is an incredibly sensitive instrument that can detect very small changes in energy. Reeves (1917) calculated the "minimum radiation visually perceptible" to be around 18 × 10-10 ergs per second, and the light from a small colony of luminous bacteria produces only slightly more radiation than this.

Lode (1904, 1908), by a modified grease spot photometer method, ascertained that the light of his brightest bacterial colony of Vibrio rumple had an intensity of 7.85 × 10-10 H.K. per sq. mm. or 0.785 H.K. per 1000 sq. metres (=0.562 German-normal candles per 1000 sq. metres). In round numbers this is about one German-normal candle per 2000 sq. metres, or two to three times this area for the light from an ordinary stearin candle. Lode calculated that the dome of St. Peter's at Rome, if covered with bacteria, would give little more light than a common stearin candle. An ordinary room of 50 sq. metres wall and ceiling area would give out only 0.039 German-normal candle. It does not seem likely that luminous bacteria will ever come into vogue for illuminating purposes. Friedberger and Doepner (1907) by a photographic method, not entirely free from error, found that one square millimetre of lighting surface of a bouillon culture[Pg 66] of photobacteria gave 6.8 × 10-9 German-normal candles, about ten times Lode's value. Even at this rate commercial lighting by luminous bacteria does not appear a promising field for investors.

Lode (1904, 1908), using a modified grease spot photometer method, found that the brightness of his brightest bacterial colony of Vibrio rumple had an intensity of 7.85 × 10-10 H.K. per sq. mm. or 0.785 H.K. per 1000 sq. metres (which is equal to 0.562 German-normal candles per 1000 sq. metres). Roughly, this is about one German-normal candle per 2000 sq. metres, or two to three times that area for the light from a regular stearin candle. Lode calculated that if the dome of St. Peter's in Rome were covered with bacteria, it would emit only slightly more light than a typical stearin candle. A standard room with a wall and ceiling area of 50 sq. metres would emit just 0.039 German-normal candle. It doesn’t seem likely that luminous bacteria will ever become popular for lighting purposes. Friedberger and Doepner (1907), using a photographic method that wasn't completely free from errors, found that one square millimetre of lighting surface from a bouillon culture of photobacteria produced 6.8 × 10-9 German-normal candles, which is about ten times Lode's measurement. Even at this rate, commercial lighting with luminous bacteria doesn't seem to be a promising area for investors.

To sum up, we may say that light from animal sources is in no way different from light of ordinary sources, except in intensity and spectral extent. It is all visible light, containing no infra-red or ultra-violet radiation or rays which are capable of penetrating opaque objects. It is not polarized as produced, but may be polarized by passing through a Nichol prism. Like ordinary light, animal light will also cause fluorescence and phosphorescence of substances, affect a photographic plate, cause marked heliotropism of plant seedlings (Nadson, 1903) and stimulate the formation of chlorophyll (Issatschenko, 1903, 1907). Because of the weakness of bacterial light, etiolated seedlings do not become green to the eye (Molisch, 1912 book), but a small amount of chlorophyll is formed which can be recognized by the spectroscope because of its absorption bands.[Pg 67]

To sum up, we can say that light from animal sources is no different from light from regular sources, except for its intensity and range of wavelengths. It consists entirely of visible light, with no infrared or ultraviolet radiation or rays that can pass through opaque materials. It’s not polarized when produced but can be polarized by passing through a Nicol prism. Like regular light, animal light can cause fluorescence and phosphorescence in substances, affect photographic film, lead to noticeable heliotropism in plant seedlings (Nadson, 1903), and promote the production of chlorophyll (Issatschenko, 1903, 1907). Due to the weakness of bacterial light, etiolated seedlings don't appear green to the naked eye (Molisch, 1912 book), but a small amount of chlorophyll does form, which can be detected by a spectroscope because of its absorption bands.[Pg 67]


CHAPTER IV
STRUCTURE OF LUMINOUS ORGANS

The production of light is the converse of the detection of light. In the first case chemical energy is converted into radiant energy; in the second case radiant energy is converted into chemical energy. The lantern of the firefly is an organ of chemi-photic change; the eye is an organ of photo-chemical change. While it is theoretically probable that all reactions which proceed in one direction under the influence of light, will proceed in the opposite direction with the evolution of light, the formation of luciferin from oxyluciferin (described in Chapter VI) is the only one definitely known. Perhaps we may place in this category also the instances of photoluminescence, but the chemical reaction involved cannot be pointed out.

The production of light is the opposite of detecting light. In the first case, chemical energy is turned into radiant energy; in the second case, radiant energy is turned into chemical energy. The lantern of the firefly is an organ of chemi-photic change; the eye is an organ of photo-chemical change. While it’s theoretically likely that all reactions that occur in one direction under the influence of light will occur in the opposite direction with the release of light, the formation of luciferin from oxyluciferin (described in Chapter VI) is the only one we definitely know about. We might also include instances of photoluminescence in this category, but we can’t specify the chemical reaction involved.

We know of no animal whose eyes, the organs, par excellence, of photochemical change, give off light in the dark. All cases of luminous eyes have been conclusively shown to be purely reflection phenomena. The eyes of a cat only glow if some stray light is present which may enter and be reflected out again. Photochemical reactions and chemiluminescent reactions do have this in common, however, that they are largely but not exclusively oxidations. Whether all photochemical changes in the eyes in animals require oxygen or not, is unknown, but all animal light-producing reactions, without exception, are oxidations, and light is only produced if oxygen is present. Some material is oxidized.[Pg 68]

We don’t know of any animal whose eyes, the main organs for photochemical change, emit light in the dark. All instances of glowing eyes have been clearly proven to be purely reflective phenomena. The eyes of a cat only shine if there’s some external light available that can enter and be reflected back out. Photochemical reactions and chemiluminescent reactions do have one thing in common: they are mostly, but not exclusively, oxidations. It’s unclear whether all photochemical changes in animal eyes need oxygen or not, but every single light-producing reaction in animals involves oxidation, and light is only generated if oxygen is present. Some material is oxidized.[Pg 68]

In general, we may divide luminous organisms into two great classes according as the oxidizable material is burned within the cell where it is formed or is secreted to the exterior and is burned outside—intracellular and extracellular luminescence. Many animals with intracellular luminescence have quite complicated luminous organs. It is an interesting fact that a great similarity may be observed between the evolution of the complex organs of vision and of these complicated organs. In the simplest unicellular forms certain structures within the cell serve as the photochemical detectors of light, while in luminous protozoa, similarly, granules scattered throughout the cell are oxidized with light production. In the higher forms the eye contains groups of photosensitive cells connected with afferent nerves, lenses, and accessory structures for properly adjusting the light, while luminous organs contain groups of photogenic cells in connection with efferent nerves, lenses, and accessory structures for properly directing the light. It is interesting to note that in the two groups where the eye has attained its highest development, the cephalopods and vertebrates, here also the luminous organ is found in greatest complexity and perfection. In intermediate stages of evolution the eye and luminous organ so closely approach each other in structure that it is still a mooted question whether certain organs found in worms and crustacea are intended for receiving or producing light.

In general, we can categorize glowing organisms into two main types based on whether the material that can be oxidized is burned inside the cell where it's made or secreted outside and burned there—intracellular and extracellular luminescence. Many animals with intracellular luminescence have quite complex light-producing organs. Interestingly, there's a notable similarity between the development of complex eyes and these intricate organs. In the simplest unicellular forms, certain structures within the cell act as light-detecting photochemical sensors, while in luminescent protozoa, granules distributed throughout the cell are oxidized to produce light. In more advanced organisms, the eye consists of groups of photosensitive cells linked to sensory nerves, lenses, and other structures that properly adjust the light, while luminous organs have groups of light-producing cells connected to motor nerves, lenses, and other structures that help direct the light. It's worth noting that in the two groups where the eye has reached its highest complexity—cephalopods and vertebrates—the luminous organ is also found in its most intricate and perfected form. In transitional stages of evolution, the eye and luminous organ become so similar in structure that it’s still debated whether certain organs found in worms and crustaceans are meant for receiving or producing light.

We may also divide luminous forms into two groups according as the oxidation of luminous material goes on continuously, independently of any stimulation of the organism; or is intermittent, oxidation and luminescence occurring only as a result of stimulation, using the word[Pg 69] "stimulation" in the same sense in which it is used in connection with nerve or muscle tissue. Bacteria, fungi, and a few fish produce light continuously and independently of stimulation. Its intensity varies only over long periods of time and is dependent on the nature of the nutrient medium or general physiological condition of the organism. All other forms give off no light until they are stimulated. Stimulation may of course come from the inside (nerves) or outside. Only under unfavorable conditions, such as will eventually lead to the destruction of the luminous cells, do these forms give off a continuous light. This has often been spoken of as the "death glow," and is to be compared with rigor in muscle tissue.

We can also categorize glowing forms into two groups based on whether the oxidation of glowing material happens continuously or intermittently. In the first case, oxidation and luminescence occur independently of any organism stimulation; in the second case, they only happen as a result of stimulation, using the term "stimulation" in the same way it's used with nerve or muscle tissue. Bacteria, fungi, and some fish produce light continuously, regardless of stimulation. Its intensity only changes over long periods and relies on the type of nutrient medium or the general physiological state of the organism. All other forms do not emit light until they receive some sort of stimulation, which can come from within (like nerves) or from the outside. These forms only emit continuous light under unfavorable conditions that eventually destroy the luminous cells. This phenomenon is often referred to as the "death glow," and can be compared to rigor in muscle tissue.

Some of the fish which produce a continuous light possess a movable screen similar to an eyelid which can be drawn across the organ, thus shutting off the light, so that the animal appears to belong to the group which flashes on stimulation. This is true of Photoblepharon, while Anomalops can rotate the light organ itself downward, so as to bring the lighting surface against the body wall and thus cut off the light (Steche, 1909). Other fish (Monocentris) are unable to "turn off" their light.

Some fish that produce a continuous light have a movable screen like an eyelid that can cover the light organ, effectively shutting off the light, making it seem like they belong to the group that flashes when stimulated. This applies to Photoblepharon, while Anomalops can rotate the light organ downward, bringing the lighting surface against the body and cutting off the light (Steche, 1909). Other fish, like Monocentris, cannot "turn off" their light.

Animals which flash spontaneously on stimulation through nerves from within, possess a very varied rhythm. The different species of fireflies can be distinguished by the character of their flashing (McDermott, 1910-17; Mast, 1912). Fig. 16 shows the method of flashing of some common eastern North America species. The glowworm light lasts for many seconds and then dies out. This interval of darkness persists for some minutes and is then followed by another period of glowing. Some fireflies have a light which may be described as partially intermittent.[Pg 70] It lasts for hours, but may become more dim or be intensified on stimulation.

Animals that flash spontaneously when stimulated by internal nerves have a very varied rhythm. Different species of fireflies can be recognized by their flashing patterns (McDermott, 1910-17; Mast, 1912). Fig. 16 shows the flashing method of some common species in eastern North America. The glowworm's light lasts for several seconds before fading out. This period of darkness can last for a few minutes, followed by another glowing phase. Some fireflies have a light that is somewhat intermittent. It can last for hours but may become dimmer or brighter with stimulation.[Pg 70]

Fig. 16.—Chart showing relative intensities and durations of flashes of American fireflies (after McDermott). One cm. vertically = approximately 0.02 candle power; one cm. horizontally = approximately one second. The flash of the males (♂) is at the left; that of females (♀) at right of chart.

Fig. 16.—Chart showing the relative intensities and durations of flashes from American fireflies (after McDermott). One cm vertically = about 0.02 candle power; one cm horizontally = about one second. The male flash (♂) is on the left; the female flash (♀) is on the right side of the chart.

Some forms only produce light at certain seasons of the year. According to Giesbrecht (1895) this is true of the copepods, which only light in summer and autumn, and according to Greene (1899) in the toad-fish; Porichthys,[Pg 71] which can only be stimulated to luminesce during the spawning season in spring and early summer.

Some types only produce light at specific times of the year. Giesbrecht (1895) noted that this is the case for copepods, which only emit light in summer and autumn, and Greene (1899) observed this in the toad-fish; Porichthys,[Pg 71] which can only be triggered to glow during the spawning season in spring and early summer.

Some animals possess a periodicity of luminescence. They only luminesce at night and fail to respond to stimulation or are difficult to stimulate during the day. Bright light has an inhibiting effect. Perhaps correlated with this is the fact that most luminous forms are strongly negatively heliotropic. Fireflies lie hidden in the day, to appear about dusk and the ostracod crustacean, Cypridina, is difficult to obtain on moonlight nights.

Some animals glow at specific times. They only light up at night and don’t really react to stimuli or are hard to stimulate during the day. Bright light can keep them from glowing. This might be related to the fact that most glowing animals tend to stay away from sunlight. Fireflies hide during the day and come out at dusk, while the ostracod crustacean, Cypridina, is hard to find on moonlit nights.

The Ctenophores were the first forms in which the inhibiting effect of light was noticed. This was described by Allman (1862) and has been confirmed by a number of observers, especially Peters (1905). Massart found that Noctiluca was difficult to stimulate during the day and Ceratium, according to both Zacharias (1905) and Moore (1908), only luminesces at night, or if kept in darkness, for some little time. Crozier[4] finds a persistent day-night rhythm of light production when Ptychodera, a balanoglossid, is maintained for eight days in continued darkness. The animal is difficult to stimulate during the period which corresponds to day and luminesces brilliantly and at the slightest touch during the period which corresponds to night.

The Ctenophores were the first organisms where the suppressing effect of light was observed. This was reported by Allman (1862) and has been backed up by several researchers, especially Peters (1905). Massart discovered that Noctiluca is hard to stimulate during the daytime, while Ceratium, as noted by both Zacharias (1905) and Moore (1908), only glows at night or if kept in the dark for a little while. Crozier[4] finds a consistent day-night cycle of light production when Ptychodera, a balanoglossid, is kept in continuous darkness for eight days. The organism is hard to stimulate during the time that corresponds to daytime and glows brightly at the slightest touch during the time that corresponds to nighttime.

On the other hand, a great many forms are able to luminesce quite independently of previous illumination. According to Crozier[4] Chætopterus luminescence is not affected by an exposure to 3000 metre-candles for six hours.

On the other hand, many forms can glow on their own without needing prior light. According to Crozier[4] Chætopterus luminescence isn’t influenced by being exposed to 3000 metre-candles for six hours.

[4] Private communication.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Private message.

In the case of animals with extracellular luminescence we may speak of luminous secretions and true luminous[Pg 72] glands. A large number of forms possess luminous glands or gland cells, including some of the medusæ, the hydroids (probably), the pennatulids (?), the molluscs (Pholas and Phyllirhoë) (probably), some cephalopods (Heteroteuthis and Sepietta), most annelids, ostracods, copepods, some schizopods (Gnathophausia) and decapod (Heterocarpus and Aristeus) crustaceans, all myriapods, and the balanoglossids. The remaining organisms burn their material within the cell. These include the bacteria, fungi, protozoa, some medusæ (?), ctenophores (probably), most cephalopods, a few annelids (Tomopterus (?)), ophiuroids (?), some schizopod (Nyctiphanes, Euphasia, Nematocelis, Stylochiron) and decapod (Sergestes) crustacea, all(?) insects, Pyrosoma, and fishes (selachians and teleosts). It is among this latter type that the most complicated luminous organs have been developed. While a description of all the types of luminous organs and luminous structures cannot be attempted here (excellent descriptions have been given by Dahlgren and Mangold) it is necessary to understand the structural conditions in a few of the forms whose physiology has attracted most attention.

In the case of animals with exterior luminescence, we can refer to luminous secretions and genuine luminous glands. Many species have luminous glands or gland cells, including some jellyfish, likely hydroids, possibly pennatulids, certain mollusks (like Pholas and Phyllirhoë), some cephalopods (like Heteroteuthis and Sepietta), most annelids, ostracods, copepods, a few schizopods (like Gnathophausia) and decapod (like Heterocarpus and Aristeus) crustaceans, all myriapods, and balanoglossids. The remaining organisms produce light within their cells. This group includes bacteria, fungi, protozoa, some jellyfish (?), ctenophores (probably), most cephalopods, a few annelids (like Tomopterus (?)), ophiuroids (?), some schizopods (like Nyctiphanes, Euphasia, Nematocelis, Stylochiron) and decapod (like Sergestes) crustaceans, all (?) insects, Pyrosoma, and fish (including selachians and teleosts). Among this latter group, the most complex luminous organs have developed. While we can't cover all types of luminous organs and structures here (Dahlgren and Mangold have provided excellent descriptions), it is important to understand the structural conditions in a few forms that have received the most attention.

Luminous bacteria are so small that the light from a single individual cannot be seen. It is almost impossible to make out structural differences within the cell and we cannot definitely state in just what special region, if any, the luminescence is produced. We do know that the light is intracellular and that filtration of the bacteria from their culture medium gives a dark sterile filtrate absolutely free from any luminous secretion.

Luminous bacteria are tiny, so the light from a single one can't be seen. It's nearly impossible to distinguish structural differences within the cell, and we can't say for sure where, if anywhere, the light is produced. However, we do know that the light comes from inside the cell, and filtering the bacteria from their culture medium results in a dark sterile filtrate that has no luminous secretion.

Among protozoa, in certain forms at least, it is easy to observe that luminescence is connected with globules or[Pg 73] granules which were considered by the earlier observers to be oil droplets. Thus, in Noctiluca (Figs. 17 and 18), when the animal is violently stimulated or in the presence of reagents which slowly kill it, the whole interior appears a mass of starry points of light which can be traced to minute granules along the strands of protoplasm (Quatrefages, 1850).

Among protozoa, in certain forms at least, it's easy to see that luminescence is linked to globules or[Pg 73] granules that earlier observers thought were oil droplets. For example, in Noctiluca (Figs. 17 and 18), when the organism is sharply stimulated or exposed to substances that gradually kill it, the entire interior sparkles with points of light that can be traced back to tiny granules along the strands of protoplasm (Quatrefages, 1850).

Fig. 17.—Noctiluca miliaris, showing photogenic granules in cytoplasm. n, nucleus; c, cytoplasmic strands containing photogenic (large) and other (small) granules; p, pharynx; f, flagellum; o, oral groove; t, tentacle; s, spines at base of tentacle; v, vacuoles. Drawn by E. B. Harvey.

Fig. 17.—Noctiluca miliaris, displaying photogenic granules in the cytoplasm. n, nucleus; c, cytoplasmic strands containing photogenic (large) and other (small) granules; p, pharynx; f, flagellum; o, oral groove; t, tentacle; s, spines at the base of the tentacle; v, vacuoles. Illustration by E. B. Harvey.


Fig. 18.—Noctiluca miliaris as it appears during luminescence (after Quatrefages). Upper left and middle, low power; below, high power; upper right, a crushed fragment still luminescent.

Fig. 18.—Noctiluca miliaris as it looks when glowing (after Quatrefages). Upper left and middle, low power; below, high power; upper right, a crushed fragment still glowing.

Turning to the multicellular forms, we find the simplest development of luminosity in those animals which possess gland cells producing a luminous secretion. These cells may be scattered over the surface of the animal as in Chætopterus (Fig. 19) or Cavernularia, or restricted to certain areas [Pholas, (Fig. 19),] or more definitely localized to form an isolated group of gland cells as in Cypridina. True multicellular glands also occur. In every case, however, we find that the luminosity of these uni- or multicellular glands is connected with the presence of granules. They are often spoken of as luciferine granules, although it is not certain whether they are made up of luciferin or luciferase (see Chapter IV) or both. They are most similar to the zymogen granules found so abundantly in gland cells and thought to be the precursors of various enzymes. According to Dahlgren (1915), the luciferine granules stain blue-black by iron hæmatoxylon after fixation at the boiling point, and photogenic cells can be detected by this method of selective staining. Dubois (1914, book), who regards them as examples of bioprotein, comparable to the chondriosomes and handed on from one generation to another, gives them the name of vacuolides or macrozymases. In some forms he has described their transformation into crystals and believed at one time that animal light was a crystalloluminescence. His figures of the[Pg 74] crystal transformation are not very convincing. Pierantoni (1915) has considered the granules to be symbiotic luminous bacteria, but this is certainly not the case.

Turning to multicellular forms, we see the simplest development of light in animals that have gland cells producing a glowing secretion. These cells can be spread across the animal's surface, like in Chætopterus (Fig. 19) or Cavernularia, or they can be limited to specific areas [Pholas, (Fig. 19),] or more definitively grouped to form an isolated cluster of gland cells like in Cypridina. True multicellular glands are also present. In every case, however, we find that the light produced by these uni- or multicellular glands is linked to the existence of granules. They are often referred to as luciferine granules, although it’s unclear whether they consist of luciferin, luciferase (see Chapter IV), or both. They closely resemble the zymogen granules commonly found in gland cells and are thought to be precursors to various enzymes. According to Dahlgren (1915), the luciferine granules turn blue-black when stained with iron hæmatoxylon after being fixed at boiling point, and photogenic cells can be identified using this selective staining method. Dubois (1914, book), who views them as instances of bioprotein, similar to chondriosomes and passed down from one generation to the next, calls them vacuolides or macrozymases. In some organisms, he described their change into crystals and once believed that animal light was a form of crystalloluminescence. His illustrations of the crystal transformation are not very convincing. Pierantoni (1915) suggested that the granules are symbiotic luminous bacteria, but this is certainly not the case.

Fig. 19.—Diagram of Pholas (right) and Chætopterus (left) to show distribution of luminous areas (after Panceri).

Fig. 19.—Diagram of Pholas (right) and Chætopterus (left) to show the distribution of glowing areas (after Panceri).

The light of Chætopterus comes from a material mixed with a mucous secretion formed over almost the whole body surfaces of the animal. A section of the epithelium shows large mucous-producing cells and smaller granule-containing light cells (Fig. 20). These appear to be under nervous control, as a strong stimulation in one part of the body causes luminescence which spreads over the whole surface of the worm. The animal becomes fatigued rather readily, however. In the pennatulids, such as Cavernularia, we have also the formation of a luminous secretion over the whole surface of the body and the individual animals in this colonial form are also connected with nerves. A stimulation in any local region, as Panceri (1872) first showed (Fig. 21), will cause a wave of luminosity to spread from this point until it extends over the whole surface of the colony. In Pennatula the rate of this luminous wave is about 5 cm. per second.

The light from Chætopterus comes from a substance mixed with a mucus secretion that covers almost the entire surface of the animal's body. A cross-section of the epithelium reveals large mucus-producing cells and smaller, granule-filled light cells (Fig. 20). These cells seem to be controlled by the nervous system because when one part of the body is strongly stimulated, the luminescence spreads across the entire surface of the worm. However, the animal can become fatigued quite easily. In pennatulids, like Cavernularia, there is also a luminous secretion covering the whole body surface, and the individual animals in this colony are connected by nerves. Stimulation in any specific area, as Panceri (1872) first demonstrated (Fig. 21), will trigger a wave of light that radiates from that point until it covers the entire surface of the colony. In Pennatula, the speed of this luminous wave is about 5 cm per second.

Fig. 20.—Sectional view of the luminous epithelium of Chætopterus (after Dahlgren). cu, cuticle; l. c., light cells, some showing discharge of secretion; d. l. c., discharged and emptied light cells; m. c., mucous cells.

Fig. 20.—Cross-section of the glowing epithelium of Chætopterus (after Dahlgren). cu, cuticle; l. c., light cells, some showing secretion discharge; d. l. c., discharged and emptied light cells; m. c., mucous cells.


Fig. 21.—Diagram of Pennatula, showing by arrows the course of a wave of luminosity which spreads over the colony from the point stimulated (s) (after Panceri).

Fig. 21.—Diagram of Pennatula, illustrating with arrows the path of a wave of light that spreads across the colony from the stimulated point (s) (after Panceri).

Pholas dactylus possesses similar light cells to those of Chætopterus, but they are restricted to narrow bands on the siphon and mantle and a pair of triangular spots near the retractor muscles. Nerves pass to the luminous regions.

Pholas dactylus has light cells similar to those of Chætopterus, but they are limited to narrow bands on the siphon and mantle, along with a pair of triangular spots near the retractor muscles. Nerves extend to the glowing areas.

In many luminous animals the light secretion formed over the surface of the body is small in amount and adheres to the animal because it is embedded in the mucous skin secretions. In those forms which possess a true localized light gland the luminous secretion when expelled into the sea water (if the animal be a marine form) may persist as a luminous streak for some time and exhibit[Pg 75] diffusion and convection movements. The most beautiful examples of luminous secretions are found among the ostracod crustacea.

In many glowing animals, the light they produce on their body surface is minimal and sticks to them because it's mixed with their slimy skin secretions. In species that have a real localized light gland, the glowing secretion released into the seawater (if the animal lives in the ocean) can linger as a glowing streak for a while and show movements of spreading and circulation. The most stunning examples of glowing secretions are found among ostracod crustaceans.

Fig. 22.—Luminous gland of Cypridina hilgendorfii (after Yatsu). 2, longitudinal section. 4, transverse section.

Fig. 22.—Luminous gland of Cypridina hilgendorfii (after Yatsu). 2, longitudinal section. 4, transverse section.


Fig. 23.—Single enlarged gland cell of Cypridina (after Dahlgren). P, nucleus and plasmasome; C, cytoplasm; F, secretion fibrils; D, reservoir duct filled with large yellow granules; O, valve-like outer opening of cell at surface of body.

Fig. 23.—Single enlarged gland cell of Cypridina (after Dahlgren). P, nucleus and plasmasome; C, cytoplasm; F, secretion fibrils; D, reservoir duct filled with large yellow granules; O, valve-like outer opening of the cell at the surface of the body.

In Cypridina hilgendorfii the luminous gland is situated on the upper lip near the mouth. It is made up of elongate (some 0.7 mm. in length), spindle-shaped cells, each one of which opens by a separate pore with a kind of valve. The openings are arranged on five protuberances. Muscle fibres pass between the gland cells in such a way that by contracting the secretion can be forced out. In the sea water the secretion luminesces brilliantly and the Japanese call these forms umi hotaru, or marine fireflies. Fig. 22 is a diagram showing the structure. Watanabe (1897), who first studied this form, and also Yatsu (1917) have described two kinds of granule-containing cells, one with large yellow globules, 4-10µ in diameter (Fig. 23), the other with small colorless granules 0.5, in diameter. I have observed in the living form these two types and also large colorless globules of the same size as the yellow globules. All dissolve when extruded into the sea water. Dahlgren[5] has described from sections four types of cells containing (1) large globules, (2) small granules, (3) a fat-like material, (4) a mucous material. Just what the significance and nature of these types of substance is cannot be stated at present. At least one, probably two, are concerned in light production. The others may possibly form digestive fluids which act on the food of the animal.

In Cypridina hilgendorfii, the light-producing gland is located on the upper lip near the mouth. It consists of elongated, spindle-shaped cells, each about 0.7 mm long, with a separate opening that has a kind of valve. These openings are arranged on five protrusions. Muscle fibers run between the gland cells, allowing the secretion to be expelled when they contract. In seawater, the secretion glows brightly, and the Japanese refer to these creatures as umi hotaru, or marine fireflies. Fig. 22 is a diagram showing the structure. Watanabe (1897), who first studied this species, along with Yatsu (1917), described two types of granule-containing cells: one with large yellow globules, 4-10µ in diameter (Fig. 23), and the other with small colorless granules, 0.5 in diameter. I have observed both types in the living specimen, as well as large colorless globules similar in size to the yellow ones. All dissolve when released into seawater. Dahlgren[5] described four types of cells from sections: (1) large globules, (2) small granules, (3) a fat-like substance, and (4) a mucous substance. The exact significance and nature of these substances are not yet clear. At least one, possibly two, are involved in light production. The others may contribute to digestive fluids that process the animal's food.

[5] Private communication soon to be published.

[5] Private communication will be published soon.

Turning now to the animals possessing light cells with intracellular luminescence we find in general that such light cells are localized to form definite light organs and[Pg 76] that these may be single, as in the common fireflies, paired, as the prothoracic light organs of Pyrophorus, or scattered over the surface of the body, as in so many shrimps, cephalopods and fishes, when they are often called photophores. The light cells proper are often associated with reflectors, lenses, opaque screens and color screens.

Turning now to the animals that have light cells with internal luminescence, we generally find that these light cells are organized into distinct light organs and[Pg 76] that these organs can be single, like in common fireflies, paired, like the prothoracic light organs of Pyrophorus, or spread out across the body, as seen in many shrimps, cephalopods, and fishes, where they are often referred to as photophores. The light cells themselves are frequently found alongside reflectors, lenses, opaque screens, and color screens.

Fig. 24.—Distal portion of malpighian tubule of Bolitophila, showing modification to form photogenic organ (after Wheeler and Williams). MT1, MT4, malpighian tubules forming photogenic organ; R, reflector; M, muscle; T, trachea.

Fig. 24.—Distal portion of the Malpighian tubule of Bolitophila, showing changes that create a light-producing organ (after Wheeler and Williams). MT1, MT4, Malpighian tubules forming the light-producing organ; R, reflector; M, muscle; T, trachea.

The insects possess the simplest types of intracellular light organs, a mass of photogenic cells, which, in the common firefly (a lampyrid beetle) of Eastern North America, has probably been developed from the fat body, while in the New Zealand glowworm, the larva of a tipulid fly (Bolitophila luminosa), part of the Malpighian tubule cells have acquired photogenic power (Wheeler and Williams, 1915). This is illustrated in Fig. 24.

The insects have the most basic types of intracellular light organs, a collection of light-emitting cells. In the common firefly (a lampyrid beetle) found in Eastern North America, this likely evolved from the fat body. In the New Zealand glowworm, which is the larva of a tipulid fly (Bolitophila luminosa), some of the Malpighian tubule cells have gained the ability to produce light (Wheeler and Williams, 1915). This is illustrated in Fig. 24.

The photogenic organ of the firefly is made up of two kinds of cells, a dorsal mass of small cells several layers deep, the reflector layer, and a ventral mass of large cells with indistinct boundaries, the photogenic layer (Fig. 25). The photogenic cells contain a mass of granules, spherical in the male and short rods in the female. The photogenic cells are divided into groups by large tracheal trunks which pass into the light organ and branch to form tracheoles connected with tracheal end cells. The exact distribution varies in different species, but in all the arrangement is such as to give a very abundant oxygen supply. Each group of photogenic cells is surrounded by a clear ectoplasm containing no granules. The tracheoles pass through this and either end openly within the photogenic cells or anastomose with tracheoles from neighboring tracheæ. Nerves, but no blood-vessels—which are absent in insects—enter the organ. It is difficult to determine if the nerves supply the tracheal end cells or the photogenic cells.

The light-producing part of the firefly is made up of two types of cells: a dorsal layer of small cells several layers deep, known as the reflector layer, and a ventral layer of larger cells with unclear boundaries, called the photogenic layer (Fig. 25). The photogenic cells contain a cluster of granules, which are spherical in males and short rods in females. These cells are grouped together by large tracheal trunks that enter the light organ and branch out to form tracheoles connected to tracheal end cells. The distribution varies across species, but in all cases, the arrangement ensures a rich supply of oxygen. Each group of photogenic cells is surrounded by a clear ectoplasm that contains no granules. The tracheoles pass through this ectoplasm and either end openly inside the photogenic cells or connect with tracheoles from nearby tracheae. Nerves, but no blood vessels—which are absent in insects—enter the organ. It's hard to tell whether the nerves supply the tracheal end cells or the photogenic cells.

Fig. 25.—Sectional view of photogenic organ of the firefly (after Williams), showing reflector or crystal layer (U) above and photogenic cells (P) below. C, cuticula; T, trachea; c, capillaries of tracheal end cells; H, hypodermis; EC, tracheal end cells; N, nerve.

Fig. 25.—Cross-section of the light-emitting organ of the firefly (after Williams), showing the reflector or crystal layer (U) on top and the light-producing cells (P) underneath. C, cuticle; T, trachea; c, capillaries of tracheal end cells; H, hypodermis; EC, tracheal end cells; N, nerve.

The dorsal reflecting layer is made up of cells containing numerous minute crystals of some purin base, either xanthin or urates, or both. They have a white milky appearance and while they are certainly not good reflectors in the optical sense, they do act as a white back[Pg 78]ground, scatter incident light, and partially prevent its penetration to the internal organs of the firefly. Although a few crystals similar to those of the reflector layer are found in the photogenic cells and in other cells of the body, it is known that the photogenic cells are not transformed into the reflector cells. The two layers are distinct and permanent from an early stage in development.

The dorsal reflecting layer consists of cells that contain many tiny crystals of a purine base, either xanthin or urates, or both. They have a white, milky look and, while they aren’t great reflectors in the optical sense, they serve as a white background, scatter incoming light, and partially block it from reaching the internal organs of the firefly. Although a few crystals similar to those in the reflecting layer are found in the light-producing cells and in other body cells, it is known that the light-producing cells do not turn into reflecting cells. The two layers are distinct and remain separate from an early stage of development. [Pg 78]

Curiously enough, the light organ of the larva of the firefly (glowworm) is quite distinct from that of the adult. Like so many other structures in insects, the adult organ is developed anew from potential photogenic cells during the pupal period. Even the egg of the firefly is luminous and glows with a steady light, and during the pupal period light may sometimes be seen coming from the thoracic region.

Curiously enough, the light organ of the larva of the firefly (glowworm) is quite different from that of the adult. Like many other features in insects, the adult organ develops anew from potential light-producing cells during the pupal stage. Even the firefly's egg glows with a steady light, and during the pupal stage, light may sometimes be seen coming from the thoracic region.

In the firefly there is no true lens, the light merely shining through the cuticle which is transparent over the light organ, whereas over the rest of the body it is dark and pigmented. In the deep sea shrimp, Acanthephyra debelis, with light organs scattered over the surface of the body, the cuticle covering the light organ forms a concavo-convex lens, behind which are the photogenic cells (Kemp, 1910). As may be seen from Fig. 26, the lens is made up of three layers which suggests that it may be corrected for chromatic aberration—a veritable "achromatic triplet." In an allied form, Sergestes (Fig. 27), the lens is of two layers and double convex. Optical studies of these lanterns have been made by Trojan (1907). The course of the light rays is shown in Fig. 28. The lens of these organs is also bluish in color which suggests that they may serve also as color filters. Behind the photogenic cells is a mass of connective tissues through[Pg 79] which enters the nerve, for the light of these organs is under the control of the animal and may be flashed "at will."

In fireflies, there isn't a real lens; the light simply shines through the transparent cuticle over the light organ, while the rest of the body is dark and pigmented. In deep-sea shrimp, Acanthephyra debelis, where light organs are scattered across the body, the cuticle covering the light organ forms a concavo-convex lens, with photogenic cells behind it (Kemp, 1910). As seen in Fig. 26, the lens consists of three layers, suggesting it can be corrected for chromatic aberration—essentially an "achromatic triplet." In a related species, Sergestes (Fig. 27), the lens is made up of two layers and is double convex. Optical studies of these lanterns have been conducted by Trojan (1907). The path of the light rays is illustrated in Fig. 28. The lens of these organs is also bluish, which hints that they might act as color filters as well. Behind the photogenic cells is a mass of connective tissue through which the nerve enters, as the light from these organs is under the animal's control and can be flashed "at will."

Fig. 26.—Sectional view of photogenic organ of Acanthephyra debelis (after Kemp). n, nerve; s. l., sheathing layer of cells; g, cone of refractive granules at end of nerve strand; c, cellular layer; i. l., m. l., o. l., inner, middle and outer layer of lens.

Fig. 26.—Sectional view of the photogenic organ of Acanthephyra debelis (after Kemp). n, nerve; s. l., sheathing layer of cells; g, cone of refractive granules at the end of the nerve strand; c, cellular layer; i. l., m. l., o. l., inner, middle, and outer layer of lens.


Fig. 27.—Sectional view of photogenic organ of Sergestes prehensilis (after Terao). bm, basement membrane; cs, connective strands of photogenic layer; hy, hypodermis; l1, l2, l3, layers of lens; le, lens epithelium; n, nerve; ph, photogenic cells; pi, pigment layer; r, reflector; th, theca.

Fig. 27.—Cross-section of the light-producing organ of Sergestes prehensilis (after Terao). bm, basement membrane; cs, connective strands of the light-producing layer; hy, hypodermis; l1, l2, l3, layers of the lens; le, lens epithelium; n, nerve; ph, light-generating cells; pi, pigment layer; r, reflector; th, theca.


Fig. 28.—Diagram of photogenic organ of Nyctiphanes Conchii, to show pathways of light rays arising in the light cell layer (after Trojan). p, pigment; ri, inner reflector; lp, light cells; rf, refractor; f, focus; l, lens; A-A, axis; a1-a4, b1-b4, light rays reflected from ri; c1-c4, light rays passing directly outward; d1-d9 and e1-e9, light rays which have passed refractor and lens respectively.

Fig. 28.—Diagram of the light-producing organ of Nyctiphanes Conchii, showing the paths of light rays coming from the light cell layer (after Trojan). p, pigment; ri, inner reflector; lp, light cells; rf, refractor; f, focus; l, lens; A-A, axis; a1-a4, b1-b4, light rays reflected from ri; c1-c4, light rays moving straight out; d1-d9 and e1-e9, light rays that have gone through the refractor and lens, respectively.

All gradations in complexity of light organs may be found from the condition in the shrimp just described to that found among the squid and fish. Figs. 29 and 30 are sections of two of the more complicated types found in squid. The explanation given to the various structures is that of Chun (1903) to whom we are indebted for a careful histological investigation of these forms. It will be noted that in addition to photogenic and lens tissues there are various types of reflector cells and a line of pigment about the whole inner surface of the organ to effectively screen the animal's tissues from the light. In one form [Pg 80] (Fig. 30) chromatophores are found about the region where the light is emitted and these no doubt serve as color filters. There are also an abundant blood supply and nerves passing to the organ. Figs. 30 and 31 are sections through light organs of fishes.

All levels of complexity in light organs can be seen, from the condition observed in the shrimp mentioned earlier to that found in squid and fish. Figs. 29 and 30 show sections of two of the more complex types found in squid. The explanation for the various structures comes from Chun (1903), to whom we owe a detailed histological study of these forms. It should be noted that, in addition to light-producing and lens tissues, there are different types of reflector cells and a layer of pigment around the entire inner surface of the organ to effectively block the light from reaching the animal's tissues. In one type [Pg 80] (Fig. 30), chromatophores are found around the area where the light is emitted, and they likely act as color filters. There is also a rich blood supply and nerves that extend to the organ. Figs. 30 and 31 are sections through the light organs of fish.

We thus see that light organs may be very simple and[Pg 81] also very complicated. The latter must have evolved from the former, although it is not always possible to point out the intermediate stages. It is not within the scope of this book to discuss bioluminescence in its evolutionary aspects. It may be worth while, however, to point out briefly what is known concerning the use of the light to the animal. There are four possibilities.

We can see that light organs can be very simple and[Pg 81] also very complex. The more complex ones must have developed from the simpler ones, although it isn't always possible to identify the intermediate stages. This book doesn't aim to cover the evolutionary aspects of bioluminescence. However, it might be useful to briefly mention what we know about how animals use light. There are four possibilities.

Fig. 29.—Sectional view of photogenic organ of a squid, Abraliopsis (after Chun.) refl1, refl2, reflectors; lac., lacunar spaces; chr., pigment screen of chromatophores; chr.1, chromatophore; phot., photogenic cells; l, lens; co., cuticle; v, blood vessel; fibr., connective tissue.

Fig. 29.—Sectional view of the light-emitting organ of a squid, Abraliopsis (after Chun.) refl1, refl2, reflectors; lac., lacunar spaces; chr., pigment screen of chromatophores; chr.1, chromatophore; phot., light-emitting cells; l, lens; co., cuticle; v, blood vessel; fibr., connective tissue.

(1) The light may be of no use whatever, purely fortuitous, an accompaniment of some necessary or even unnecessary chemical reaction.

(1) The light might not be helpful at all, just a random byproduct of some essential or even unimportant chemical reaction.

This appears to be the case in the luminous bacteria and fungi and perhaps the great majority of forms which[Pg 82] make up the marine plankton, Noctiluca, dinoflagellates, jelly-fish, ctenophores and even the sessile sea pens.

This seems to be true for glowing bacteria and fungi, and likely for most of the organisms that make up marine plankton, like Noctiluca, dinoflagellates, jellyfish, ctenophores, and even the stationary sea pens.

Fig. 30.—Sectional view of photogenic organ of a squid, Calliteuthis (after Chun). phot., photogenic cells; l, l1, lens; n, nerve; spec., "Spiegel"; pg., pigmented screen; c. fusif., spindle-shaped reflector cells; chr., chromatophore color screen.

Fig. 30.—Cross-section of the light-producing organ of a squid, Calliteuthis (after Chun). phot., light-producing cells; l, l1, lens; n, nerve; spec., "Spiegel"; pg., pigmented screen; c. fusif., spindle-shaped reflector cells; chr., chromatophore color screen.


Fig. 31.—Sectional view of photogenic organ of a fish, Stomias (after Brauer). p, pigment screen; dr, dr1, photogenic gland cells; l, lens.

Fig. 31.—Sectional view of the light-producing organ of a fish, Stomias (after Brauer). p, pigment screen; dr, dr1, light-producing gland cells; l, lens.

We know that luminous bacteria occasionally lose the power of lighting and that on certain culture media they develop as non-luminous forms. Luminescence is not indispensable to them. The same is true of some of the[Pg 83] fungi but Noctiluca and other animals are not known in a non-luminous condition, although we can see no definite value to the organism of this power of luminescence.

We know that glowing bacteria sometimes lose their ability to produce light and that on some types of culture media, they grow as non-glowing forms. Luminescence isn't essential for them. The same applies to some fungi, but Noctiluca and other animals have only been found in their glowing state, even though we can't see any specific benefit to the organism from this ability to produce light.

Fig. 32.—Sectional view of photogenic organ of a fish, Argyrophelecus affinis (after Brauer). p, pigmented screen; dr., photogenic cells; r, r1, reflector?; l, lens?; s, sclera; g, connective tissue.

Fig. 32.—Sectional view of the light-producing organ of a fish, Argyrophelecus affinis (after Brauer). p, pigmented screen; dr., light-producing cells; r, r1, reflector?; l, lens?; s, sclera; g, connective tissue.

In the case of sea pens, however, we might suppose that the light acts as an attraction to small organisms on which the sea pen feeds, although these creatures only luminesce when stimulated in some way, which rather detracts from the above suggestion.

In the case of sea pens, though, we might think that the light attracts small organisms that the sea pen feeds on, even though these creatures only glow when they're stimulated in some way, which kind of undermines that idea.

(2) The light may act as a warning to scare away predacious animals which would otherwise feed on the luminous organism. Perhaps this is the case in the sea pens, although these forms possess nematocysts which should serve as adequate protection. The marine worm, Chætopterus, is brightly luminous and lives its whole life in an opaque parchment tube. If this tube were torn open by a predacious form we might conceive that the attacking animal would be alarmed by the light and refrain from destroying the worm. The Chætopterus, however, could not rebuild another tube and its light would only protect it in the night time. These cases will suffice to indicate the difficulties and perplexities of the problem. Perhaps we may add one more guess and suppose that the light of certain fishes is actually for blinding or distracting their enemies or blinding the forms on which they feed. Until this use of luminous organs has actually been observed, we can give little credence to it.

(2) The light may serve as a warning to scare off predatory animals that would otherwise eat the glowing organism. This could be true for sea pens, even though they have nematocysts, which should provide enough protection. The marine worm, Chætopterus, is brightly glowing and spends its entire life in a thick, opaque tube. If this tube were to be ripped open by a predator, we might think that the attacking animal would be startled by the light and would stop itself from destroying the worm. However, the Chætopterus couldn’t create a new tube, and its light would only protect it during the nighttime. These examples highlight the challenges and complexities of the issue. We might also suggest one more theory: that the light from certain fish is meant to blind or distract their enemies or dazzle the creatures they prey on. Until we actually observe this use of glowing organs, we can't put much trust in it.

(3) The light may serve as a means of recognition or a sex signal to bring the sexes together for mating. It would seem from the work of Mast and of McDermott that this is the case in the common fireflies and it may be the case in the toad-fish, Poricthys, which is only luminous in the spawning season and in the worm, Odontosyllis, of[Pg 84] Bermuda, which is brilliantly luminous while swarming when the eggs and sperm are shed. It is non-luminous at other times (Galloway and Welch, 1911.)

(3) The light might act as a way to recognize each other or as a mating signal to attract partners. According to the research by Mast and McDermott, this seems to be true for common fireflies and might also apply to toad-fish, Poricthys, which only glow during the spawning season, and for the worm, Odontosyllis, found in Bermuda, which shines brightly while swarming when releasing eggs and sperm. It doesn't glow at other times (Galloway and Welch, 1911.)

(4) Finally, it is possible that animals with complex luminous organs, such as squid, fish and shrimp, actually use these as lanterns. It is significant that most of them are deep sea forms, living in a region of perpetual darkness, and it is perfectly logical to suppose that they make use of their light organs for illuminating purposes.

(4) Finally, it's possible that animals with complex light-emitting organs, like squid, fish, and shrimp, actually use them as lanterns. It's important to note that most of these creatures live in the deep sea, a place of constant darkness, and it makes perfect sense to think they use their light organs for illumination.

The whole problem of the use and purpose of luminous organs is an exceedingly complex and difficult one. We have, perhaps, said enough to indicate this and may add that in most cases, so far as opinion is based on actual evidence and observation, that of the layman is of as great value as that of the scientist.[Pg 85]

The entire issue regarding the use and purpose of light-producing organs is quite complex and challenging. We have probably said enough to highlight this and can also add that in most instances, based on actual evidence and observation, the opinions of laypeople are just as valuable as those of scientists.[Pg 85]


CHAPTER V
THE CHEMISTRY OF LIGHT PRODUCTION, PART I

Two experiments, both performed very early in the history of Bioluminescence, are of great importance in understanding the nature of animal light. Boyle (1667), as already mentioned, proved the necessity of air for the luminescence of wood and fish and Spallanzani (1794) showed that parts of luminous medusæ gave no light when dried but if moistened again would emit light as before. We see then, that air (oxygen), water, and some photogenic substance are necessary for the light production. Spallanzani's experiment, which has been confirmed for a great many luminous forms, shows also that animal luminescence is not a vital process, in the same sense that the conduction of a nerve impulse is a vital process. A nerve loses its characteristic property of conduction on drying or maceration while luminous cells still possess the power to luminesce after drying or maceration. Using the terminology of the older physiology we may say that "living protoplasm" is not necessary for light production.

Two experiments, both conducted very early in the study of bioluminescence, are crucial for understanding the nature of animal light. Boyle (1667), as previously mentioned, demonstrated that air is essential for the luminescence of wood and fish, while Spallanzani (1794) revealed that parts of luminous jellyfish don’t emit light when dried, but will shine again if rehydrated. This shows that air (oxygen), water, and some light-producing substance are necessary for producing light. Spallanzani's experiment, which has been supported by many luminous species, also indicates that animal luminescence is not a vital process in the same way that nerve impulse conduction is a vital process. A nerve loses its ability to conduct when dried or broken down, but luminous cells can still luminesce after drying or breaking down. Using older physiological terms, we can say that "living protoplasm" is not required for light production.

The experiments of Boyle (1626-91) are of great interest, especially those in which he studied the behavior of shining wood under the receiver of his air pump. On October 29, 1667, he wrote:

The experiments of Boyle (1626-91) are very interesting, especially those where he examined how shining wood reacted under the receiver of his air pump. On October 29, 1667, he wrote:

"Exp. I.: Having procured a Piece of shining Wood, about the bigness of a groat or less, that gave a vivid Light, (for rotten Wood) we put it into a middle sized[Pg 86] Receiver, so as it was kept from touching the Cement; and the Pump being set a-work, we observed not, during the 5 or 6 first Exsuctions of the Air, that the splendor of the included Wood was manifestly lessened (though it was never at all increased;) but about the 7th Suck, it seemed to glow a little more dim, and afterwards answered our Expectation, by losing of its Light more and more, as the Air was still farther pumped out; till at length about the 10th Exsuction, (though by the removal of the Candles out of the Room, and by black Cloaths and Hats we made the place as dark as we could, yet) we could not perceive any light at all to proceed from the Wood.

"Exp. I.: After getting a piece of shining wood, about the size of a coin or smaller, that emitted a bright light (since it was rotten wood), we placed it in a medium-sized [Pg 86] receiver, ensuring it didn’t touch the cement; and with the pump running, we noticed that during the first 5 or 6 air extractions, the brightness of the wood didn’t noticeably decrease (though it never increased either); however, around the 7th extraction, it seemed to glow slightly dimmer, and then it gradually met our expectations by losing its light more and more as we pumped out more air, until finally, around the 10th extraction, (even though we had removed the candles from the room and made it as dark as possible with black clothes and hats) we could no longer see any light coming from the wood.

"Exp. II.: Wherefore we let in the outward Air by Degrees and had the pleasure to see the seemingly extinguished Light revive so fast and perfectly, that it looked to us almost like a little Flash of Lightning, and the Splendor of the Wood seemed rather greater than at all less, than before it was put into the Receiver."

"Exp. II.: So, we gradually let in the outside air and were thrilled to see the apparently extinguished light come back to life so quickly and completely that it looked almost like a small flash of lightning, and the brightness of the wood seemed even greater than it did before we placed it in the receiver."

Boyle proved that light from the wood was able to pass a vacuum and later showed that "shining fish" behaved as the "shining wood," but that a piece of white hot iron would not regain its light on readmitting air to the exhausted receiver and that the iron lost its glow under the air-pump merely because it cooled off. A piece of glowing coal, however, did lose its light in the absence of air and regained it on again admitting air, provided the air had not been removed for too long. Boyle was apparently impressed with the similarity of the light giving process in glowing coal and shining wood as he draws a comparison between the two which brings out the fundamental similarity of combustion processes.[Pg 87]

Boyle demonstrated that light from wood could pass through a vacuum and later showed that "shining fish" acted like "shining wood." However, a piece of white-hot iron did not regain its light when air was reintroduced into the exhausted receiver, and the iron lost its glow under the air pump simply because it cooled down. On the other hand, a piece of glowing coal did lose its light in the absence of air but would regain it once air was let back in, as long as the air hadn’t been gone for too long. Boyle seemed to notice the similarity in the light-emitting processes of glowing coal and shining wood, drawing a comparison that highlighted the fundamental similarities in combustion processes.[Pg 87]

"Resemblances:

"Similarities:"

VII. The Things wherein I observed a Piece of shining Wood and a burning Coal to agree or resemble each other are principally these five:

VII. The things I noticed that a shining wood and a burning coal have in common are mainly these five:

1. Both of them are Luminaries, that is, give Light, as having it (if I may so speak) residing in them; and not like Looking-glasses, or white Bodies, which are conspicuous only by the incident Beams of the Sun, or some other luminous Body, which they reflect....

1. Both of them are Luminaries, meaning they give Light, as if it (if I can put it that way) resides in them; and not like Mirrors, or white Objects, which are noticeable only by the incoming Rays of the Sun, or some other luminous Object, which they reflect....

2. Both shining Wood and a burning Coal need the Presence of the Air (and that too of such a Density to make them continue shining)....

2. Both shining Wood and a burning Coal need the presence of air (and it has to be of a certain Density to keep them shining)....

3. Both shining Wood and a burning Coal, having been deprived, for a Time, of their Light, by the withdrawing of the contiguous Air, may presently recover it by letting in fresh Air upon them....

3. Both shining Wood and a burning Coal, after being deprived for a time of their Light due to the absence of surrounding Air, can quickly regain it by allowing fresh Air to reach them....

4. Both a quick Coal and shining Wood will be easily quenched by Water and many other Liquors....

4. Both a quick Coal and shining Wood will be easily quenched by Water and many other Liquors....

5. As a quick Coal is not to be extinguished by the Coldness of the Air, when it is greater than ordinary; so neither is a Piece of shining Wood to be deprived of its Light by the same Quality of the Air....

5. Just like a quick coal can't be put out by the coldness of the air when it's stronger than usual, a piece of shining wood also won't lose its light because of the same quality of the air....

Differences:

Differences:

1. The first Difference I observed betwixt a live Coal and a shining Wood is, that whereas the Light of the former is readily extinguishable by Compression (as is obvious in the Practice of suddenly[Pg 88] extinguishing a piece of Coal by treading upon it), I could not find that such a Compression as I could conveniently give without losing sight of its operation, would put out, or much injure the Light, even of small Fragments of shining Wood....

1. The first difference I noticed between a live coal and a shining wood is that while the light from the former can be easily extinguished by compression (as shown in the example of suddenly [Pg 88] putting out a piece of coal by stepping on it), I couldn’t find that any amount of compression I could apply without losing track of its effect would put out or significantly damage the light from even small pieces of shining wood....

2. The next Unlikeness to be taken notice of betwixt rotten Wood and a kindled Coal is, that the latter will, in a very few Minutes, be totally extinguished by the withdrawing of the Air; whereas a Piece of shining Wood, being eclipsed by the Absence of the Air, and kept so for a Time, will immediately recover its Light if the Air be let in upon it again within half an hour after it was first withdrawn....

2. The next difference to notice between rotten wood and a burning coal is that the latter will, in just a few minutes, be completely extinguished when the air is removed; while a piece of shiny wood, when deprived of air and kept that way for a time, will immediately regain its light if air is allowed back in within half an hour after it was first removed....

3. The next Difference to be mentioned is, that a live Coal, being put into a small close Glass, will not continue to burn for very many Minutes; but a Piece of shining Wood will continue to shine for some whole Days....

3. The next Difference to mention is that a live Coal, when placed inside a small sealed glass, won’t burn for very long; however, a piece of shining Wood can continue to shine for several whole Days....

4. A fourth Difference may be this: that whereas a Coal, as it burns, sends forth Store of Smoke or Exhalations, luminous Wood does not so.

4. A fourth difference might be this: while coal, as it burns, releases a lot of smoke or fumes, luminous wood does not.

5. A fifth, flowing from the former, is, that whereas a Coal in shining wastes itself at a great Rate, shining Wood does not....

5. A fifth, based on the previous points, is that while a Coal in shining burns up quickly, shining Wood does not....

6. The last Difference I shall take notice of betwixt the bodies hitherto compared is, that a quick Coal is actually and vehemently hot; whereas I have not observed shining Wood to be so much as sensibly lukewarm."

6. The last difference I’ll point out between the bodies we've compared so far is that a quick Coal is really and strongly hot; whereas I haven't noticed shining Wood to be even slightly lukewarm.

It should be clearly borne in mind that if we place luminous organisms, say bacteria or fungi, in an atmosphere devoid of oxygen and find that no light is produced, this may merely mean that certain functions of the cell are interfered with, including light production, but does not necessarily indicate that oxygen is actually used up in the photogenic process. If we find, however, that extracts of luminous cells or luminous secretions devoid of cells cease to light when the oxygen is removed and again luminesce when it is returned, we may be quite certain that the photogenic process itself requires free oxygen. As luminous extracts of fireflies, pennatulids, ostracods, Pholas and others give off no light when the oxygen is removed, we may safely conclude that for these luminescences, oxygen is necessary. Bacteria, fungi, and Noctiluca, whose light also disappears in absence of oxygen, although they are whole cells, we may by analogy also assume to require oxygen in the photogenic process.

It should be clearly understood that if we put glowing organisms, like bacteria or fungi, in an oxygen-free environment and find that no light is emitted, it might simply mean that some cellular functions, including light production, are disrupted. However, this does not necessarily mean that oxygen is actually consumed in the light-producing process. On the other hand, if we observe that extracts from glowing cells or glowing secretions without cells stop emitting light when oxygen is removed and start glowing again when oxygen is added back, we can be fairly certain that the light-producing process itself requires free oxygen. Since glowing extracts from fireflies, sea pens, ostracods, Pholas, and others do not emit light when oxygen is removed, we can confidently conclude that oxygen is essential for these types of luminescence. For bacteria, fungi, and Noctiluca, whose light also fades in the absence of oxygen, even though they are whole cells, we can similarly deduce that oxygen is required for the light-producing process.

Some of the earlier workers on fireflies and Noctiluca obtained light even after placing these organisms in absence of oxygen, but they did not realize how low is the amount of oxygen necessary to produce light. It is difficult to remove traces of oxygen from the water, traces which are nevertheless sufficient to cause luminescence. If the organisms are numerous, as in an emulsion of luminous bacteria, they will themselves use up all the oxygen and the liquid soon ceases to glow except at the surface in contact with air. We may gain an idea of the amount of oxygen necessary for luminescence from an experiment of Beijerinck (1902). He mixed luminous bacteria with an emulsion of clover leaves containing chloroplasts and kept the two in the dark until all the[Pg 90] oxygen was used up and the bacteria ceased to glow. If now a match was struck for a fraction of a second, sufficient oxygen was formed by photosynthesis to cause the bacteria to luminesce for a short time.

Some of the earlier researchers on fireflies and Noctiluca were able to produce light even when they placed these organisms in oxygen-free environments, but they didn’t realize how little oxygen is actually needed to generate light. It’s challenging to eliminate all traces of oxygen from the water, and even the smallest amount can still lead to luminescence. When these organisms are abundant, like in a mixture of luminous bacteria, they will consume all the oxygen, and the liquid will quickly stop glowing, except for the surface that is in contact with air. We can get a sense of the amount of oxygen required for luminescence from an experiment by Beijerinck (1902). He combined luminous bacteria with a mixture of clover leaves containing chloroplasts and kept them in the dark until all the oxygen was depleted and the bacteria stopped glowing. When he briefly struck a match, the photosynthesis produced enough oxygen to make the bacteria luminesce for a short time.

Exact figures on the minimal concentration of oxygen for luminescence cannot be given. The luminescent secretion of Cypridina hilgendorfii will still give off much light if hydrogen containing only 0.4 per cent. of oxygen is bubbled through it, i.e., a partial oxygen pressure of 1/250 atmosphere (3.04 mm.Hg). However, addition of a fresh emulsion of yeast cells to a glowing Cypridina secretion is sufficient to rapidly extinguish the light, because the yeast is capable of utilizing the last trace of oxygen in the mixture. Light only appears when, by agitation, we cause more air to dissolve. The minimal concentration of oxygen for luminescence of Cypridina lies somewhere between 3.04 mm. and the amount which living yeast fails to extract from solution, a concentration approaching zero. It is probably nearer the latter figure.

Exact figures on the minimum concentration of oxygen needed for luminescence are hard to pinpoint. The luminescent secretion of Cypridina hilgendorfii continues to emit a lot of light even when hydrogen with only 0.4 percent oxygen is bubbled through it, which corresponds to a partial oxygen pressure of 1/250 atmosphere (3.04 mm.Hg). However, adding a fresh emulsion of yeast cells to a glowing Cypridina secretion quickly puts out the light, because the yeast can use up the last traces of oxygen in the mixture. Light only appears when we agitate the mixture to help more air dissolve. The minimum concentration of oxygen needed for luminescence in Cypridina falls somewhere between 3.04 mm. and the concentration that living yeast cannot extract from the solution, which is close to zero. It is likely closer to that lower figure.

As the oxygen pressure is increased from 0 to about 7 mm., the intensity of the Cypridina luminescence increases and at the latter figure the light is just as bright as if the solution were saturated with air (152 mm.O2). Thus, the luminescence requires only a low pressure of oxygen and the similarity to the saturation of hæmoglobin with oxygen is obvious. Just as hæmoglobin is nearly saturated with oxygen at low pressures and becomes bright red in color, so the luminous material becomes saturated with oxygen at low pressures and glows intensely.

As the oxygen pressure increases from 0 to around 7 mm, the brightness of the Cypridina luminescence also increases, and at 7 mm, the light is as bright as if the solution were fully saturated with air (152 mm O2). This shows that the luminescence only needs a low oxygen pressure, and it's clear that it resembles how hemoglobin saturates with oxygen. Just like hemoglobin nearly saturates with oxygen at low pressures and turns bright red, the luminous material also becomes saturated with oxygen at low pressures and glows brightly.

Boyle also made many experiments to show that air was necessary for the life of animals and the germination[Pg 91] of seeds and showed that repeatedly respired air was unfit for further breathing. About the same time R. Hooke discovered the true meaning of respiratory movements and by forcing a blast of air continuously through the lungs with bellows, was able to keep animals alive. He concludes "that as the bare Motion of the Lungs, without fresh air, contributes nothing to the life of the Animal, he being found to survive as well as when they were not moved as when they were; so it was not the Subsiding or Movelessness of the Lungs that was the immediate cause of death, or the stopping of the circulation of the Blood through the Lungs, but the Want of a sufficient Supply of fresh Air." The cause of death on collapse of the lungs could not be better stated to-day. Thus combustion, respiration and luminescence of flesh or wood were early recognized as related phenomena.

Boyle also conducted many experiments to demonstrate that air was essential for the survival of animals and the germination of seeds. He showed that air that had been breathed out repeatedly was unsuitable for further breathing. Around the same time, R. Hooke figured out the true meaning of breathing movements and was able to keep animals alive by continuously forcing air through their lungs with bellows. He concluded, "that the simple movement of the lungs, without fresh air, does nothing for the life of the animal, as it was found that they could survive just as well when the lungs were not moved as when they were; therefore, it was not the stillness of the lungs that caused death, or the halting of blood circulation through the lungs, but the lack of a sufficient supply of fresh air." The cause of death due to lung collapse couldn't be stated more clearly today. Thus, combustion, respiration, and the luminescence of flesh or wood were early recognized as interconnected phenomena.

Although the "gas sylvestre" (CO2) of burning charcoal and fermentation of wine was known to van Helmont (1577-1644) and Mayow (1646-1679) in 1674 showed that "spiritus nitroærens" (oxygen) was responsible for the life of animals and for combustion, a century elapsed before the true significance of these gases became known. In the meantime the phlogiston theory of combustion had been developed, Black (1728-1799) in 1755 had rediscovered carbon dioxide ("fixed air") in the expired air and Priestley (1733-1804) and Scheele (1742-1786) had both rediscovered oxygen ("dephlogisticated air") in 1774. About the same time Lavoisier overthrew the phlogiston doctrine and showed that in the combustion of organic substances water and CO2 are formed.

Although the "gas sylvestre" (CO2) from burning charcoal and the fermentation of wine was known to van Helmont (1577-1644), and Mayow (1646-1679) demonstrated in 1674 that "spiritus nitroærens" (oxygen) was essential for animal life and combustion, it took a century for the true importance of these gases to be understood. Meanwhile, the phlogiston theory of combustion was developed. In 1755, Black (1728-1799) rediscovered carbon dioxide ("fixed air") in exhaled air, and Priestley (1733-1804) and Scheele (1742-1786) both rediscovered oxygen ("dephlogisticated air") in 1774. Around the same time, Lavoisier challenged the phlogiston theory and demonstrated that burning organic substances produces water and CO2.

Later it was realized that this slow combustion did not take place in the lungs, or in the blood, but in the[Pg 92] tissues cells themselves and respiration in the chemical sense has come to mean this universal slow combustion in the cells of the body rather than the breathing movements of the lungs themselves. In anaerobic respiration, CO2 is given off, but no oxygen absorbed. In aerobic respiration, oxygen is absorbed and CO2 given off. In addition we know of many substances which oxidize by taking up oxygen without giving off CO2. We have seen that oxygen must be absorbed for luminescence of animals and we may now inquire whether CO2 is given off and the relation between respiration and light production.

Later, it became clear that this slow combustion doesn’t happen in the lungs or the blood, but in the tissues' cells themselves. In a chemical sense, respiration now refers to this universal slow combustion within the body’s cells, rather than just the breathing movements of the lungs. In anaerobic respiration, CO2 is released, but no oxygen is taken in. In aerobic respiration, oxygen is taken in and CO2 is released. Additionally, we know of many substances that oxidize by absorbing oxygen without releasing CO2. We have seen that oxygen must be absorbed for the luminescence of animals, and we can now ask whether CO2 is released and what the relationship is between respiration and light production.

To determine if CO2 is given off during luminescence it is necessary to work with fairly pure luminous materials, obtained from luminous organisms. It is impossible to use the living organisms themselves as the CO2 continually respired becomes a very disturbing factor. From Cypridina, a small crustacean, two materials soluble in water may be prepared (luciferin and luciferase), which will give a brilliant luminescence on mixing. It is possible to determine the H-ion concentration of the two solutions separately and of the mixture of the two after the luminescence has occurred.

To find out if CO2 is released during luminescence, it's important to use fairly pure luminous materials obtained from glowing organisms. Using the living organisms themselves isn’t practical because the CO2 they breathe out interferes significantly. From Cypridina, a small crustacean, we can prepare two water-soluble substances (luciferin and luciferase) that produce a bright luminescence when combined. We can measure the H-ion concentration of both solutions separately and also of their mixture after luminescence has taken place.

If CO2 is produced during luminescence the H-ion concentration of the luminous solution should increase. Measurements made electrometrically with the hydrogen electrode have failed to demonstrate any increase in acidity. The Ph of both solutions and of a mixture of the two is 9.04. This would indicate that CO2 is not produced. As both luminous solutions contain proteins and the luminous substances themselves are probably proteins, which have a high buffer value, a method of this kind is none too sensitive. However, we can definitely state that not enough[Pg 93] CO2 is produced to be detected and that this may be due to the buffer action of the luminous substances themselves. After all, unless luminescence is connected with respiration, we should hardly expect CO2 to be produced.

If CO2 is produced during luminescence, the H-ion concentration of the glowing solution should increase. Measurements taken with the hydrogen electrode have not shown any rise in acidity. The Ph of both solutions and a mixture of the two is 9.04. This suggests that CO2 is not being produced. Since both glowing solutions contain proteins and the glowing substances are likely proteins, which have a high buffer capacity, this method is not very sensitive. However, we can clearly say that not enough CO2 is generated to be detected, and this might be due to the buffering effect of the glowing substances themselves. After all, unless luminescence is associated with respiration, we shouldn't expect CO2 to be produced.

Another method of testing CO2 production is to measure the amount of heat produced during luminescence. Substances burned during respiration give off considerable heat, one gram of glucose to CO2 and H2O, as much as 4000 calories. We have seen in Chapter III that no infra-red radiation is produced in the light of the firefly. This does not mean, however, that no heat is produced by the reaction which produces the luminescence. A temperature change of a few thousandths or hundredths of a degree would evolve no measurable radiation. Coblentz (1912) first studied the problem of heat production in the firefly, using a thermocouple as the measuring instrument. He came to the conclusion that the temperature of the insect was slightly lower than the temperature of the air and that the luminous segments were slightly hotter than the non-luminous segments, whereas a dead firefly is of the same temperature as its surroundings. No definite increase or decrease in temperature could be established during the flash of the firefly. However, further work on the firefly is much to be desired.

Another way to test CO2 production is by measuring the heat generated during luminescence. Substances burned during respiration release a significant amount of heat; one gram of glucose converts to CO2 and H2O, producing as much as 4000 calories. We have noted in Chapter III that no infrared radiation is produced in the light of the firefly. This doesn't mean that the reaction that creates the luminescence doesn’t generate heat. A temperature change of just a few thousandths or hundredths of a degree wouldn’t produce any measurable radiation. Coblentz (1912) was the first to study heat production in fireflies, using a thermocouple to measure it. He found that the temperature of the insect was slightly lower than the air temperature and that the luminous segments were a bit hotter than the non-luminous parts, while a dead firefly had the same temperature as its surroundings. No clear increase or decrease in temperature was observed during the firefly's flash. However, more research on fireflies is definitely needed.

The use of a living animal for such measurements introduces a possible source of error in that any contraction of the muscles of the animal will produce heat which may add to an increase or mask a decrease of temperature during luminescence. Utilization of extracts of luminous animals containing the luciferin and luciferase mentioned above avoids the complications due to muscular contraction. By bringing the solutions of luciferin and luciferase[Pg 94] to the same temperature and then mixing them one can measure any increase or decrease of temperature which occurs during the luminescence which results from mixing. We can thus gain some idea of the heat of oxidation of luciferin.

Using a living animal for these measurements introduces a potential source of error because any muscle contractions in the animal generate heat, which can either increase or obscure a temperature drop during luminescence. By using extracts from luminous animals that contain luciferin and luciferase, the issues caused by muscle contractions are avoided. If the solutions of luciferin and luciferase[Pg 94] are brought to the same temperature and then mixed, we can accurately measure any temperature changes that occur during the luminescence produced by mixing. This allows us to get an understanding of the heat of oxidation of luciferin.

As a determination of heat production is of considerable interest the method will be given in some detail. Although the experiment sounds very simple, it is actually somewhat difficult to carry out. The attainment of temperature equilibrium between two solutions is very slow when one wishes to obtain them to within 0.001° C. of the same temperature. After many attempts, the following arrangement of apparatus (Fig. 33) was found most satisfactory. About 10 c.c. luciferin solution was placed in the inner tube (D) of a special non-silvered thermos bottle (A). About 1 c.c. of luciferase solution was placed in a very thin-walled glass tube (E) which was immersed in the luciferin solution and connected with a small motor so that it could be slowly but constantly rotated, thus stirring the solutions. Thermocouples (L and M) of advance (.008 in)—copper (No. 30, B and S, enamel insulated) wire were paraffined and placed in each tube and the copper wires connected through a copper double throw switch (C) with a Leeds and Northrup d'Arsonval wall galvanometer (No. 34637, silver strip suspension) of 35 ohms resistance and 310 megohms sensitivity. The constant temperature junctions (N) were placed in a large Dewar flask (B) filled with water at approximately the same temperature as the luciferin solution. One mm. galvanometer scale division represented 0.003° C. and the division readings could be estimated to tenths. By means of a glass rod (F) placed in[Pg 95] the tube containing luciferase solution, this tube could be broken and the luciferase and luciferin solution mixed.

As determining heat production is quite important, the method will be explained in detail. Although the experiment seems simple, it’s actually a bit tricky to perform. Achieving temperature balance between two solutions takes time, especially when you want them to match within 0.001° C. After several attempts, the following setup of equipment (Fig. 33) proved to be the most effective. About 10 c.c. of luciferin solution was placed in the inner tube (D) of a special non-silvered thermos bottle (A). Approximately 1 c.c. of luciferase solution was put in a very thin glass tube (E) that was submerged in the luciferin solution and connected to a small motor to gradually and continuously stir the solutions. Thermocouples (L and M) made from advance (.008 in)—copper (No. 30, B and S, enamel insulated) wire were covered in paraffin and placed in each tube, with the copper wires routed through a copper double throw switch (C) to a Leeds and Northrup d'Arsonval wall galvanometer (No. 34637, silver strip suspension) with 35 ohms resistance and 310 megohms sensitivity. The constant temperature junctions (N) were positioned in a large Dewar flask (B) filled with water at about the same temperature as the luciferin solution. Each 1 mm. division on the galvanometer scale represented 0.003° C., and the readings could be estimated to the nearest tenth. Using a glass rod (F) placed in the tube with the luciferase solution, the tube could be broken to mix the luciferase and luciferin solutions.

Fig. 33.—Apparatus for determining heat production during luminescence of luciferin. A, special thermos tube. B, Dewar flask for constant temperature junctions. C, double throw switch. D, tube containing luciferin solution. E, tube containing luciferase solution. F, glass rod for breaking E. G, rubber stopper with groove, K, for pulley cord. H, cork closing thermos tube. J, brass sleeve in H allowing rotation of E. L, thermojunction in luciferase solution. M, thermojunction in luciferin solution. N, constant temperature junctions.

Fig. 33.—Setup for measuring heat production during the luminescence of luciferin. A, special thermos tube. B, Dewar flask for maintaining constant temperature junctions. C, double throw switch. D, tube with luciferin solution. E, tube with luciferase solution. F, glass rod for breaking E. G, rubber stopper with groove, K, for the pulley cord. H, cork sealing the thermos tube. J, brass sleeve in H enabling rotation of E. L, thermojunction in luciferase solution. M, thermojunction in luciferin solution. N, constant temperature junctions.


Fig. 34.—Curve showing temperature change when two tubes containing water at the same temperature are mixed. 0.1 galvanometer scale division = 0.003° C. Dots represent readings of thermocouple in tube D; crosses readings of thermocouple in tube E.

Fig. 34.—Graph showing temperature change when two tubes with water at the same temperature are combined. 0.1 galvanometer scale division = 0.003° C. Dots represent measurements from the thermocouple in tube D; crosses represent measurements from the thermocouple in tube E.

It was found that even after the luciferase and luciferin[Pg 96] solutions came to the same temperature within the thermos bottle, this was not necessarily the same as that of the room and a slow rise or fall occurred as indicated by a slow drift of the galvanometer coil. Readings of each[Pg 97] thermocouple on the galvanometer scale were therefore taken at one-minute intervals for some time before and after mixing the luciferin and luciferase solutions and plotted as curves. Control experiments were also carried out in exactly the same manner as the luciferin-luciferase experiments, but water was placed in the two tubes instead of luciferin and luciferase. Figs. 34 and 35 give typical experiments with water and with luminescent solutions, respectively.

It was discovered that even after the luciferase and luciferin solutions reached the same temperature inside the thermos bottle, this temperature did not always match that of the room, leading to a gradual increase or decrease as shown by the slow drift of the galvanometer coil. Readings from each thermocouple on the galvanometer scale were taken at one-minute intervals for a while before and after mixing the luciferin and luciferase solutions, and these were then plotted as curves. Control experiments were conducted in exactly the same way as the luciferin-luciferase experiments, but instead of luciferin and luciferase, water was used in the two tubes. Figs. 34 and 35 show typical experiments with water and luminescent solutions, respectively.

Fig. 35.—Curve showing temperature change when luciferin and luciferase solutions at the same temperature are mixed. 0.1 galvanometer scale division = 0.003° C. Dots represent readings of thermocouple in luciferin solution; crosses, readings of thermocouple in luciferase solution.

Fig. 35.—Graph showing temperature change when luciferin and luciferase solutions at the same temperature are mixed. 0.1 galvanometer scale division = 0.003° C. Dots represent readings of the thermocouple in the luciferin solution; crosses represent readings of the thermocouple in the luciferase solution.

With both control (water) and luciferin experiments there was a slight rise in temperature on mixing the liquids in the two tubes. The average rise of five control (water) experiments was .0054° C. and the average rise of five luciferin experiments was .0048° C.[Pg 98]

With both the control (water) and luciferin experiments, there was a slight increase in temperature when the liquids in the two tubes were mixed. The average increase from five control (water) experiments was 0.0054° C., and the average increase from five luciferin experiments was 0.0048° C.[Pg 98]

The average rise in temperature is no doubt due to heat from friction in mixing of the liquids and breaking of the glass tube. The difference in the average rise of control and of luciferin experiments is so small (.0006° C.) as to have little significance. We may therefore conclude that if any temperature change occurs during the luminescent reaction it is certainly less than 0.001° C. and probably less than 0.0005° C., too small to be measured by this method.

The average increase in temperature is clearly caused by heat from the friction when mixing the liquids and breaking the glass tube. The difference in the average increase between the control and luciferin experiments is so minor (0.0006° C.) that it holds little significance. Thus, we can conclude that if any temperature change happens during the luminescent reaction, it is definitely less than 0.001° C. and likely even less than 0.0005° C., which is too small to be measured by this method.

To prepare the luciferin solution, two grams of dried Cypridina were dissolved in 20 c.c. hot water and 10 c.c. of this 10 per cent. solution was used in the thermos bottle in the above experiments. If we assume that 1 per cent. of the dried Cypridina is luciferin, 0.01 gram of luciferin on oxidation was not able to raise the temperature of the 10 c.c. (in reality 11 c.c., since 1 c.c. luciferase solution was mixed with the 10 c.c. luciferin solution) .001° C. This means that 1 gram luciferin liberates at least less than 10 calories during the luminescence accompanying oxidation.

To prepare the luciferin solution, two grams of dried Cypridina were dissolved in 20 c.c. of hot water, and 10 c.c. of this 10 percent solution was used in the thermos bottle in the experiments mentioned above. If we assume that 1 percent of the dried Cypridina is luciferin, then 0.01 gram of luciferin, when oxidized, was unable to raise the temperature of the 10 c.c. (actually 11 c.c., since 1 c.c. of luciferase solution was mixed with the 10 c.c. luciferin solution) by .001° C. This indicates that 1 gram of luciferin releases at least less than 10 calories during the luminescence that occurs with oxidation.

Since 1 gram glucose liberates 4000 calories on complete oxidation to CO2 and H2O, it will be seen that the oxidation of luciferin is a very different type of reaction from the oxidation of glucose. As we shall see, it is probably similar to the oxidation of reduced hæmoglobin or the oxidation of leuco methylene-blue to methylene blue. According to Barcroft and Hill (1910), 1.85 calories are produced per gram of hæmoglobin oxidized. I have been unable to find figures for the heat exchange during oxidation of leuco-dyes, but it is no doubt also small. Since luciferin evolves no measurable amount of heat on oxidation, we have very good evidence in support of that[Pg 99] obtained by electrometric measurements of H-ion concentration, that no carbon dioxide is produced during luminescence of luminous animals.

Since 1 gram of glucose releases 4000 calories when completely oxidized to CO2 and H2O, it becomes clear that the oxidation of luciferin is a very different type of reaction compared to the oxidation of glucose. As we will explore, it likely resembles the oxidation of reduced hemoglobin or the conversion of leuco methylene-blue to methylene blue. According to Barcroft and Hill (1910), 1.85 calories are produced for each gram of hemoglobin oxidized. I haven't found data on the heat change during the oxidation of leuco-dyes, but it’s probably also minimal. Since luciferin doesn't produce any measurable heat when oxidized, we have strong evidence, supported by electrometric measurements of H-ion concentration, that no carbon dioxide is generated during the luminescence of glowing animals. [Pg 99]

In most animal cells it is perfectly clear that luminescence does not accompany respiration, since respiration is a continuous process, whereas light is only produced on stimulation. It is true that on stimulation respiration is accelerated, and we might suppose that luminescence is an accompaniment of accelerated respiratory oxidations; but this is not the case, for in luminous animals a rise in temperature of ten degrees centigrade will accelerate the respiratory oxidations 250 per cent. without necessarily causing the production of light.

In most animal cells, it’s clear that luminescence doesn’t happen along with respiration, since respiration is an ongoing process while light is only produced when stimulated. It's true that stimulation speeds up respiration, and we might think that luminescence is a result of sped-up respiratory oxidation. However, that’s not the case, because in luminous animals, a rise in temperature of ten degrees Celsius can increase respiratory oxidation by 250 percent without necessarily producing light.

In fungi and bacteria, on the other hand, which continually emit light, it is quite natural to suppose that the light is an accompaniment of respiration, just as we know the heat of these forms to be. This view was accepted by such of the earlier workers as Fabre in 1855, who found that luminous portions of a mushroom, Agaricus olearius, gave off more CO2 (4.41 c.c. CO2 per gram in 36 hours at 12° C.) than non-luminous portions (2.88 c.c. CO2 per gram in 36 hours at 12° C.). This experiment has never been repeated and there are many reasons besides luminescence why one piece of fungus might have a more rapid respiratory rate than another piece. It is not true that rapidly respiring plant tissues, such as germinating seeds or the spadix of Araceæ, are luminous, although they produce considerable heat.

In fungi and bacteria, which constantly emit light, it’s reasonable to assume that this light is a byproduct of respiration, just like the heat these organisms produce. This idea was supported by early researchers like Fabre in 1855, who discovered that the glowing parts of a mushroom, Agaricus olearius, released more CO2 (4.41 c.c. CO2 per gram in 36 hours at 12° C.) than the non-glowing parts (2.88 c.c. CO2 per gram in 36 hours at 12° C.). This experiment has never been repeated, and there are various reasons, aside from luminescence, why one piece of fungus might respire faster than another. It’s not accurate to say that rapidly respiring plant tissues, such as germinating seeds or the spadix of Araceæ, are luminous, even though they generate a lot of heat.

On the other hand, it is very easy to prove that luminescence, even in bacteria, is not connected with respiration. Thus, Beijerinck (1889 c) found that of several species of luminous bacteria studied by him, one, [Pg 100] Bacterium phosphorescens, was a facultative anaërobe and would grow, i.e., multiply, but not luminesce in the absence of oxygen. Some forms, ordinarily producing light, will grow, but fail to luminesce at high temperatures. Beijerinck (1915) has recently found that these individuals may, by continued cultivation at high temperatures, form non-luminous strains which fail to luminesce when again brought into lower temperatures, favorable for luminescence. These non-luminous mutants occasionally give rise to atavistic brilliantly luminous forms. Beijerinck also finds that after exposure of Photobacter splendidum to ultra-violet or strong sunlight, radium or mesothorium rays, luminescence continues but no growth occurs. There is thus ample evidence that growth and respiration are properties quite distinct and separable from luminescence. Indeed, respiration increases continuously up to a relatively high maximum whereas luminescence falls off rapidly above a relatively low optimum. McKenney (1902) found also that Bacillus phosphorescens could grow rapidly in 0.5 per cent. ether without producing light.

On the other hand, it's quite straightforward to show that luminescence, even in bacteria, isn't linked to respiration. Beijerinck (1889 c) discovered that among several species of luminous bacteria he studied, one, [Pg 100] Bacterium phosphorescens, was a facultative anaerobe and could grow, meaning multiply, but not luminesce without oxygen. Some forms that normally produce light will grow but won't luminesce at high temperatures. Beijerinck (1915) later found that these individuals could, through ongoing cultivation at high temperatures, develop non-luminous strains that would fail to luminesce when returned to lower temperatures that support luminescence. These non-luminous mutants sometimes revert to brilliantly luminous forms. Beijerinck also noted that after exposing Photobacter splendidum to ultraviolet light or intense sunlight, radium, or mesothorium rays, luminescence persists, but no growth occurs. There’s plenty of evidence showing that growth and respiration are properties that can be clearly separated from luminescence. In fact, respiration increases steadily up to a fairly high maximum, while luminescence drops off quickly above a relatively low optimum. McKenney (1902) also found that Bacillus phosphorescens could grow quickly in 0.5 percent ether without producing light.

Luminescence has been compared in bacteria to pigment formation, as rather definite cultural conditions are necessary for realization of both chromogenic and photogenic function. Some pigment-formers, as Bacillus pyocyaneus, which produces a water-soluble green pigment, remain colorless under anaërobic conditions. A colorless chromogen is formed, which oxidizes to the green pigment in the air. If this colorless chromogen produced light during its oxidation as well as green pigment, we would have a case of both chromogenic and photogenic function combined in one species of bacterium. Luminescence in[Pg 101]volves something more than respiration, an oxidation of a very definite and particular kind.

Luminescence in bacteria is similar to pigment formation, as certain specific cultural conditions are needed to achieve both chromogenic and photogenic functions. Some pigment-forming bacteria, like Bacillus pyocyaneus, which creates a water-soluble green pigment, are colorless under anaerobic conditions. A colorless chromogen is produced, which turns into the green pigment when exposed to air. If this colorless chromogen emitted light during its oxidation along with the green pigment, we would have a case of both chromogenic and photogenic functions occurring within the same bacterial species. Luminescence involves more than just respiration; it includes a very specific type of oxidation.

Since Spallanzani's observation that the luminous material of medusæ could be dried, and upon moistening would again give light, many confirmatory observations have been made on other forms. Pyrosoma, Pholas, Phyllirrhoë, fireflies, Pyrophorus, copepods, ostracods, pennatulids, fungi, and bacteria can all be dessicated and the photogenic material preserved for a greater or less time. In a dessicator filled with CaCl2, dried luminous bacteria lose, after a few months, their power to give light on being moistened. On the other hand, ostracods and copepods will still luminesce after years of dessication. The luminous material in the latter case appears capable of indefinite preservation, but it is possible that the quick loss of photogenic power with dried luminous bacteria is merely an indication that they contain very little photogenic substance and that the dried ostracods would also in time lose their power to luminesce. It is certainly a fact that the amount of luminous material in a single gland cell of an ostracod is vastly greater than that in the same mass of bacterial colony.

Since Spallanzani noticed that the glowing material of jellyfish could be dried and would light up again when moistened, many other similar observations have been made about different organisms. Pyrosoma, Pholas, Phyllirrhoë, fireflies, Pyrophorus, copepods, ostracods, pennatulids, fungi, and bacteria can all be dried out and their glowing material preserved for varying lengths of time. In a desiccator filled with CaCl2, dried glowing bacteria lose their ability to emit light after a few months when rehydrated. In contrast, ostracods and copepods can still glow even after years of being dried out. The glowing substance in these latter cases seems capable of lasting indefinitely, but it's possible that the rapid loss of light emission in dried glowing bacteria simply means they contain very little glowing material and that dried ostracods would also eventually lose their ability to luminesce. It’s a fact that the amount of glowing material in a single gland cell of an ostracod is significantly greater than that in the same volume of a bacterial colony.

When the dried powdered luminous material of an ostracod is sprinkled over the surface of water, it goes into solution and leaves luminous diffusion and convection trails plainly visible in the water. Many luminous marine forms give off a phosphorescent slime when they are handled, which adheres to the fingers. It is not surprising that this luminous matter should have early received a name. In 1872, Phipson called it noctilucin and described some of its properties. He regarded the luminous matter which can be scraped from dead fish (luminous[Pg 102] bacteria) and the mucous secretion of Scolopendra electrica or the luminous matter of the glowworm to be this material, noctilucin, which, "in moist condition, takes up oxygen and gives off CO2 and when dry appears like mucin." Phipson says that it forms an oily layer over the seas in summer (he probably refers to masses of dinoflagellates), is liquid at ordinary temperatures and less dense than water, smells a little like caprylic acid, is insoluble in water but miscible with it, insoluble in alcohol and ether, dissolves with decomposition in mineral acids and alkalies and contains no phosphorus. We can see from this description that the word "noctilucin" does not indicate a chemical individual, but it is the earliest attempt to definitely designate the luminous substance.

When the dried, powdered luminous material from an ostracod is sprinkled on the surface of water, it dissolves, leaving visible trails of light diffusion and convection in the water. Many glowing marine organisms release a phosphorescent slime when handled, which clings to the fingers. It's not surprising that this luminous material was given a name early on. In 1872, Phipson called it noctilucin and described some of its properties. He considered the luminous matter that can be scraped from dead fish (luminous bacteria) and the mucous secretion of Scolopendra electrica, along with the luminous material of glowworms, to be this substance, noctilucin, which, "in moist condition, absorbs oxygen and releases CO2, and when dry looks like mucin." Phipson states that it forms an oily layer over the seas in summer (likely referring to masses of dinoflagellates), is liquid at normal temperatures, less dense than water, has a slight smell like caprylic acid, is insoluble in water but mixes with it, is insoluble in alcohol and ether, decomposes in mineral acids and alkaline solutions, and contains no phosphorus. From this description, we can see that the term "noctilucin" doesn't refer to a specific chemical substance, but it's the earliest attempt to definitively label the luminous material.

The idea of a definite substance oxidizing and causing the light has been upheld by a number of investigators, and many years later Molisch called this substance the photogen. He contrasts the "photogen theory" with certain other views of light production, which may be spoken of as "vital theories," notably those of Pflüger (1875), who looked upon luminescence as a sign of intense respiration, and of Beijerinck (1915), who regarded the light as an accompaniment of the formation of living matter from peptone.

The idea that a specific substance oxidizes and produces light has been supported by several researchers, and many years later, Molisch named this substance the photogen. He contrasts the "photogen theory" with other perspectives on light production, often referred to as "vital theories," particularly those of Pflüger (1875), who viewed luminescence as a sign of intense respiration, and Beijerinck (1915), who considered light to be a byproduct of the formation of living matter from peptone.

Fortunately biological science has advanced beyond the stage where a living process can be explained by calling it a vital process, and we must fall back upon the idea of a photogen oxidizing with light production. Indeed, it is now possible to go much further than this and describe the properties of the photogen, but we must not lose sight of the fact that it was recognized very early in the history of Bioluminescence, that water,[Pg 103] oxygen, and a photogenic substance were necessary for light production.

Fortunately, biological science has progressed beyond simply explaining a living process as a vital one, and we need to consider the idea of a photogen reacting with light to produce light. In fact, we can now go much deeper and describe the properties of the photogen, but we shouldn’t forget that it was recognized very early in the study of bioluminescence that water, oxygen, and a photogenic substance were essential for light production.[Pg 103]

A very great advance in our knowledge of the chemistry of the problem was made by Dubois in 1885. He showed that if one dips the luminous organ of Pyrophorus in hot water, the light disappears and will not return again. Also if one grinds up a luminous organ the mass will glow for some time but the light soon disappears. If one brings the previously heated organ in contact with the unheated triturated organ it will again give off light. Later, Dubois showed that the same experiment could be performed with the luminous tissues of Pholas dactylus. A hot-water extract of the luminous tissue, and a cold-water extract of the luminous tissue, allowed to stand until the light disappears, will again produce light if mixed together. Dubois (1887 b) advanced the theory that in the hot-water extract there is a substance, luciferin, not destroyed by heating, which oxidizes with light production in the presence of an enzyme, luciferase, which is destroyed on heating. The luciferase is present together with luciferin in the cold-water extract, but the luciferin is soon oxidized and luciferase alone remains. Mixing a solution of luciferin and luciferase always results in light production until the luciferin is again oxidized. Similar substances have been found by me in the American fireflies, Photinus and Photuris, the Japanese firefly, Luciola, and in the ostracod crustacean, Cypridina hilgendorfii. Crozier[6] reports that they exist also in Ptychodera, a balanoglossid. I have been unable to demonstrate their existence in luminous bacteria; in the annelid, Chætopterus; the pennatulids, Cavernularia and Pennatula; the[Pg 104] squid, Watasenia; and the fish, Monocentris japonica. E. B. Harvey (1917) could not demonstrate them in Noctiluca. There are several reasons why the existence of such bodies might be difficult to demonstrate, but these reasons cannot be considered here. We thus see that the photogen is in reality of dual nature, that two substances are necessary for light production and that they may be very readily separated because of difference in resistance to heating. In this respect Bioluminescence is similar to some other biological processes, notably to certain immune reactions and to certain enzyme actions.

A significant breakthrough in our understanding of the chemistry behind the problem was made by Dubois in 1885. He demonstrated that when the luminous organ of Pyrophorus is dipped in hot water, the light disappears and does not return. He also found that grinding up a luminous organ causes it to glow for a while, but the light soon fades. However, if a previously heated organ comes into contact with the unheated ground organ, it will emit light again. Later, Dubois showed that the same experiment could be conducted with the luminous tissues of Pholas dactylus. A hot-water extract of the luminous tissue, and a cold-water extract of the luminous tissue, allowed to sit until the light fades, will emit light again when mixed together. In 1887, Dubois proposed the idea that in the hot-water extract there is a substance called luciferin, which is not destroyed by heating and can oxidize to produce light in the presence of an enzyme called luciferase, which does get destroyed by heat. The luciferase is found along with luciferin in the cold-water extract, but the luciferin is quickly oxidized, leaving only luciferase. Mixing a solution of luciferin and luciferase always produces light until the luciferin is oxidized again. I have found similar substances in American fireflies, Photinus and Photuris, the Japanese firefly, Luciola, and the ostracod crustacean, Cypridina hilgendorfii. Crozier[6] reports that they also exist in Ptychodera, a balanoglossid. I have not been able to prove their existence in luminous bacteria; in the annelid, Chætopterus; the pennatulids, Cavernularia and Pennatula; the squid, Watasenia; and the fish, Monocentris japonica. E. B. Harvey (1917) could not confirm their presence in Noctiluca. There are several reasons why the existence of such substances might be hard to prove, but we can't discuss those here. So, we can see that the photogen really has a dual nature—two substances are needed for light production, and they can easily be separated due to their different resistance to heat. In this way, bioluminescence is similar to some other biological processes, particularly certain immune reactions and certain enzyme activities.

[6] Private communication.

Private message.

Thus, for the hæmolysis of foreign red blood corpuscles, a specific immune body (amboceptor or substance sensibilatrice) not destroyed by moderate heating, and a thermolabile complement (alexin) are necessary.

Thus, for the hemolysis of foreign red blood cells, a specific immune body (amboceptor or substance sensibilatrice) that isn't destroyed by moderate heating and a heat-sensitive complement (alexin) are necessary.

For the alcoholic fermentation of glucose by the zymase of yeast juice two substances are also necessary. The zymase is made up of a heat resistant, dialyzing component, the co-enzyme, and a non-dialyzing substance, destroyed on boiling, the enzyme proper. Both must be present for alcoholic fermentation of glucose to proceed and the two may be separated by dialysis or by their difference in resistance to heating. Several other characteristics of living cells are known to depend on the joint action of two substances, one thermolabile, the other thermostable. The reducing action of tissues, according to Bach, requires a reducing enzyme proper or perhydridase and some easily oxidizable substance, such as an aldehyde. The aldehyde has been spoken of as the co-enzyme.

For the alcoholic fermentation of glucose by the zymase in yeast juice, two substances are also required. Zymase consists of a heat-resistant, dialyzing component known as the coenzyme, and a non-dialyzing substance that is destroyed when boiled, referred to as the enzyme itself. Both need to be present for alcoholic fermentation of glucose to take place, and they can be separated by dialysis or by their differences in heat resistance. Several other characteristics of living cells are known to rely on the combined action of two substances: one that is sensitive to heat and the other that is heat-stable. The reducing action of tissues, according to Bach, requires a reducing enzyme known as perhydridase and some easily oxidizable substance, like an aldehyde. The aldehyde has been referred to as the coenzyme.

Because of the necessity of thermostable and thermolabile substances for light production in luminous animals and because I was unable to oxidize the thermostable[Pg 105] material of Cypridina with such oxidizing agents as KMnO4, H2O2, blood and H2O2, BaO2, etc., I called the heat resistant substance of Cypridina, "photophelein" (from phos, light and opheleo, to assist), comparable to co-zymase, and the heat sensitive substance of Cypridina, "photogenin" (from phos, light and gennao, to produce), comparable to the zymase proper of yeast. In mode of preparation and properties, the photophelein of Cypridina was also comparable to the luciferin of Pholas and the photogenin of Cypridina to the luciferase of Pholas. I also regarded photogenin as the source of the light (hence the name), because a solution of Cypridina photogenin (=Pholas luciferase) will give light on mixing with crystals of salt and other substances which could not possibly be oxidized. I later found, however, that this result was due to the fact that the photogenin solution contained some of the thermostable substance (luciferin) bound (combined or adsorbed), and that this was freed by the salt crystals and oxidized with light production. I have consequently abandoned the view that the system of substances concerned in light production is similar to the zymase—co-zymase system of yeast—and have adopted Dubois' term, luciferase (=photogenin) for the thermolabile material, and luciferin (=photophelein) for the thermostable material.

Because of the need for stable and unstable substances for light production in glowing animals, and since I couldn't oxidize the stable material from Cypridina using oxidizing agents like KMnO4, H2O2, blood and H2O2, BaO2, etc., I named the heat-resistant substance of Cypridina "photophelein" (from phos, light and opheleo, to assist), similar to co-zymase, and the heat-sensitive substance of Cypridina "photogenin" (from phos, light and gennao, to produce), akin to the zymase found in yeast. In terms of preparation and properties, the photophelein of Cypridina was also comparable to the luciferin of Pholas, while the photogenin of Cypridina was comparable to the luciferase of Pholas. I also considered photogenin to be the source of light (hence the name) because a solution of Cypridina photogenin (=Pholas luciferase) will produce light when mixed with salt crystals and other substances that couldn’t be oxidized. However, I later discovered that this result was because the photogenin solution contained some of the stable substance (luciferin) that was bound (combined or adsorbed), and this was released by the salt crystals and oxidized to produce light. Consequently, I have abandoned the idea that the system of substances involved in light production is similar to the zymase-co-zymase system of yeast and adopted Dubois' term, luciferase (=photogenin) for the heat-sensitive material, and luciferin (=photophelein) for the heat-stable material.

The luciferin of Cypridina differs from that of Pholas in that it will not oxidize with light production with any oxidizing agents that I have tried, and will give no light with luciferase from Pholas. It does, however, oxidize spontaneously in solution, although no light accompanies this oxidation.

The luciferin from Cypridina is different from that of Pholas in that it doesn’t produce light when oxidized with any of the oxidizing agents I’ve tested, and it doesn’t emit light with luciferase from Pholas. However, it does spontaneously oxidize in solution, although this oxidation doesn’t produce any light.

I believe that for accuracy and definiteness we must[Pg 106] designate the luciferins and luciferases from different animals by prefixing the generic name of the animal and speak of Pholas luciferin, Cypridina luciferase, Pyrophorus luciferase, etc. In extracts of many non-luminous animals Dubois has found oxidizing agents which can oxidize Pholas luciferin with light production and I have confirmed this for Pholas, but I have not found any such substances in non-luminous animals which will oxidize Cypridina luciferin with light production. I have found in extracts of non-luminous animals substances which will liberate the bound luciferin in a concentrated Cypridina luciferase solution. The luciferin can then be oxidized by the luciferase and light appears. Their effect is similar to that of salt crystals and I suggest that they be called photopheleins, substances that assist in the luciferin-luciferase reaction by liberating bound luciferin. One of the best ways of freeing a solution of luciferase from bound luciferin is to shake with chloroform. We can then do away with the disturbing effects of bound luciferin.

I think that to be precise and clear, we need to label the luciferins and luciferases from different animals by adding the animal's generic name and refer to them as Pholas luciferin, Cypridina luciferase, Pyrophorus luciferase, and so on. In extracts of many non-luminous animals, Dubois discovered oxidizing agents that can oxidize Pholas luciferin and produce light, and I've confirmed this for Pholas, but I haven't found any substances in non-luminous animals that can oxidize Cypridina luciferin to produce light. I've identified substances in extracts of non-luminous animals that can release bound luciferin in a concentrated Cypridina luciferase solution. The luciferin can then be oxidized by the luciferase, resulting in light. Their effect is similar to that of salt crystals, and I propose that we call them photopheleins, substances that help in the luciferin-luciferase reaction by releasing bound luciferin. One of the best ways to free a luciferase solution from bound luciferin is to shake it with chloroform. This allows us to eliminate the interfering effects of bound luciferin.

It is obvious that luciferin must be formed from some precursor in the cell and following the usual biochemical terminology, Dubois has called it proluciferin or preluciferin, and believes that it is converted into luciferin by an enzyme co-luciferase. The experiments to prove the existence of proluciferin were first made by Dubois on Pholas in 1907 and have since been amplified (1917 a; 1918 a and b).

It’s clear that luciferin must come from some precursor in the cell, and following standard biochemical terminology, Dubois has named it proluciferin or preluciferin. He believes it’s transformed into luciferin by the enzyme co-luciferase. The initial experiments to confirm the existence of proluciferin were conducted by Dubois on Pholas in 1907 and have since been expanded upon (1917 a; 1918 a and b).

In order to understand these experiments it must be borne in mind that Dubois prepares luciferin from Pholas in three ways: (1) By precipitating the viscid luminous fluid from the siphons with 95° alcohol and dissolving the precipitate in water (1901a, 1907). (2) By extracting[Pg 107] the luminous organs with 90° alcohol in a closed vessel for twelve hours and filtering (1896). (3) By heating the viscid luminous fluid to 70° C. Apparently Pholas luciferin is sparingly soluble in alcohol as it can be obtained either in an alcoholic extract (method 2) or by precipitation with alcohol (method 1). Proluciferin (called preluciferine in a later paper, 1917 a, 1918 a), is prepared by methods 1 or 2 except that fatigued siphons, from which luciferin has been removed by washing, are used (1907, 1917 a, 1918 a). Preluciferin can also be obtained on boiling an extract of the luminous organ of Pholas because luciferin (at 70°), luciferase (at 60°) and a co-luciferase are all destroyed below the boiling point (1917 a).

To understand these experiments, it’s important to know that Dubois prepares luciferin from Pholas in three ways: (1) By precipitating the sticky luminous fluid from the siphons using 95° alcohol and then dissolving the precipitate in water (1901a, 1907). (2) By extracting the luminous organs with 90° alcohol in a sealed container for twelve hours and then filtering it (1896). (3) By heating the sticky luminous fluid to 70° C. It seems that Pholas luciferin is not very soluble in alcohol, as it can be obtained either in an alcoholic extract (method 2) or through precipitation with alcohol (method 1). Proluciferin (referred to as preluciferine in a later paper, 1917 a, 1918 a), is made using methods 1 or 2, but instead of fresh siphons, fatigued siphons, from which luciferin has been removed by washing, are used (1907, 1917 a, 1918 a). Preluciferin can also be obtained by boiling an extract of the luminous organ of Pholas, as luciferin (at 70°), luciferase (at 60°), and a co-luciferase are all destroyed below the boiling point (1917 a).

Co-luciferase is prepared (1) by heating a luciferase solution to 65° (1917 a) or (2) by extracting with water portions of the siphon of Pholas which have previously been macerated and well extracted with alcohol (1918 a). Long-continued treatment with alcohol apparently destroys the luciferase without affecting the co-luciferase. On mixing a solution of preluciferin with one of co-luciferase and allowing them to stand for 8-10 hours, luciferase is formed and can be recognized by the fact that it will give light with a crystal of KMnO4. Preluciferine does not do this.

Co-luciferase is made (1) by heating a luciferase solution to 65° (1917 a) or (2) by extracting water from parts of the siphon of Pholas that have been macerated and thoroughly extracted with alcohol (1918 a). Prolonged treatment with alcohol seems to destroy luciferase without affecting co-luciferase. When you mix a solution of preluciferin with a solution of co-luciferase and let them sit for 8-10 hours, luciferase is formed and can be identified because it produces light when mixed with a crystal of KMnO4. Preluciferine does not do this.

Recently Dubois (1918 a) states that preluciferine is nothing but taurine and that taurine occurs in large quantities in Pholas and is transformed into luciferine by the action of co-luciferase. Not only taurine, but also Byla's peptone, egg lecithin, and esculin can be converted into luciferine by co-luciferase, and since esculin, a glucoside, is so transformed, Dubois believes this proves that co[Pg 108]-luciferase belongs to the hydrolases. Indeed, it proves too much. Luciferin must have an extraordinary chemical structure if it can be formed by hydrolysis of such diverse compounds as peptone, lecithin, esculin and taurine. A glance at the structural formula of esculin and taurine is sufficient to emphasize the diverse nature of these two substances.

Recently, Dubois (1918 a) states that preluciferine is just taurine and that taurine is found in large amounts in Pholas and is converted into luciferine by the action of co-luciferase. Not only can taurine be converted, but also Byla's peptone, egg lecithin, and esculin can turn into luciferine through co-luciferase, and since esculin, a glucoside, undergoes this transformation, Dubois believes this shows that co[Pg 108]-luciferase is part of the hydrolases. In fact, it suggests too much. Luciferin must have an unusual chemical structure if it can be formed from the hydrolysis of such varied compounds as peptone, lecithin, esculin, and taurine. A look at the structural formulas of esculin and taurine highlights the distinct nature of these two substances.

Chical structures of Taurine and Esculin

Taurine        Esculin

Taurine        Esculin

I believe that in these experiments Dubois has been working with an oxidation product of luciferin, what I have called oxyluciferin, rather than a pro-substance. The mode of preparation of Pholas preluciferin and Pholas co-luciferase is such as could be used in the preparation of Cypridina oxyluciferin, and it seems more logical to look for the presence of Pholas oxyluciferin in one or both of Dubois' extracts rather than believe that luciferin can be formed from both taurine and esculin. When the co-luciferase solution stands with the preluciferin solution we would in reality have not the formation of luciferin from preluciferin, but the formation of luciferin from oxyluciferin, by some reducing agent in the mixture. Indeed, in a very recent paper Dubois (1919c) takes the[Pg 109] view that his co-luciferase is a reducing enzyme which forms luciferin by reduction (presumably from oxidized luciferin) and no mention is made of preluciferin.

I think that in these experiments, Dubois has been working with an oxidized form of luciferin, which I’ve referred to as oxyluciferin, rather than a precursor substance. The way Pholas preluciferin and Pholas co-luciferase are prepared could also be applicable to making Cypridina oxyluciferin, and it makes more sense to look for Pholas oxyluciferin in one or both of Dubois' extracts instead of believing that luciferin can be produced from both taurine and esculin. When the co-luciferase solution is mixed with the preluciferin solution, we’re actually seeing the formation of luciferin from oxyluciferin through some reducing agent in the mixture, not the formation of luciferin from preluciferin. In a very recent paper, Dubois (1919c) suggests that his co-luciferase is a reducing enzyme that creates luciferin by reducing (presumably from oxidized luciferin), and he doesn’t mention preluciferin at all.

It is, of course, obvious that when luciferin oxidizes, some oxidation products must be formed. Most observers have assumed the oxidation products of luciferin to be relatively simple and to represent a rather complete breaking down of the luciferin molecule. Carbon dioxide was mentioned by Phipson (1872) as being formed. We have just seen that no carbon dioxide is formed during the oxidation of Cypridina luciferin and there is evidence that no fundamental change at all occurs. It is for this reason that I have called the oxidation product of luciferin oxyluciferin.[7] As we shall later see, the change luciferin oxyluciferin is to be compared to the oxidation of colorless dyes (leuco-compounds) to the colored dye. The chemical properties of oxyluciferin are similar to those of luciferin and the oxyluciferin can be readily reduced to luciferin again.

It’s clear that when luciferin oxidizes, some oxidation products must be produced. Most observers have thought that the oxidation products of luciferin are fairly simple and indicate a pretty complete breakdown of the luciferin molecule. Carbon dioxide was noted by Phipson (1872) as being produced. However, we’ve just seen that no carbon dioxide is generated during the oxidation of Cypridina luciferin, and there’s evidence that no significant change actually happens. This is why I have referred to the oxidation product of luciferin as oxyluciferin.[7] As we will discuss later, the transition from luciferin to oxyluciferin can be compared to the oxidation of colorless dyes (leuco-compounds) into colored dyes. The chemical properties of oxyluciferin are similar to those of luciferin, and oxyluciferin can easily be reduced back to luciferin.

[7] is unfortunate that Dubois (1918 b) has used the term oxyluciferine in a quite different sense from the present use. He regards oxyluciferine as a substance still capable of giving light by autoöxidation, and represents the steps in luminescence as follows:

[7] it's unfortunate that Dubois (1918 b) has used the term oxyluciferine in a way that's different from how we use it today. He sees oxyluciferine as a substance that can still produce light through auto-oxidation and outlines the steps in luminescence as follows:

"Co-luciférase+ preluciférine= luciférine.
 Luciférase+ luciférine= oxyluciférine.
 Oxyluciférine+ oxygéne= lumiérè."

I should represent them as follows:

I should present them like this:

Luciferin + oxygen oxyluciferin.

Luciferin + oxygen ⇆ oxyluciferin.

The reaction proceeds to right with light production only in presence of luciferase.

The reaction moves to the right with light production only in the presence of luciferase.

Finally, we have the fluorescent substance of Pyrophorus and fireflies, which Dubois first called pyrophorin,[Pg 110] but later, adopting McDermott's terminology, speaks of as luciferesceine. This Dubois regards as a substance intensifying the light and modifying its color by changing invisible into visible rays. As we have seen, this theory, while attractive, will not stand the test of critical examination.

Finally, we have the glowing substance from Pyrophorus and fireflies, which Dubois initially named pyrophorin,[Pg 110] but later, using McDermott's terminology, refers to as luciferesceine. Dubois views this as a substance that enhances light and alters its color by converting invisible rays into visible ones. As we’ve seen, this theory, although appealing, does not hold up under critical scrutiny.

Phipson's noctilucin, while the first name for the photogen of luminous animals, is too vague a substance, chemically, to warrant a retention of the term. Of the names, luciferin, luciferase, preluciferin or proluciferin, co-luciferase, photogenin, photophelein, oxyluciferin, luciferesceine, I believe that only proluciferin, luciferin, oxyluciferin, luciferase and photophelein stand for substances which are really significant for the theory of light production. Luciferin is the heat resistant, dialyzable substance which takes up oxygen and oxidizes with light production in the presence of the heat sensitive, non-dialyzing, enzyme-like luciferase. The luciferin must come from some precursor, proluciferin, but I have been unable to demonstrate the existence of this body in Cypridina and know nothing definite of its properties. The luciferin oxidizes to oxyluciferin which has the same chemical properties as the luciferin itself and may be reduced to luciferin again by reducing substances in luminous and other animals or by inorganic reducing agents. Photophelein is a name for substances in various animal or plant extracts which are capable of liberating luciferin from some bound condition in solutions containing luciferase. Under this term are included a number of unknown, probably quite different substances, some of which are thermostable and others thermolabile.

Phipson's noctilucin, while the initial name for the photogen of glowing animals, is too vague, chemically, to keep using that term. Of the names—luciferin, luciferase, preluciferin or proluciferin, co-luciferase, photogenin, photophelein, oxyluciferin, luciferesceine—I think only proluciferin, luciferin, oxyluciferin, luciferase, and photophelein refer to substances that are really important for the theory of light production. Luciferin is the heat-resistant, dialyzable substance that absorbs oxygen and oxidizes to produce light in the presence of the heat-sensitive, non-dialyzing enzyme-like luciferase. The luciferin must come from some precursor, proluciferin, but I haven't been able to demonstrate the existence of this substance in Cypridina and don't know anything specific about its properties. The luciferin oxidizes to oxyluciferin, which has the same chemical properties as luciferin itself and can be reduced back to luciferin by reducing substances in luminous and other animals or by inorganic reducing agents. Photophelein refers to substances in various animal or plant extracts that can release luciferin from a bound state in solutions containing luciferase. This term includes a number of unknown, probably quite different substances, some of which are stable under heat and others sensitive to heat.

We have seen that Bioluminescence is an oxylumines[Pg 111]cence, that the light is probably due to the oxidation of a compound, luciferin, in presence of air and water and that the oxidation is accelerated by an enzyme-like substance, luciferase. We also saw in Chapter 2 that light production is of fairly common occurrence during the oxidation of many organic compounds, provided the oxidation is carried out in the proper way. Many of these organic compounds must be oxidized by relatively strong alkali or such strong oxidizing agents as would have a very deleterious action on living cells. In 1913, Ville and Derrien, in a short note to the French Academy, "Catalyse Biochemique d'une Oxydation Luminescente," show that lophin could be oxidized by vertebrate blood in the presence of H2O2. In the same year Dubois (1913) found that esculin, the glucoside from horse chestnut bark, would also oxidize and luminesce in presence of blood and H2O2. In these cases the hæmoglobin of the blood acts as a catalyst, transferring oxygen from the H2O2 to esculin or lophin and is to be compared to luciferase, except that luciferase does not require the presence of H2O2.

We have seen that bioluminescence is an oxyluminescence, that the light is likely caused by the oxidation of a compound called luciferin in the presence of air and water, and that the oxidation is sped up by an enzyme-like substance known as luciferase. We also noted in Chapter 2 that light production is fairly common during the oxidation of many organic compounds, as long as the oxidation is done correctly. Many of these organic compounds need to be oxidized by relatively strong alkali or strong oxidizing agents that can be very harmful to living cells. In 1913, Ville and Derrien, in a brief note to the French Academy titled "Catalyse Biochemique d'une Oxydation Luminescente," demonstrated that lophin could be oxidized by vertebrate blood in the presence of H2O2. Also in that year, Dubois (1913) discovered that esculin, which is a glucoside from horse chestnut bark, would also oxidize and emit light when in contact with blood and H2O2. In these instances, the hemoglobin in the blood acts as a catalyst, transferring oxygen from the H2O2 to esculin or lophin and can be compared to luciferase, except that luciferase does not need the presence of H2O2.

As the hæmoglobin does not lose this power on boiling, whereas luciferase does, the analogy is far from perfect. Many oxygen carriers are known, however, which may be destroyed on boiling their solutions, namely, the peroxidases of plant juices. Esculin will not luminesce with peroxidase and H2O2, but pyrogallol or gallic acid will. If one mixes a test tube containing pyrogallol solution + H2O2 with potato or turnip juice or almost any plant extract, a yellowish luminescence appears. The plant extract loses the power to cause such luminescence on boiling and the peroxidase will not dialyze. It is, of course, comparable to luciferase and acts on the thermostable, dialyz[Pg 112]able pyrogallol-H2O2 mixture, which is comparable to luciferin. Curiously enough, although many hydroxyphenol and amino-phenol compounds can be oxidized by peroxidase and H2O2, only pyrogallol and gallic acid will oxidize with light production. Many other oxidizers can take the place of the peroxidase. A list of these is given on page 151. No other peroxide can take the place of H2O2 with peroxidases as oxidizers, but a few can replace H2O2 with other oxidizers. This is brought out in Table 7.

As hemoglobin doesn't lose this ability when boiled, while luciferase does, the comparison isn’t quite perfect. However, there are several known oxygen carriers that can be destroyed by boiling their solutions, such as the peroxidases found in plant juices. Esculin won’t luminesce with peroxidase and H2O2, but pyrogallol or gallic acid will. If you mix a test tube containing a pyrogallol solution and H2O2 with potato or turnip juice or nearly any plant extract, a yellowish luminescence occurs. The plant extract loses the ability to produce that luminescence upon boiling, and peroxidase won’t dialyze. It is similar to luciferase and works on the thermostable, dialyzable pyrogallol-H2O2 mixture, which is akin to luciferin. Interestingly, even though many hydroxyphenol and amino-phenol compounds can be oxidized by peroxidase and H2O2, only pyrogallol and gallic acid will oxidize while producing light. Many other oxidizers can substitute for peroxidase. A list of these can be found on page 151. No other peroxide can replace H2O2 with peroxidases as oxidizers, but a few can take the place of H2O2 with other oxidizers, as shown in Table 7.

Table 7
Peroxides Giving Light with Pyrogallol and Oxidizers

Table 7
Peroxides That Produce Light with Pyrogallol and Oxidizers

Oxidizer. (Equal parts added to a mixture of M/100 pyrogallol and the peroxide) H2O2 3 per cent. Benzoyl hydrogen peroxide (insoluble powder) Ozonized turpentine (one drop) Na2O2 (powder) BaO2 (powder) MnO2 (insoluble powder) PbO2 (insoluble powder) K persulfate M/10 Na perborate M/20 K perchlorate M/10 Quinone (insoluble crystals)
Turnip juice+-------  -
1 percent blood extract+--Faint
flash
-------
M 20 K4Fe(CN)6+----------
M 100 KMnO4+------Faint
flash
Fair
flash
--
M 10 FeCl3+        --
M 100 CrO3+        --
Na hypobromite+--Faint
flash
Faint
flash
--Fair
flash
Fair
flash
-
Ca hypochlorite+------FaintFair
flash
--
MnO2+
Mn(OH)3 sol in peptone+        --
Colloidal Ag+

Our knowledge of the existence of such analogous, purely organic chemical oxidations, which proceed with light production, greatly strengthens Dubois' theory that[Pg 113] the luciferin-luciferase reaction really represents a catalytic oxidation of similar nature. As Dubois (1914 a) expresses it, we are dealing in luminous organisms with "1° une luminescence; 2° une chemiluminescence; 3° une oxyluminescence; 4° une zymoluminescence.

Our understanding of the existence of similar purely organic chemical reactions that produce light really supports Dubois' theory that the luciferin-luciferase reaction is a type of catalytic oxidation. As Dubois (1914 a) puts it, in luminous organisms we have "1° luminescence; 2° chemiluminescence; 3° oxyluminescence; 4° zymoluminescence."

"Ou si l'on bien admettre que les zymases sont encore quelque chose de vivant, une Biozymoöxyluminescence." Perhaps it is not really necessary to admit that the enzymes are living in order that we may adequately visualize the nature of the photogenic process.

"Or if we are to accept that the enzymes are still something alive, a Biozymoöxyluminescence." Maybe it's not really necessary to agree that the enzymes are living for us to properly understand the nature of the light-producing process.

In the next chapter the properties of the three principal substances, luciferin, oxyluciferin and luciferase, will be studied more carefully.[Pg 114]

In the next chapter, we'll take a closer look at the properties of the three main substances: luciferin, oxyluciferin, and luciferase.[Pg 114]


CHAPTER VI
THE CHEMISTRY OF LIGHT PRODUCTION, PART II

Since Radziszewski's experiments on the oxidation of oils in alcoholic solutions of alkali, most of the early workers on Bioluminescence tacitly assumed that the oxidizable material was fat or a fat-like substance. Support was given to this view by the occurrence in cells of granules or globules from which the light was seen to come. We now know that these bodies are not fat droplets and that neither luciferin nor luciferase are soluble in such fat solvents as ether, chloroform, benzol or benzine. Phipson's description of the properties of noctilucin are too crude and inaccurate to be considered. Dubois did not study the chemical properties of luciferin and luciferase from Pyrophorus, the first form with which he worked, except to point out that Pyrophorus luciferase was destroyed on heating and was precipitated by alcohol while the Pyrophorus luciferin was not so affected. Luciferin was found only in the luminous organ of Pyrophorus, not in the blood; luciferase probably exists throughout the animal.[8]

Since Radziszewski's experiments on the oxidation of oils in alcoholic solutions of alkali, most early researchers on bioluminescence assumed that the material that could be oxidized was fat or something similar. This belief was supported by the presence of granules or globules in cells from which the light seemed to emerge. We now understand that these bodies are not fat droplets and that neither luciferin nor luciferase dissolves in typical fat solvents like ether, chloroform, benzene, or gasoline. Phipson's description of the properties of noctilucin is too simplistic and inaccurate to be taken seriously. Dubois did not investigate the chemical properties of luciferin and luciferase from Pyrophorus, the first type he studied, aside from noting that Pyrophorus luciferase was destroyed by heat and was precipitated by alcohol, while Pyrophorus luciferin was not affected in the same way. Luciferin was found only in the light-producing organ of Pyrophorus, not in the blood; luciferase likely exists throughout the animal.[8]

[8] Private communication from R. Dubois.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ DM from R. Dubois.

Pholas luciferin.—In a series of papers since 1887 Dubois has studied the chemical properties of Pholas luciferin and Pholas luciferase. He finds the luciferin to be destroyed above 70° C., to dialyze slowly, to oxidize with light production in the presence of Pholas luciferase, KMnO4, H2O2, hæmatine and H2O2, BaO2, PbO2, hypochlorites, and the blood of various marine mollusks and crus[Pg 115]tacea. It is insoluble in fat solvents but forms a colloidal solution in water from which it is precipitated unchanged by picric acid, alcohol at 82°, and (NH4)2SO4. It is not precipitated by NaCl, MgSO4 or acetic and carbonic acids, except in presence of neutral salts. It forms an insoluble alkali albumin with NH4OH. Dubois (1887 a) stated at one time that it could be crystallized and has spoken of it as belonging to several different classes of substances, proteose, nucleoprotein, albumin. Most recently he describes luciferin as a natural albumin having acid properties. It occurs only in luminous, not in non-luminous animals, and is found in all parts of the mantle, especially the siphons. It does not occur in non-luminous parts of the mollusk. No photographs of luciferin crystals have ever been published.

Pholas luciferin.—Since 1887, Dubois has been researching the chemical properties of Pholas luciferin and Pholas luciferase. He found that luciferin is destroyed at temperatures above 70° C, dialyzes slowly, and oxidizes with light production in the presence of Pholas luciferase, KMnO4, H2O2, hæmatine and H2O2, BaO2, PbO2, hypochlorites, and the blood of various marine mollusks and crustaceans. It is insoluble in fat solvents but creates a colloidal solution in water, from which it can be precipitated unchanged by picric acid, alcohol at 82°, and (NH4)2SO4. It is not precipitated by NaCl, MgSO4, or acetic and carbonic acids, unless neutral salts are present. It forms an insoluble alkali albumin with NH4OH. Dubois (1887 a) once stated that it could be crystallized and mentioned that it belongs to several different classes of substances, including proteose, nucleoprotein, and albumin. Most recently, he describes luciferin as a natural albumin with acid properties. It only occurs in luminous animals, not in non-luminous ones, and can be found in all parts of the mantle, especially in the siphons. It does not appear in the non-luminous parts of the mollusk. No photographs of luciferin crystals have ever been published.

Pholas luciferase.Pholas luciferase has all the properties of an enzyme, is destroyed at 60° C., is non-dialyzable, insoluble in fat solvents, but forms a colloidal solution in water. It is not affected by 1 per cent. NaF but its activity is suspended in saturated salt solutions, sugar or glycerine, and it may be preserved in this way, its activity returning on dilution. It is digested by trypsin and slowly destroyed by the fat solvent anæsthetics, such as chloroform. For this reason Dubois regards it as an oxidizing enzyme similar to the oxydones of Batelli and Stern. Because he found iron in an extract of Pholas dialyzed for a long time against running water, Dubois considers that it is associated with iron, and reports that it will oxidize the ordinary oxidase reagents, such as pyrogallol, gum guaiac, a-naphthol and para-phenylene-diamine, etc. It remains to be proved, however, that luciferase and not the oxidizing systems such as occur in[Pg 116] all cells are responsible for the coloration of these reagents. Dubois has found luciferases or substances capable of giving light with Pholas luciferin in the blood of many non-luminous crustacea and mollusks (in Barnea candida, Solen, Cardium edulis, Ostræa and Mytilus).

Pholas luciferase.Pholas luciferase has all the characteristics of an enzyme, is destroyed at 60° C, is non-dialyzable, and insoluble in fat solvents, but forms a colloidal solution in water. It is not affected by 1 percent NaF, but its activity is halted in saturated salt solutions, sugar, or glycerin, and it can be preserved this way, with its activity returning upon dilution. It is digested by trypsin and slowly broken down by fat solvent anesthetics, such as chloroform. For this reason, Dubois sees it as an oxidizing enzyme similar to the oxydones described by Batelli and Stern. Because he found iron in an extract of Pholas that had been dialyzed for a long time against running water, Dubois believes it is associated with iron and reports that it can oxidize common oxidase reagents, such as pyrogallol, gum guaiac, a-naphthol, and para-phenylenediamine, etc. However, it still needs to be proven that luciferase, and not the oxidizing systems found in all cells, is responsible for the coloration of these reagents. Dubois has discovered luciferases or substances capable of producing light with Pholas luciferin in the blood of many non-luminous crustaceans and mollusks (in Barnea candida, Solen, Cardium edulis, Ostræa, and Mytilus).

Cypridina luciferin.—Despite the large amount that has been written on luminous animals, Dubois' work on Pholas and my own on Cypridina and the firefly are the only truly chemical studies that give us any idea of the nature of the photogenic substances in any luminous animal. In many ways Cypridina luciferin is similar to Pholas luciferin, but the two differ in a sufficient number of points to make certain that they are not identical substances. As I have emphasized above, we should speak not of luciferin and luciferase but of the luciferins and the luciferases. The luciferins, as the oxidizable substances, must claim first attention. They are more simple substances than the luciferases. If we are to produce light artificially in the same way that animals do, the luciferins must be synthesized. The luciferin of Pholas will luminesce with KMnO4 and other oxidizing agents, and, although I have not yet succeeded in oxidizing Cypridina luciferin with oxidizing agents, I have no doubt but that some inorganic catalyzer will be found to take the place of luciferase and accelerate oxidation of Cypridina luciferin with light production.

Cypridina luciferin.—Even though a lot has been written about glowing animals, Dubois' research on Pholas and my own on Cypridina and fireflies are the only real chemical studies that help us understand the nature of the light-producing substances in these creatures. In many ways, Cypridina luciferin is similar to Pholas luciferin, but they differ enough to confirm that they are not the same substances. As I mentioned earlier, we should refer to the luciferins and luciferases rather than just luciferin and luciferase. The luciferins, being the substances that can be oxidized, deserve our primary focus. They are simpler than the luciferases. If we want to create light artificially in the same way animals do, we need to synthesize the luciferins. The luciferin from Pholas will produce light when treated with KMnO4 and other oxidizing agents, and although I haven't been able to oxidize Cypridina luciferin with oxidizing agents yet, I'm confident that a suitable inorganic catalyst will be discovered to replace luciferase and speed up the oxidation of Cypridina luciferin while generating light.

The most remarkable peculiarity of Cypridina luciferin is its stability. In my first paper on Cypridina I stated that luciferin was not destroyed by momentary boiling but would be destroyed if boiled four or five minutes; also, that it was unstable at room temperatures and would disappear from solution in the course of a day or so. The[Pg 117] reason for this is that luciferin oxidizes even in absence of luciferase and will then no longer give light with luciferase. This spontaneous oxidation, which occurs without light production, can be prevented by keeping the luciferin in a hydrogen atmosphere or by the addition of acid. Under these conditions the luciferin can be boiled without destruction or preserved for months without deterioration. The rapid disappearance of luciferin from neutral or alkaline solution on boiling in the air is entirely due to the more rapid oxidation at the boiling point. As the oxidation product, oxyluciferin, can be readily reconverted into luciferin again, we can not consider luciferin unstable in the sense that its molecule is actually destroyed as is the case when luciferase is boiled.

The most remarkable feature of Cypridina luciferin is its stability. In my first paper on Cypridina, I noted that luciferin wasn’t destroyed by brief boiling but would break down if boiled for four or five minutes. I also mentioned that it was unstable at room temperature and would disappear from solution over the course of a day or so. The reason for this is that luciferin can oxidize even without luciferase, rendering it incapable of producing light with luciferase. This spontaneous oxidation, which happens without light being produced, can be prevented by keeping luciferin in a hydrogen atmosphere or by adding acid. Under these conditions, luciferin can be boiled without being destroyed or preserved for months without losing quality. The quick disappearance of luciferin from neutral or alkaline solution when boiled in air is entirely due to the faster oxidation at the boiling point. Since the oxidation product, oxyluciferin, can easily be converted back into luciferin, we cannot consider luciferin unstable in the sense that its molecule is actually destroyed, which is what happens when luciferase is boiled.

Not only is luciferin stable on boiling but it will actually withstand boiling for 10 hours with 20 per cent. HCl (by weight, sp. gr. = 1.1) or with 4 per cent. H2SO4. After one day of boiling with 20 per cent. HCl the luciferin was completely destroyed and with 4 per cent. H2SO4 destruction was almost complete. In these cases there was no question of a mere oxidation to oxyluciferin, as no oxyluciferin could be demonstrated after boiling with such strong acids. An actual destruction, probably an hydrolysis of the luciferin molecule, occurred. We shall have occasion to refer to this again in considering the protein nature of luciferin. It must be borne in mind that many proteins require four or five days' boiling with 20 per cent. HCl for complete hydrolysis to amino-acids. Luciferin forms a solution in water, probably colloidal, although the luciferin will dialyze through parchment or collodion membranes. It is rather readily adsorbed by various finely divided materials such as bone black,[Pg 118] Fe(OH)3, kaolin, talc and CaCo3. It is not destroyed by any of the enzyme solutions which I have tried. These include such as are widely divergent in action: pepsin HCl, trypsin, erepsin, salivary and malt diastase, yeast invertase, urease, rennin and the enzymes of dried spleen, kidney and liver substances.

Luciferin is not only stable when boiled but can actually withstand boiling for up to 10 hours in 20% HCl (by weight, sp. gr. = 1.1) or with 4% H2SO4. After boiling for a day in 20% HCl, luciferin was completely destroyed, and with 4% H2SO4, the destruction was nearly total. In these cases, it wasn't just a simple oxidation to oxyluciferin, as no oxyluciferin could be found after boiling with such strong acids. Instead, there was actual destruction, likely hydrolysis of the luciferin molecule. We will revisit this when discussing the protein nature of luciferin. It's important to note that many proteins need four to five days of boiling in 20% HCl for complete hydrolysis to amino acids. Luciferin forms a solution in water, likely colloidal, although luciferin can pass through parchment or collodion membranes. It is fairly easily adsorbed by various finely divided materials like bone black, Fe(OH)3, kaolin, talc, and CaCo3. None of the enzyme solutions I’ve tested destroy it. These include a wide range of actions: pepsin HCl, trypsin, erepsin, salivary and malt diastase, yeast invertase, urease, rennin, and the enzymes from dried spleen, kidney, and liver substances.

By extracting the dried Cypridinas ground to a powder, the solubility of luciferin in non-aqueous solvents could be easily studied, and by adding such reagents as dilute acids, alkalies, neutral salts and the alkaloidal reagents to an aqueous solution of luciferin the general biochemical behavior of luciferin can be quite accurately stated. For convenience the results of this study are given in Table 8.

By grinding the dried Cypridinas into a powder, it became easy to study the solubility of luciferin in non-water-based solvents. By adding substances like dilute acids, bases, neutral salts, and alkaloidal reagents to a water solution of luciferin, we can quite accurately describe the general biochemical behavior of luciferin. For convenience, the results of this study are provided in Table 8.

Table 8
Properties of Photogenic Substances from Cypridina

Table 8
Properties of Photogenic Substances from Cypridina

PropertyLuciferaseLuciferin
Salting out
By saturation NaClNot precipitatedNot precipitated.
By half saturation MgSO4Do.Do.
By saturation MgSO4Nearly completely precipitatedPartially precipitated.
By saturation MgSO4 + acetic acid...Do.
By half saturation (NH4)2SO4Slightly precipitatedNot precipitated.
By saturation (NH4)2SO4Completely precipitatedNearly completely precipitated.
By saturation (NH4)2SO4 + acetic acid...Nearly completely precipitated.
Solubility in
Methyl alcoholInsolubleSoluble.
Ethyl alcoholDo.Do.
90 per cent.Do.Do.
70 per cent.Do.Do.
50 per cent.Slightly solubleDo.
Propyl alcoholInsolubleDo.
Isobutyl alcoholDo.Fairly soluble.
Amyl alcoholDo.Slightly soluble.
Benzyl alcoholDo.Soluble.
AcetoneDo.Fairly soluble.
90 per cent.Do.Soluble.
70 per cent.Slightly solubleDo.
50 per cent.Fairly solubleDo.
Ethyl acetateInsolubleDo.
Ethyl propionateDo.Fairly soluble.
Ethyl butyrateDo.Do.
Ethyl valerateDo.Slightly soluble.
Ethyl nitrateDo.Very slightly soluble.
GlycerineDo.Soluble.
GlycolDo.Do.
EtherDo.Insoluble.
ChloroformDo.Do.
Carbon disulfideDo.Do.
Carbon tetrachlorideDo.Do.
BenzolDo.Do.
ToluolDo.Do.
XylolDo.Do.
Petroleum etherDo.Do.
AnilinDo.Do.
Glacial acetic acidDo.Fairly soluble.
Alkaloidal Reagents[Pg 120]
Phosphotungstic acidCompletely precipitatedVery nearly completely precipitated.
Phosphotungstic and acetic acids...Very nearly completely precipitated.
Phosphotungstic acid and HCl...Completely precipitated.
Tannic acidNearly completely precipitatedNearly completely precipitated.
Tannic and acetic acids...Nearly completely precipitated.
Tannic acid and HCl...Nearly completely precipitated.
Picric acidNearly completely precipitatedNot precipitated.
Picric and acetic acid...Do.
Picric acid and HCl...Do.
K4Fe(CN)6 and acetic acid...Do.
Heavy Metal Salts
Basic lead acetateCompletely precipitatedNot completely precipitated.
Neutral lead acetateNearly completely precipitated.Not completely precipitated.
Neutral lead acetate and acetic acid...Not precipitated.
Mercuric chlorideNot precipitatedNot completely precipitated.
Mercuric chloride and acetic acid...Almost completely precipitated.
Uranyl nitrate and acetic acid...Not completely precipitated.
Acids and Alkalies
NaOHNot precipitatedNot precipitated.
NH4OHDo.Do.
Acetic acidDo.Do.
H2CO3Do.Do.
Trichloracetic acidDo.Do.

Because the luciferin is almost completely precipitated by saturation with (NH4)2SO4, we may conclude that it occurs in water in the colloidal state. This excludes it from belonging to one of the numerous groups of biochemical compounds occurring in true solution and places it among the known groups of colloidal substances, the soaps, proteins, polysaccharides, phospholipins, galactolipins (cerebrosides), tannins or saponins. It is not a polysaccharide because nearly completely precipitated by phosphotungstic acid, nor a soap because not precipitated by calcium salts, nor a phospho- or galactolipin because insoluble in benzine, hot or cold. It gives no tannin or saponin tests. Only the protein group remains, and of the eighteen protein classes recognized by the American Society of Biochemists, the general properties of luciferin indicate that it should be placed among the natural proteoses, somewhere on the borderland between the proteoses and peptones. The fact that luciferin will dialyze, although almost completely salted out by (NH4)2SO4, is strong evidence in favor of placing it in such a position.

Because luciferin is almost completely precipitated by saturation with (NH4)2SO4, we can conclude that it exists in water in a colloidal state. This means it doesn't fit into one of the many groups of biochemical compounds found in true solution and instead places it among the known groups of colloidal substances, such as soaps, proteins, polysaccharides, phospholipins, galactolipins (cerebrosides), tannins, or saponins. It is not a polysaccharide because it is nearly completely precipitated by phosphotungstic acid, nor is it a soap because it isn’t precipitated by calcium salts, and it isn’t a phospho- or galactolipin because it is insoluble in benzene, hot or cold. It doesn’t give any tests for tannins or saponins. Only the protein group remains, and of the eighteen protein classes recognized by the American Society of Biochemists, luciferin's general properties suggest that it should be categorized among the natural proteoses, somewhere on the border between proteoses and peptones. The fact that luciferin can dialyze, even though it's almost completely salted out by (NH4)2SO4, strongly supports placing it in that category.

On the other hand, luciferin has two properties which to say the least are unusual for proteins. I refer to its[Pg 121] solubility in alcohols, acetone, esters, etc., and non-digestibility by trypsin or erepsin, which have almost universal proteolytic power.

On the other hand, luciferin has two properties that are definitely unusual for proteins. I'm talking about its[Pg 121] solubility in alcohols, acetone, esters, and so on, and its resistance to digestion by trypsin or erepsin, which have almost universal proteolytic capabilities.

The best known class of proteins soluble in alcohol is the prolamines of plants, but the prolamines are insoluble in water and in absolute alcohol. Zein, the prolamine of corn, is soluble in 90 per cent. ethyl, methyl, and propyl alcohols, in glycerol heated to 150° C., and in glacial acetic acid. Recently Osborne and Wakeman (1918) have described a protein from milk having solubilities similar to those of gliadin, the prolamine of wheat. Welker (1912) has described a substance, obtained from Witte's peptone, giving the biuret, Millon, and Hopkins-Cole tests, which is soluble in water and absolute alcohol but not in ether, and it is possible that others of the peptones are soluble in absolute alcohol. On the other hand, some proteins in the absence of salts form colloidal solutions in strong alcohol from which they may be precipitated by an appropriate salt. As the absolute alcohol extract of Cypridinæ was made from dry material containing the salts of sea water, some salt was present, but there is always the possibility of sol formation.

The best-known group of proteins that dissolve in alcohol is the prolamines found in plants, but the prolamines are not soluble in water or absolute alcohol. Zein, the prolamine from corn, dissolves in 90 percent ethyl, methyl, and propyl alcohols, in glycerol heated to 150° C., and in glacial acetic acid. Recently, Osborne and Wakeman (1918) described a protein from milk that has solubilities similar to those of gliadin, the prolamine from wheat. Welker (1912) detailed a substance obtained from Witte's peptone that gives the biuret, Millon, and Hopkins-Cole tests and is soluble in water and absolute alcohol but not in ether; it’s possible that other peptones also dissolve in absolute alcohol. On the other hand, some proteins can form colloidal solutions in strong alcohol without salts, from which they can be precipitated using the right salt. Since the absolute alcohol extract of Cypridinæ was made from dry material containing sea water salts, some salt was present, but there is always the possibility of sol formation.

If we extract dried Cypridinæ, which have previously been thoroughly extracted with benzine or ether, with 800 c.c. of boiling absolute alcohol for an hour, filter the alcohol extract through blotting paper and hardened filter paper, quickly evaporate the filtrate to dryness on the water bath, and dissolve the residue in a small quantity of water saturated with CO2,[9] we obtain a yellow opalescent solution which gives a bright light with luciferase. This solution contains some protein[Pg 122] or protein derivatives as it gives a very faint Millon reaction, a good positive ninhydrin test, reddish blue in color, but no biuret reaction. It precipitates with tannic and phosphotungstic acids but not with picric, acetic, trichloracetic, or chromic acids. The extract gives a faint Molisch reaction for carbohydrates. As the evidence points to the presence of some protein products in the absolute alcohol extract of Cypridinæ, it is possible that this protein is luciferin. It should be emphasized, however, that the Millon reaction was very faint, although the ninhydrin was quite marked and the biuret negative.

If we extract dried Cypridinæ, which have already been thoroughly extracted with benzene or ether, using 800 c.c. of boiling absolute alcohol for an hour, filter the alcohol extract through blotting paper and hardened filter paper, quickly evaporate the filtrate to dryness on the water bath, and dissolve the residue in a small amount of water saturated with CO2,[9] we obtain a yellow opalescent solution that produces a bright light with luciferase. This solution contains some protein or protein derivatives, as indicated by a very faint Millon reaction, a strong positive ninhydrin test, reddish blue in color, but no biuret reaction. It precipitates with tannic and phosphotungstic acids but not with picric, acetic, trichloracetic, or chromic acids. The extract shows a faint Molisch reaction for carbohydrates. Given the evidence suggesting the presence of some protein products in the absolute alcohol extract of Cypridinæ, it is possible that this protein is luciferin. However, it should be noted that the Millon reaction was very faint, although the ninhydrin reaction was quite clear, while the biuret reaction was negative.

[9] To make the solution slightly acid and prevent oxidation of the luciferin.

[9] To make the solution a bit acidic and stop the luciferin from oxidizing.

Although luciferin is not digested by trypsin, even after five days at 38° C., it does hydrolyze with mineral acids after about 16 hours' boiling. Some proteins, the albuminoids and racemized proteins, resist tryptic digestion but yield to acid hydrolysis. We know also that some NH-CO linkages of proteins are broken down with great difficulty by trypsin as it is difficult to obtain a tryptic digest of protein which does not give the biuret reaction, and the work of Fischer and Abderhalden has shown that certain artificial polypeptides are not digested by pure activated pancreatic juice.

Although luciferin isn't broken down by trypsin, even after five days at 38°C, it does get hydrolyzed by mineral acids after about 16 hours of boiling. Some proteins, like albuminoids and racemized proteins, can withstand tryptic digestion but can be broken down by acid hydrolysis. We also know that some NH-CO linkages in proteins are hard to break down with trypsin, as it's tough to get a tryptic digest of protein that doesn't produce the biuret reaction. Research by Fischer and Abderhalden has shown that certain synthetic polypeptides aren't digested by pure activated pancreatic juice.

We have, then, three possibilities: Luciferin is (1) either a natural proteose not attacked by trypsin, or (2) if attacked by trypsin its decomposition products (presumably amino-acids) still contain the group oxidizable with light production, or (3) it is not protein at all. I have been unable to oxidize with light production various mixtures of amino-acids (from tryptic digestion of beef and casein, or the acid hydrolysis products of luciferin itself) by means of luciferase, and consequently am led to believe that Cypridina luciferin is either a new[Pg 123] natural proteose, soluble in absolute alcohol and not digested by trypsin or that it belongs to some other group than the proteins. The absence of a biuret reaction would point in that direction and the question must await further study.

We have three possibilities: Luciferin is (1) either a natural protease that isn’t affected by trypsin, or (2) if it is affected by trypsin, its breakdown products (likely amino acids) still have the group that can be oxidized to produce light, or (3) it isn’t a protein at all. I haven’t been able to produce light from various mixtures of amino acids (from tryptic digestion of beef and casein, or from the acid hydrolysis products of luciferin itself) using luciferase, which leads me to believe that Cypridina luciferin is either a new natural protease, soluble in absolute alcohol and not digested by trypsin, or that it belongs to a different group than proteins. The lack of a biuret reaction suggests this direction, and the question needs more research.

Cypridina luciferin is found in the luminous gland of the animal and possibly in parts non-luminous as well as in the luminous organ. This is true of the luciferin from fireflies which is found throughout the body of Luciola, Photuris and Photinus.

Cypridina luciferin is located in the light-producing gland of the animal and possibly in non-light-producing areas as well as in the light organ. This is also the case for luciferin from fireflies, which can be found throughout the bodies of Luciola, Photuris, and Photinus.

Cypridina luciferase.—Luciferase, on the other hand, has all the properties of a complex protein. It will not dialyze through collodion or parchment membranes, is soluble only in aqueous solvents, and hence precipitated by alcohol and acetone, digested by proteolytic enzymes, readily changed by contact with dilute acid and alkali and irreversibly coagulated on boiling. It is completely salted out of solution by saturation with (NH4)2SO4 and nearly completely precipitated by the alkaloidal reagents. Its other properties are given in Table 8. Taken together, they point to the group of albumins as the class of proteins with which luciferase most closely agrees.

Cypridina luciferase.—Luciferase, on the other hand, has all the characteristics of a complex protein. It cannot pass through collodion or parchment membranes, is only soluble in water-based solvents, and therefore gets precipitated by alcohol and acetone. It is digested by proteolytic enzymes, easily altered by contact with dilute acids and bases, and irreversibly coagulated when boiled. It is fully salted out of solution by saturation with (NH4)2SO4 and almost completely precipitated by alkaloidal reagents. Its other properties are detailed in Table 8. Overall, these characteristics indicate that luciferase is most closely related to the albumin group of proteins.

If luciferase is not a protein it is so closely bound up with protein that it cannot be separated. This is characteristic of many enzymes and luciferase is also an enzyme. We can determine this by finding out whether luciferase will accelerate the oxidation of a large amount of luciferin, for such is the test of a catalytic substance. If we take 1 c.c. of a dilute solution of luciferase (1 Cypridina to 50 c.c. water) and add to it successive 1 c.c. portions of concentrated luciferin (1 Cypridina to 2 c.c. solution) as soon as the light from the preceding addition has disappeared,[Pg 124] after four 1 c.c. additions, no more light is produced. The luciferase is therefore used up and cannot oxidize more than a certain quantity of luciferin. In this experiment, however, we added a concentration of luciferin from one Cypridina 100 times that of the luciferase from one Cypridina, i.e., four additions each 25 times as concentrated. We have, of course, no way of telling what the absolute amount (in milligrams) of luciferin or luciferase is in a single Cypridina, but we do know that the luciferase from one Cypridina cannot oxidize luciferin from more than 100 Cypridinas. If the ratio of luciferin to luciferase in a single animal is 100:1, it would mean that luciferase could oxidize 10,000 times its weight of luciferin. A large excess of luciferin but not an indefinite quantity can be oxidized by luciferase, and I believe this is sufficient justification for considering luciferase an enzyme, although it is not an ideal example of an organic catalyzer. Quite a number of enzymes are known to be diminished during the course of the reaction they accelerate or to be poisoned by their reaction products. Enzyme reactions inhibited by the formation of reaction products again proceed if these are removed or diluted. However, light does not again appear in a mixture of weak luciferase with excess of luciferin upon dilution with water, so that the luciferase cannot have been merely inhibited by some reaction product but must have been actually used up during the reaction. It should be noted in passing that the peroxidases, ordinarily spoken of as oxidizing enzymes, are used up in the reaction and can only oxidize limited amounts of oxidizable substances, a quantity almost in proportion to the concentration of peroxidase present.

If luciferase isn’t a protein, it’s so closely associated with proteins that it can’t be separated. This is common among many enzymes, and luciferase is also an enzyme. We can figure this out by seeing if luciferase speeds up the oxidation of a large amount of luciferin, which is the test for a catalytic substance. If we take 1 c.c. of a dilute solution of luciferase (1 Cypridina to 50 c.c. of water) and add successive 1 c.c. portions of concentrated luciferin (1 Cypridina to 2 c.c. solution) right after the light from the previous addition has faded,[Pg 124] after four 1 c.c. additions, no more light is produced. This shows that the luciferase is used up and can’t oxidize more than a certain amount of luciferin. In this experiment, though, we used a luciferin concentration that was 100 times greater than that of the luciferase from one Cypridina, meaning we made four additions, each 25 times more concentrated. We don’t know the exact amount (in milligrams) of luciferin or luciferase in a single Cypridina, but we do know that the luciferase from one Cypridina can’t oxidize luciferin from more than 100 Cypridinas. If the ratio of luciferin to luciferase in a single animal is 100:1, it implies that luciferase could oxidize 10,000 times its weight in luciferin. A large excess of luciferin, but not an unlimited amount, can be oxidized by luciferase, which I believe is enough reason to consider luciferase an enzyme, even if it’s not the perfect example of an organic catalyst. Many enzymes are known to decrease during the reaction they promote or to be deactivated by their reaction products. Enzyme reactions that are inhibited by the formation of reaction products can continue if these products are removed or diluted. However, light doesn’t appear again in a mixture of weak luciferase with excess luciferin when diluted with water, so the luciferase must have been actually used up during the reaction rather than just inhibited by a reaction product. It’s also worth mentioning that peroxidases, commonly referred to as oxidizing enzymes, are consumed in the reaction and can only oxidize limited amounts of oxidizable substances, a quantity that is almost proportional to the concentration of peroxidase present.

Whether luciferase is an oxidizing enzyme made up of[Pg 125] an albumin associated with some heavy metal as iron, copper or manganese is uncertain. From analyses of whole Cypridina, kindly made for me by Prof. A. H. Phillips of Princeton University, all three of these metals, which we know to be associated with biological oxidations, are present, and it is quite possible that one of them is concerned with the oxidation of luciferin.

Whether luciferase is an oxidizing enzyme made up of an albumin associated with some heavy metal like iron, copper, or manganese is unclear. From analyses of whole Cypridina, kindly conducted for me by Prof. A. H. Phillips of Princeton University, all three of these metals, known to be involved in biological oxidations, are present. It's quite possible that one of them is involved in the oxidation of luciferin.

Although I have tested a great many oxidizers, organic and inorganic, and a large number of oxidizing enzymes from blood and tissue extracts of animals rich in iron, copper and manganese, I have found no material which is capable of taking the place of Cypridina luciferase. Peroxidases or oxidases of plants, hæmoglobin, hæmocyanin, extracts of mussels, manganese containing blood of various marine crustacea and mollusks will give no light on mixing with luciferin. Such active oxidizers as KMnO4, H2O2, BaO2, and many others, will not oxidize Cypridina luciferin with light production, although they can oxidize Pholas luciferin with light production.

Although I have tested many oxidizers, both organic and inorganic, as well as a variety of oxidizing enzymes from blood and tissue extracts of animals rich in iron, copper, and manganese, I have found nothing that can replace Cypridina luciferase. Peroxidases or oxidases from plants, hemoglobin, hemocyanin, extracts of mussels, and manganese-containing blood from various marine crustaceans and mollusks will not produce light when mixed with luciferin. Active oxidizers like KMnO4, H2O2, BaO2, and many others will not oxidize Cypridina luciferin to produce light, even though they can oxidize Pholas luciferin to produce light.

The action of Cypridina luciferase is very highly specific. It is found only in the luminous organ of Cypridina hilgendorfii, not in non-luminous parts and not in a non-luminous species of Cypridina closely related to hilgendorfii.

The activity of Cypridina luciferase is extremely specific. It is located only in the light-producing organ of Cypridina hilgendorfii, and is absent in non-light-producing areas and in a non-light-producing species of Cypridina that is closely related to hilgendorfii.

Luciferins and luciferases from closely allied luminous forms will mutually interact to produce light, but no light appears if these substances come from distantly related forms. Thus firefly (Photuris) luciferin will give light with Pyrophorus luciferase and vice versa, but Cypridina luciferin will give no light with firefly (Luciola) luciferase or vice versa, nor with Pholas luciferase or vice versa. The faint luminescences sometimes observed on mixing[Pg 126] firefly or Cypridina luciferase with boiled extracts of non-luminous forms, or of distantly related luminous forms, are probably caused by photophelein in the boiled extract.

Luciferins and luciferases from closely related luminous organisms will work together to produce light, but no light will appear if these substances come from organisms that are not closely related. For example, firefly (Photuris) luciferin will produce light with Pyrophorus luciferase and vice versa, but Cypridina luciferin won't produce light with firefly (Luciola) luciferase nor vice versa, and the same goes for Pholas luciferase and vice versa. The faint luminescences that are sometimes seen when mixing firefly or Cypridina luciferase with boiled extracts from non-luminous forms or distantly related luminous forms are likely caused by photophelein in the boiled extract.

Like the plant peroxidases, Cypridina luciferase is not readily affected by the action of chloroform, toluol, etc. Unlike the plant peroxidases, it will not oxidize (i.e., produce coloration) in either presence or absence of H2O2, any of the hydroxyphenol or aminophenol compounds, such as pyrogallol, a-naphthol, para-diamino-benzine, gum guaiac, etc., commonly used as peroxidase reagents. Neither will luciferase produce light with any substances, such as oils, lophin, pyrogallol, gallic acid, esculin, etc., which we know to be capable of oxidation with light production by other means. The luciferases are very highly specific and act only upon the luciferins of the same or closely related species. They must be placed by themselves in a new class of oxidizing enzymes.

Like plant peroxidases, Cypridina luciferase is not easily affected by chloroform, toluene, and similar substances. However, unlike plant peroxidases, it doesn’t oxidize (i.e., produce color) whether H2O2 is present or not, and it won't react with any hydroxyphenol or aminophenol compounds like pyrogallol, α-naphthol, para-diaminobenzene, or gum guaiac, which are commonly used as peroxidase reagents. Additionally, luciferase does not produce light in reaction to any substances such as oils, lophin, pyrogallol, gallic acid, or esculin, which are known to produce oxidation and light via other means. Luciferases are extremely specific and only act on the luciferins from the same or closely related species. They must be classified on their own as a new type of oxidizing enzyme.

According to Dubois, Pholas luciferase is rather readily destroyed by chloroform and my own observations indicate that this is true also of firefly luciferase, so that a certain amount of variation exists in the group of luciferases.

According to Dubois, Pholas luciferase is easily destroyed by chloroform, and my own observations suggest that this is also the case for firefly luciferase, indicating that there is some variation within the group of luciferases.

None of the luminescent animals which I have studied are at all affected by cyanides. The luminescence continues in extracts of Cypridina, firefly, and Cavernularia, or in Noctiluca and luminous bacteria after addition of small or high (m/40) concentrations of KCN. In this respect the luciferases are very different from many types of oxidizing enzymes which are inhibited by exceedingly weak concentrations of cyanide. It should be borne in mind, however, that while KCN inhibits catalase and the[Pg 127] catalytic decomposition of H2O2 by Pt or Ag, it does not affect the catalytic decomposition of H2O2 by thallium.

None of the glowing animals I've studied are affected by cyanides at all. The luminescence remains in extracts of Cypridina, fireflies, and Cavernularia, or in Noctiluca and luminous bacteria even after adding small or high (m/40) concentrations of KCN. In this regard, the luciferases are very different from many types of oxidizing enzymes that are inhibited by extremely low concentrations of cyanide. It’s important to note, however, that while KCN inhibits catalase and the catalytic breakdown of H2O2 by Pt or Ag, it doesn’t affect the catalytic breakdown of H2O2 by thallium.

Oxyluciferin.—When luciferin is oxidized it must be converted into some substance or substances and I believe this change involves no fundamental destruction of the luciferin molecule as it is a reversible process. I shall speak of the principal (if not the only) product formed as oxyluciferin.

Oxyluciferin.—When luciferin gets oxidized, it transforms into some substance or substances, and I believe this change doesn’t fundamentally destroy the luciferin molecule since it’s a reversible process. I will refer to the main (if not the only) product formed as oxyluciferin.

If we assume that the oxidation of luciferin changes the molecule but slightly, we at once think of comparing the change luciferin oxyluciferin with the change reduced hæmoglobin oxyhæmoglobin. The condition is, however, not so simple as this, for oxyhæmoglobin will again give up its oxygen providing the partial pressure of oxygen is made sufficiently low, whereas oxyluciferin will not do this, at least in the dark. We can not reduce oxyluciferin solution by exhausting the oxygen with an air-pump.

If we assume that the oxidation of luciferin changes the molecule only slightly, we might think of comparing the change from luciferin oxyluciferin to the change from reduced hemoglobin oxyhemoglobin. However, the situation is not that straightforward, because oxyhemoglobin will release its oxygen again if the partial pressure of oxygen is low enough, while oxyluciferin will not do this, at least not in the dark. We can't reduce oxyluciferin solution by removing the oxygen with an air pump.

There is another oxidation-reduction system which can also be easily reversed, but not by merely removing the oxygen from the solution—that is, the reduction of a dye such as methylene blue to its leuco-base. I believe the change which occurs when luciferin is oxidized is similar to that which occurs when the leuco-base of methylene blue or sodium indigo-sulphonate is oxidized to the blue dye. Oxidation of leuco-dye bases occurs spontaneously in presence of oxygen and appears to consist in the removal of hydrogen from the leuco-base with formation of water. Reduction of these dyes may be effected in the same ways that oxyluciferin can be reduced. In the case of methylene blue, reduction consists in the addition of two hydrogen atoms. Whether a similar change occurs[Pg 128] when oxyluciferin is reduced or whether oxygen is actually added as in formation of hæmoglobin cannot be definitely stated at present. We may write equations representing these possibilities as follows:

There’s another oxidation-reduction system that can also be easily reversed, but not just by taking the oxygen out of the solution—that is, the reduction of a dye like methylene blue to its leuco-base. I think the change that happens when luciferin is oxidized is similar to what occurs when the leuco-base of methylene blue or sodium indigo-sulphonate is oxidized to the blue dye. The oxidation of leuco-dye bases happens spontaneously in the presence of oxygen and seems to involve the removal of hydrogen from the leuco-base, resulting in the formation of water. The reduction of these dyes can be done in the same ways that oxyluciferin can be reduced. In the case of methylene blue, reduction involves the addition of two hydrogen atoms. Whether a similar change happens when oxyluciferin is reduced or if oxygen is actually added, like in the formation of hemoglobin, can’t be definitely stated right now. We can write equations to represent these possibilities as follows:

C16H20N3SCl (leuco-methylene blue) + O C16H18N3SCl (methylene blue) + H2O

C16H20N3SCl (leuco-methylene blue) + O C16H18N3SCl (methylene blue) + H2O

Hæmoglobin + O oxyhæmoglobin.

Hemoglobin + O ⇆ oxyhemoglobin.

Let us now turn to the methods which may be used in reduction of oxyluciferin. We may then endeavor to write an equation which will represent the fundamental changes in the luminescence reaction.

Let’s now look at the methods that can be used to reduce oxyluciferin. We can then try to write an equation that describes the key changes in the luminescence reaction.

My attempts to reduce the oxidation product of luciferin started from the observation that if one places a clear solution of luciferase in a tall test tube, although it may give off no light at first when shaken, after standing a day or so a very bright light would appear on shaking. This was especially true when the luciferase had become turbid and ill-smelling from the growth of bacteria. Thinking that the bacteria produced a substance which could be oxidized by the luciferase, I tried growing bacteria and also yeast on appropriate culture media, and after some days of growth mixing the culture media containing the products of bacterial or yeast growth with luciferase, expecting to obtain light; but no light appeared. However, if a little crude luciferase solution was added to the bacterial or yeast cultures and then allowed to stand for some hours, light appeared whenever they were shaken. Indeed such cultures behaved much as a suspension of luminous bacteria which has used up all the oxygen in the culture fluid and will only luminesce when, by shaking, more oxygen dissolves in the culture medium. Real[Pg 129]izing that in bacterial cultures in test tubes, anaërobic conditions soon appear, and also the strong reducing action of bacteria upon many substances (for instance, nitrates or methylene blue) under anaërobic conditions, it struck me that the bacteria might be reducing the oxidation product of luciferin to luciferin again. We must remember that since crude luciferase solution is a cold-water extract of a luminous animal allowed to stand until all the luciferin has been oxidized, it must contain oxyluciferin as well as luciferase and will give light if the oxyluciferin is again reduced and oxygen admitted. This appears to be the correct explanation of the above experiments.

My attempts to reduce the oxidation product of luciferin started with the observation that if you put a clear solution of luciferase in a tall test tube, it may not give off any light at first when shaken, but after sitting for a day or so, a very bright light would appear when shaken. This was especially true when the luciferase became cloudy and smelly due to bacterial growth. Thinking that the bacteria produced a substance that could be oxidized by the luciferase, I tried growing bacteria and yeast on suitable culture media, and after several days of growth, I mixed the culture media containing the products of bacterial or yeast growth with luciferase, expecting to see light; but no light showed up. However, if I added a little crude luciferase solution to the bacterial or yeast cultures and let it sit for a few hours, light appeared whenever they were shaken. In fact, these cultures behaved much like a suspension of luminous bacteria that has used up all the oxygen in the culture fluid and will only luminesce when more oxygen dissolves in the culture medium by shaking. Realizing that in bacterial cultures in test tubes, anaerobic conditions soon develop, and also the strong reducing action of bacteria on many substances (like nitrates or methylene blue) under anaerobic conditions, it occurred to me that the bacteria might be reducing the oxidation product of luciferin back to luciferin. We must remember that since crude luciferase solution is a cold-water extract of a luminous animal left to stand until all the luciferin has been oxidized, it must contain oxyluciferin as well as luciferase and will emit light if the oxyluciferin is reduced again and oxygen is introduced. This seems to be the correct explanation for the above experiments.

Oxyluciferin may also be readily reduced by the use of the blood of the horse-shoe crab (Limulus) allowed to stand until bacteria develop. This experiment is of special interest because the blood contains hæmocyanin, which is colorless in the reduced condition and blue in the oxy-condition. The color change thus serves as an indicator of the oxygen concentration in the blood. A sample of foul-smelling Limulus blood full of bacteria will become colorless on standing in a test tube for 10 to 15 minutes, but the blue color quickly returns if shaken with air. Such a blood has the power of reducing oxyluciferin through the activity of the bacteria which it contains. Fresh blood has very little if any reducing action.

Oxyluciferin can also be easily reduced by using the blood of the horseshoe crab (Limulus) that has been left to stand until bacteria grow. This experiment is particularly interesting because the blood contains hemocyanin, which is colorless when reduced and blue when oxygenated. The color change acts as an indicator of the oxygen levels in the blood. A sample of foul-smelling Limulus blood that's full of bacteria will turn colorless after sitting in a test tube for 10 to 15 minutes, but the blue color quickly returns if it is shaken with air. This blood has the ability to reduce oxyluciferin thanks to the activity of the bacteria present. Fresh blood has very little, if any, reducing action.

Not only bacteria but also tissue extracts have a strong reducing action in absence of oxygen. Thus, muscle tissue stained in methylene blue will very quickly decolorize (reduce) the methylene blue if oxygen (air) is kept away, but the blue color immediately returns if air is admitted. Oxyluciferin (i.e., a solution of luciferin which has been[Pg 130] completely oxidized by boiling or standing in air until it no longer gives light with luciferase) if mixed with a suspension of ground frog's muscle and kept in a well-filled and stoppered test tube for some hours, is reduced to luciferin and gives a bright light if now poured into luciferase solution. Frog muscle suspension alone, or oxyluciferin alone, give no light with luciferase, nor will a mixture of frog muscle suspension and oxyluciferin, if shaken with air for several hours. Only if this last mixture be kept under anaërobic conditions is the oxyluciferin reduced.

Not only do bacteria but also tissue extracts have a strong reducing effect in the absence of oxygen. For instance, muscle tissue stained with methylene blue will quickly lose its color (reduce) if oxygen (air) is kept away, but the blue color will immediately return if air is introduced. Oxyluciferin (i.e., a solution of luciferin that has been[Pg 130] completely oxidized by boiling or exposed to air until it no longer produces light with luciferase) mixed with a suspension of ground frog muscle and kept in a well-filled and stoppered test tube for several hours is reduced to luciferin and emits a bright light when poured into a luciferase solution. A suspension of frog muscle on its own, or oxyluciferin by itself, does not produce light with luciferase, and neither does a mixture of frog muscle suspension and oxyluciferin if shaken with air for several hours. Only if this last mixture is kept under anaerobic conditions will the oxyluciferin be reduced.

The reducing action of tissues is said to be due to a reducing enzyme (reducase or reductase), itself composed of a perhydridase and some easily oxidized body such as an aldehyde. In the presence of the perhydridase the oxygen of water oxidizes the aldehyde and the hydrogen set free reduces any easily reducible substance which may be present. There is a perhydridase in fresh milk, spoken of as Schardinger's enzyme, which is destroyed by boiling. If some aldehyde is added, fresh milk will reduce methylene blue to its leuco-base or nitrates to nitrites, upon standing a short time. If shaken with air the blue color returns. There is no reduction unless an aldehyde is added or unless some boiled extract of a tissue such as liver is added. The boiled-liver extract has no reducing action of its own, but supplies a substance similar to the aldehyde which has been spoken of as co-enzyme. The aldehyde is oxidized to its corresponding acid. Milk will reduce methylene blue without aldehyde if bacteria are present in large numbers. There is no reduction if the milk, methylene blue, and aldehyde are agitated with air. The temperature optimum is rather high, 60° to 70° C.[Pg 131]

The reducing action of tissues is attributed to a reducing enzyme (reducase or reductase), which consists of a perhydridase and a substance that can be easily oxidized, like an aldehyde. When perhydridase is present, the oxygen in water oxidizes the aldehyde, and the hydrogen released reduces any other easily reducible substances that may be present. Fresh milk contains a perhydridase known as Schardinger's enzyme, which is destroyed by boiling. When aldehyde is added, fresh milk can reduce methylene blue to its leuco-base or nitrates to nitrites after standing for a short time. If shaken with air, the blue color returns. Reduction does not occur unless an aldehyde is added or a boiled tissue extract, like liver, is included. The boiled-liver extract does not have reducing action on its own but provides a substance similar to the aldehyde referred to as co-enzyme. The aldehyde is oxidized to its corresponding acid. Milk can reduce methylene blue without aldehyde if bacteria are present in large quantities. No reduction takes place if the milk, methylene blue, and aldehyde are agitated with air. The optimal temperature is relatively high, between 60° and 70° C.[Pg 131]

I find that milk is a favorable and convenient medium for the reduction of oxyluciferin and that it acts without the addition of an aldehyde or the presence of bacteria. There is probably a substance acting as the aldehyde in the luciferase-oxyluciferin solution. No light appears if milk is added to a luciferase-oxyluciferin solution, but if the mixture is allowed to stand in absence of oxygen light will appear when air is admitted. The air can be conveniently kept out by filling small test tubes completely with the solution and closing them with rubber stoppers.

I’ve found that milk is a helpful and convenient medium for reducing oxyluciferin and that it works without needing to add an aldehyde or having bacteria present. There’s likely a substance that acts like the aldehyde in the luciferase-oxyluciferin solution. No light appears when milk is added to a luciferase-oxyluciferin solution, but if the mixture is left to sit without oxygen, light will show up when air is introduced. To easily keep the air out, you can fill small test tubes completely with the solution and seal them with rubber stoppers.

As almost all animal tissues contain reductases it is not surprising to find that a freshly prepared and filtered extract of Cypridina containing oxyluciferin and luciferase, which gives no light on shaking, will, on standing in a stoppered tube for 24 hours at room temperature in the dark give light when air is admitted. While this may be due to the development of bacteria with a reducing action, it does not seem likely, as under the same conditions methylene blue is not reduced in 24 hours, and there is no turbidity or smell of decomposition in the tube. In 48 hours bacteria appear and methylene blue is also reduced. If we add chloroform, toluol or thymol to the tubes of Cypridina extract to prevent the growth of bacteria, and allow them to stand 48 hours, upon admitting air the tube with chloroform gives no light but the tubes with toluol and thymol do give light, although it is not so bright as if they were absent. I believe that these substances have a destructive action on the reductases, most complete in the case of chloroform. Dubois (1919c) also has recorded the occurrence of a reducing enzyme in Pholas, a "hydrogenase," which is able to form hydrogen from cane sugar, and luciferin from a boiled ex[Pg 132]tract of Pholas. He now regards it as identical with his co-luciferase.

Since almost all animal tissues have reductases, it's not surprising that a freshly prepared and filtered extract of Cypridina, which contains oxyluciferin and luciferase and doesn't produce light when shaken, will emit light after sitting in a sealed tube for 24 hours at room temperature in the dark once air is introduced. While this could be explained by the growth of bacteria with a reducing effect, it seems unlikely because methylene blue isn't reduced under the same conditions in 24 hours, and there's no cloudiness or smell of decay in the tube. After 48 hours, bacteria do appear, and methylene blue is also reduced. If we add chloroform, toluene, or thymol to the Cypridina extract tubes to prevent bacterial growth and let them sit for 48 hours, introducing air results in the tube with chloroform producing no light, while the tubes with toluene and thymol do emit light, although not as brightly as they would without those substances. I believe these chemicals have a destructive effect on the reductases, with chloroform having the most significant impact. Dubois (1919c) also noted a reducing enzyme in Pholas, a "hydrogenase," which can create hydrogen from cane sugar and luciferin from a boiled extract of Pholas. He now considers it identical to his co-luciferase.

I have not been able to demonstrate that a Cypridina extract will reduce methylene blue, or nitrates to nitrites, either with or without the addition of acetaldehyde. This may be due to the fact that oxyluciferin, which is also present, may be reduced more readily than either nitrates or methylene blue, and so is reduced first.

I haven’t been able to show that a Cypridina extract will reduce methylene blue or nitrates to nitrites, with or without adding acetaldehyde. This might be because oxyluciferin, which is also present, could be reduced more easily than either nitrates or methylene blue, and therefore gets reduced first.

We can also reduce oxyluciferin by means which do not involve the use of animal extracts. Perhaps the best of these is reduction by palladium black and sodium hypophosphite. The latter is oxidized in presence of palladium and nascent hydrogen is set free. The nascent hydrogen reduces any easily reducible substance which may be present, such as methylene blue or oxyluciferin. Oxyluciferin is not reduced by palladium alone or hypophosphite alone, but methylene blue is reduced by palladium black alone.

We can also reduce oxyluciferin using methods that don't involve animal extracts. One of the best methods is reduction with palladium black and sodium hypophosphite. The hypophosphite gets oxidized in the presence of palladium, releasing nascent hydrogen. This nascent hydrogen reduces any easily reducible substances present, like methylene blue or oxyluciferin. Oxyluciferin isn't reduced by either palladium or hypophosphite alone, but methylene blue can be reduced by palladium black on its own.

If hydrogen sulphide is passed through a solution of methylene blue the dye is very quickly reduced and becomes colorless. If the H2S is driven off by boiling the colorless methylene-blue solution, the blue color again returns on cooling. Oxyluciferin can also be reduced by H2S.

If hydrogen sulfide is passed through a solution of methylene blue, the dye quickly loses its color and becomes clear. If the H2S is removed by boiling the colorless methylene blue solution, the blue color comes back when it cools down. Oxyluciferin can also be reduced by H2S.

If one adds some Mg powder to oxyluciferin and then dilute acetic acid in successive additions as the acetic acid is used up in formation of Mg acetate, the oxyluciferin will be reduced relatively quickly. Nascent hydrogen is produced in the reaction and is no doubt the active reducing agent.

If you add some Mg powder to oxyluciferin and then gradually mix in acetic acid as it's used up to form Mg acetate, the oxyluciferin will be reduced fairly quickly. Nascent hydrogen is generated in the reaction and is definitely the active reducing agent.

Dilute acid favors the reduction of oxyluciferin. If [Pg 133]one saturates an oxyluciferin solution with CO2 or adds a little dilute acetic acid, HCl, HNO3 or H2SO4, to it, a certain amount of reduction will occur. No reduction occurs if the solution is saturated with pure hydrogen, even if allowed to stand 24 hours. The action of the acid begins when the solution of oxyluciferin, ordinarily slightly alkaline (Ph = 9), is made neutral (Ph = 7.1) as indicated in Table 9. The action of the acid must be on the oxyluciferin, as no luciferin or other enzymes destroyed on boiling are present.

Dilute acid promotes the reduction of oxyluciferin. If one saturates an oxyluciferin solution with CO2 or adds a small amount of dilute acetic acid, HCl, HNO3, or H2SO4, a certain level of reduction will happen. No reduction takes place if the solution is saturated with pure hydrogen, even if it’s left for 24 hours. The action of the acid starts when the oxyluciferin solution, which is usually slightly alkaline (pH level = 9), is neutralized (pH = 7.1) as shown in Table 9. The acid must be acting on the oxyluciferin since there are no luciferin or other enzymes destroyed by boiling present.

Table 9
Effect of Acid on Reduction of Oxyluciferin

Table 9
How Acid Affects the Reduction of Oxyluciferin

SolutionPhLuminescence with luciferaseRemarks
20 c.c. Oxyluciferin alone9.01Negative
20 c.c. Oxyluciferin + .05 c.c. 5 per cent. acetic acid8.8Negative
20 c.c. Oxyluciferin + .15 c.c. 5 per cent. acetic acid7.1Fair
20 c.c. Oxyluciferin + .30 c.c. 5 per cent. acetic acid5.9GoodAcid forms precipitate in this oxyluciferin sol.
20 c.c. Oxyluciferin + .50 c.c. 5 per cent. acetic acid GoodAcid forms precipitate in this oxyluciferin sol.
20 c.c. Oxyluciferin + .75 c.c. 5 per cent. acetic acid Good[10]Acid forms precipitate in this oxyluciferin sol.

[10] Light disappears quickly because of the effect of the acidity on the luciferase.

[10] Light fades rapidly due to the impact of acidity on the luciferase.

It is possible that the action of bacteria (which produces CO2), muscle tissue (which contains lactic acid), milk (in which lactic acid may be formed by bacteria), or Mg + acid, in forming luciferin, is not the result of their reducing power but of their acidity. Fortunately we can test this matter by the use of reducing fluids which are not acid. If they also form luciferin from oxyluciferin, a reduction must occur. Nascent H can be generated by the action of NaOH on Al, or when finely divided Mg or Zn[Pg 134] or Al is placed in water. With Mg the water becomes only slightly alkaline from formation of almost insoluble Mg(OH)2. If we add some Al powder and dilute NaOH to an oxyluciferin solution, H is given off and luciferin is formed. As oxyluciferin cannot be formed by the addition of alkali alone we must have in this experiment a reduction of oxyluciferin in alkaline medium by the nascent H produced. Luciferin can also be formed by merely adding Al or Zn or Mg dust to an oxyluciferin solution. Methylene blue can also be readily reduced to its leuco-base by Zn dust or Al + NaOH.

It’s possible that the actions of bacteria (which produce CO2), muscle tissue (which contains lactic acid), milk (where lactic acid may be formed by bacteria), or Mg + acid in creating luciferin are due to their acidity rather than their reducing power. Luckily, we can test this by using reducing fluids that aren’t acidic. If they also create luciferin from oxyluciferin, then a reduction must be happening. Nascent H can be generated by reacting NaOH with Al or when finely divided Mg or Zn[Pg 134] or Al is placed in water. With Mg, the water only becomes slightly alkaline due to the formation of almost insoluble Mg(OH)2. If we add some Al powder and dilute NaOH to an oxyluciferin solution, H is released and luciferin forms. Since oxyluciferin can’t be formed just by adding alkali, in this experiment, we must have a reduction of oxyluciferin in an alkaline medium due to the nascent H produced. Luciferin can also be formed simply by adding Al, Zn, or Mg dust to an oxyluciferin solution. Methylene blue can also be easily reduced to its leuco-base by using Zn dust or Al + NaOH.

Indeed, if one adds some Al or Zn or Mg powder to a solution of luciferase, light will appear whenever the solution is shaken. Luciferase solution must always contain the oxidation product of luciferin, oxyluciferin. In presence of nascent H this is reduced to luciferin, and since the reaction of the medium is alkaline and luciferase is present this is oxidized with light production, when, by shaking, air is dissolved. The light can never become very bright except at the surface because of the deficiency of oxygen in the solution. It would seem, then, that the action of bacteria, yeast, muscle cells, etc., on oxyluciferin must be due not entirely to their acid reaction but to their reducing power as well.

If you add some Al, Zn, or Mg powder to a luciferase solution, light will show up whenever you shake it. The luciferase solution must always have oxyluciferin, the oxidation product of luciferin. In the presence of nascent H, it gets reduced to luciferin, and since the medium is alkaline and luciferase is present, this gets oxidized to produce light when you shake it and dissolve air. The light can't get very bright except on the surface due to the lack of oxygen in the solution. So, it seems that the action of bacteria, yeast, muscle cells, etc., on oxyluciferin is likely due not just to their acidic reaction but also to their reducing power.

The above experiment is a very striking and instructive one. Given a test tube of luciferase solution containing, as it does, oxyluciferin, add some Zn dust or Mg powder, and the evolution of hydrogen begins. Conditions are now favorable for the reduction of oxyluciferin and this occurs. Shake the contents of the tube to dissolve oxygen and light appears. Allow the tube to stand and the light soon disappears. Shake again and the light reappears. The lumi[Pg 135]nescence reduction and oxidation process can be demonstrated many times.

The experiment described above is both impressive and educational. If you take a test tube with a solution of luciferase that contains oxyluciferin and add some zinc dust or magnesium powder, you'll see hydrogen start to form. This creates the right conditions for reducing oxyluciferin, which takes place. Shake the test tube to mix in oxygen, and light will emerge. Let the tube sit, and the light will gradually fade. Shake it again, and the light will come back. This process of light production through reduction and oxidation can be demonstrated repeatedly.

A similar experiment can be performed with luciferase and oxyluciferin solution by addition of NH4SH. This will serve also as another example of the reduction of oxyluciferin in an alkaline medium. Whenever we shake a tube of luciferase, oxyluciferin and NH4SH, light will appear. When the tube is at rest it becomes dark. Even the merest touch is sufficient to agitate the tube contents, cause solution of oxygen and appearance of light. It is just as if we stimulate the tube to produce light and I believe the phenomenon has a deeper significance and a more fundamental similarity to the phenomena of stimulation than may at first appear. What more simple means of controlling a process can we think of than by admission or withdrawal of oxygen? The firefly turns on its light by stimulation through nerves of the luminous organ. Noctiluca flashes on stimulation of any kind, even the slightest agitation causing a brilliant emission of light. If the stimulation process means merely the admission of oxygen to the photogenic cells we have a mechanism in the cell itself for automatically producing the light. The admission of oxygen results in aërobic conditions and luciferin in presence of luciferase can then oxidize to oxyluciferin with luminescence. When the oxygen is used up, the light ceases, anaërobic conditions prevail, and the oxyluciferin is reduced to luciferin again. Thus, luciferin is reformed during the rest period of Noctiluca or between the flashes of the firefly. What more efficient type of light than this is to be desired?

A similar experiment can be done with luciferase and oxyluciferin solution by adding NH4SH. This also provides another example of the reduction of oxyluciferin in an alkaline environment. Whenever we shake a tube containing luciferase, oxyluciferin, and NH4SH, light appears. When the tube is still, it goes dark. Even a slight touch is enough to agitate the contents, leading to the release of oxygen and the emergence of light. It's as if we provoke the tube to produce light, and I believe this phenomenon has a deeper significance and a more fundamental similarity to the processes of stimulation than it might first seem. What simpler way to control a process can we think of than by letting in or cutting off oxygen? The firefly activates its light through nerve stimulation of the luminous organ. Noctiluca flashes in response to any kind of stimulus, even the smallest agitation resulting in a brilliant burst of light. If the stimulation process simply involves letting oxygen into the photogenic cells, we have a mechanism within the cell itself for automatically producing light. The introduction of oxygen creates aerobic conditions, allowing luciferin, in the presence of luciferase, to oxidize to oxyluciferin with luminescence. When the oxygen runs out, the light stops, anaerobic conditions take over, and oxyluciferin is reduced back to luciferin. Thus, luciferin is reformed during the resting period of Noctiluca or between the flashes of the firefly. What more efficient type of light could we want?

Again, methylene blue offers an interesting parallel to [Pg 136]oxyluciferin. A little NH4SH added to methylene blue solution will reduce (decolorize) it to the leuco-base. If the tube is now shaken the blue color returns. On standing reduction again occurs. The process can be repeated a number of times, the reaction going in one or the other direction, depending on the oxygen content of the mixture.

Again, methylene blue creates an interesting comparison to [Pg 136]oxyluciferin. Adding a bit of NH4SH to a methylene blue solution will reduce (decolorize) it to the leuco-base. If you shake the tube now, the blue color comes back. When left to stand, reduction happens again. This process can be repeated several times, with the reaction switching back and forth depending on the oxygen levels in the mixture.

As methylene blue contains no oxygen, its reduction consists in the addition of two atoms of hydrogen. When leuco-methylene blue oxidizes, water is formed by the union of these two atoms of hydrogen with oxygen, thus:

As methylene blue has no oxygen, its reduction involves adding two hydrogen atoms. When leuco-methylene blue oxidizes, water is produced by the combination of these two hydrogen atoms with oxygen, like this:

C16H20N3SCl + O C16H18N3SCl + H2O
(leuco-methylene blue)    (methylene blue)

Briefly—MH2 + O M + H2O

C16H20N3SCl + O C16H18N3SCl + H2O
(leuco-methylene blue)    (methylene blue)

In short—MH2 + O M + H2O

To reduce methylene blue we can add the two hydrogen atoms directly from nascent hydrogen formed in the solution or we can split up water by a catalyzer in the presence of some substance, which will take up the oxygen of water, thus:

To reduce methylene blue, we can add two hydrogen atoms directly from newly formed hydrogen in the solution, or we can break down water using a catalyst in the presence of a substance that will absorb the oxygen from the water, like this:

NaH2PO2 + H2O + Pd = NaH2PO3 + H2 + Pd
(Sodium hypophosphite)    (Sodium phosphite)

NaH2PO2 + H2O + Pd = NaH2PO3 + H2 + Pd
(Sodium hypophosphite)    (Sodium phosphite)

This reaction occurs in presence of finely divided palladium. Methylene blue can be reduced by the H2 and the hypophosphite oxidized.

This reaction takes place in the presence of finely divided palladium. Methylene blue can be reduced by H2, and the hypophosphite is oxidized.

Since oxyluciferin can be reduced by palladium and sodium hypophosphite (Harvey, 1918), it is probable that we can write the equation for reduction of oxyluciferin and oxidation of luciferin in a similar manner to that of methylene blue:

Since oxyluciferin can be reduced by palladium and sodium hypophosphite (Harvey, 1918), it’s likely that we can write the equation for the reduction of oxyluciferin and the oxidation of luciferin in a similar way to how we do for methylene blue:

Luciferin + O Oxyluciferin + H2O

Briefly—LH2 + O L + H2O.

Luciferin + O Oxyluciferin + H2O

In short—LH2 + O L + H2O.

Just as in the case of methylene blue the reaction proceeds in the right hand direction spontaneously if the[Pg 137] pressure of O is sufficiently high. If luciferase is also present we have luminescence.

Just like with methylene blue, the reaction moves to the right spontaneously if the pressure of O is high enough. If luciferase is also there, we get luminescence.

LH2 + O + luciferase L + H2O + luciferase (luminescence)

LH2 + O + luciferase L + H2O + luciferase (light emission)

The reaction proceeds in the left hand direction under low oxygen pressure, in the presence of nascent hydrogen or with some catalyzer which is able to split water, transferring the H2 to oxyluciferin and the O to an acceptor (A). NaH2PO2 plays the part of the acceptor.

The reaction moves to the left under low oxygen pressure, with fresh hydrogen present or with a catalyst that can break down water, transferring the H2 to oxyluciferin and the O to an acceptor (A). NaH2PO2 acts as the acceptor.

L + H2O + A + Pd = LH2 + AO + Pd.

L + H2O + A + Pd = LH2 + AO + Pd.

This appears to be the way in which the reducing enzymes or perhydridases (comparable to the Pd) of living tissues act (Bach, 1911-13) and the action of yeast cells, bacteria, muscle suspensions, etc., in reducing oxyluciferin must occur in the same manner.

This seems to be how the reducing enzymes or perhydridases (similar to the Pd) in living tissues function (Bach, 1911-13), and yeast cells, bacteria, muscle suspensions, and so on, must reduce oxyluciferin in a similar way.

If we assume that the LH2 (luciferin) compound is dissociated to even the slightest extent into L and hydrogen, the hydrogen ion will shift the equilibrium toward the formation of that substance which involves the taking up of hydrogen. Consequently we may obtain a partial formation of luciferin by adding an acid to oxyluciferin. Reduction of the H-ion concentration tends to shift the equilibrium in the opposite direction. Consequently, addition of alkali favors the oxidation of luciferin, and it is quite generally true that biological oxidations are favored by an alkaline reaction. In addition oxygen in alkaline medium has a higher oxidation potential than in neutral or acid media. I believe this is the explanation of the action of acid in formation of luciferin from oxyluciferin.

If we assume that the LH2 (luciferin) compound breaks down even a little into L and hydrogen, the hydrogen ion will push the balance towards forming that substance which incorporates hydrogen. As a result, we can partially create luciferin by adding an acid to oxyluciferin. Reducing the H-ion concentration tends to shift the balance in the opposite direction. Therefore, adding alkali promotes the oxidation of luciferin, and it is generally true that biological oxidations are encouraged by an alkaline environment. Additionally, oxygen in an alkaline medium has a higher oxidation potential than in neutral or acidic environments. I believe this explains how acid facilitates the formation of luciferin from oxyluciferin.

Addition of acid is not the only means of favoring the formation of luciferin from oxyluciferin. Any reac[Pg 138]tion which proceeds in one direction with evolution of light should, theoretically, proceed in the opposite direction under the influence of light. So far as I know the case of a reaction, photogenic in one direction and photochemical in the other direction, has never been described, unless we are to accept the cases of phosphorescence, for instance, the absorption of light by CaS and its emission in the dark. However, the reaction which occurs during phosphorescence cannot be stated.

Adding acid isn’t the only way to encourage the formation of luciferin from oxyluciferin. Any reaction that moves in one direction and releases light should, in theory, go in the opposite direction under the influence of light. As far as I know, there hasn’t been a case described where a reaction is photogenic in one direction and photochemical in the other, unless we consider examples of phosphorescence, like the absorption of light by CaS and its emission in the dark. However, the specific reaction that happens during phosphorescence cannot be defined.

It is a fact that light will cause the reduction of oxyluciferin. A tube of oxyluciferin exposed to sunlight for six hours, or the mercury arc for two hours, will be partially converted into luciferin. It will luminesce when luciferase is added, while a control tube kept in darkness shows no trace of luciferin. The action is more marked with the ultra-violet as a solution of oxyluciferin in a quartz tube showed more reduction than one in a glass tube when exposed for the same length of time to the quartz mercury arc. The reduction is not dependent on the formation of acid under the influence of light since two tubes of oxyluciferin, one kept in darkness and the other exposed to sunlight for six hours, had the same reaction, Ph = 9.3. Of course some reducing substance might be formed under the influence of light but this is not very probable.

It’s a fact that light can reduce oxyluciferin. A tube of oxyluciferin exposed to sunlight for six hours or to a mercury arc for two hours will be partially converted into luciferin. It will glow when luciferase is added, while a control tube kept in the dark shows no sign of luciferin. The effect is more pronounced with ultraviolet light, as a solution of oxyluciferin in a quartz tube showed more reduction than one in a glass tube when exposed for the same amount of time to the quartz mercury arc. The reduction doesn’t depend on the formation of acid due to light since two tubes of oxyluciferin, one kept in the dark and the other exposed to sunlight for six hours, had the same reaction, Ph = 9.3. Of course, some reducing substance might form under the influence of light, but that’s not very likely.

We may therefore write the reaction for luminescence in the following way:

We can therefore express the reaction for luminescence like this:

 darkness
 alkali
 luciferase
luciferin (LH2) + O oxyluciferin (L) + H2O (luminescence)
 perhydridase
 acid
 light

Acid and light favor reduction while alkali and darkness favor oxidation in the luciferin oxyluciferin reaction. Whether the luciferin be really oxidized by removal of H2 or whether by addition of oxygen is, of course, uncertain, but the analogy with methylene blue is striking and may serve as a working hypothesis until the composition of luciferin and its oxidation product are known.

Acid and light promote reduction, while alkaline conditions and darkness promote oxidation in the luciferin oxyluciferin reaction. It's unclear whether luciferin is truly oxidized by losing H2 or by gaining oxygen, but the similarity to methylene blue is notable and could be a useful working theory until we understand the makeup of luciferin and its oxidation product.

While I have not studied the properties of oxyluciferin as fully as those of luciferin, so far as I can judge, both substances give the same general reactions and possess identical properties. Both crude luciferin and crude oxyluciferin solution are yellow in color, but I do not believe that either pure luciferin or oxyluciferin are yellow in color, because an ether or benzine extract of Cypridina is also yellow, although luciferase, luciferin, and oxyluciferin are insoluble in ether and benzine. The yellow pigment which can be observed to make up part of the luminous gland of Cypridina is not luciferin or luciferase. It may be a pigment related to urochrome.

While I haven't studied oxyluciferin's properties as thoroughly as luciferin's, from what I can tell, both substances react similarly and have the same characteristics. Both crude luciferin and crude oxyluciferin solutions are yellow, but I don’t think that pure luciferin or oxyluciferin are yellow because an ether or benzene extract from Cypridina is also yellow, even though luciferase, luciferin, and oxyluciferin don’t dissolve in ether or benzene. The yellow pigment found in the luminous gland of Cypridina isn’t luciferin or luciferase. It could be a pigment related to urochrome.

When tests are applied and precipitating reagents are added to crude luciferin and crude oxyluciferin solution, they give identical results in each case. A more complete account of the chemistry of luciferin has been given in this chapter, and there is no need of duplicating these statements regarding oxyluciferin. Like luciferin, the oxyluciferin will pass porcelain filters, dialyze through parchment or collodion membranes, and is undigested by salivary diastase, pepsin HCl, Merck's pancreatin in neutral solution, and erepsin. The salivary diastase and the pancreatin (containing amylopsin, trypsin, and lipase) were allowed to digest for four days at 38° C. without showing any evidence of digestive action.[Pg 140]

When tests are done and precipitating reagents are added to crude luciferin and crude oxyluciferin solutions, they produce the same results in both cases. A more detailed account of luciferin chemistry has been provided in this chapter, so there’s no need to repeat what has been said about oxyluciferin. Like luciferin, oxyluciferin can pass through porcelain filters, can be dialyzed through parchment or collodion membranes, and is not digested by salivary diastase, pepsin HCl, Merck's pancreatin in neutral solution, and erepsin. The salivary diastase and pancreatin (which includes amylopsin, trypsin, and lipase) were allowed to digest for four days at 38°C without showing any signs of digestive activity.[Pg 140]

As luciferin is so easily oxidizable a substance, we should expect to find that it will reduce just as glucose will reduce. However, a concentrated solution of luciferin has no reducing action on Fehling's (alkaline Cu), Barfoed's (acid Cu), Nylander's (alkaline Bi) or Knapp's (alkaline Hg) reagent. Glucose will reduce methylene blue in alkaline (not in neutral solution), but luciferin will not reduce methylene blue in alkaline or neutral solution. It would seem, then, that luciferin must contain no aldehyde group. If so, we should expect to obtain reduction of some of the above reagents. Just what group is concerned in the oxidation is unknown at the present time, and in the absence of more experimental data, speculation regarding it can be of little value.

As luciferin is such an easily oxidizable substance, we would expect it to act as a reducer just like glucose does. However, a concentrated solution of luciferin does not show any reducing action on Fehling's (alkaline Cu), Barfoed's (acid Cu), Nylander's (alkaline Bi), or Knapp's (alkaline Hg) reagents. Glucose can reduce methylene blue in alkaline solution (but not in neutral solution), whereas luciferin does not reduce methylene blue in either alkaline or neutral solutions. This suggests that luciferin likely does not contain an aldehyde group. If it did, we would expect to see it reducing some of the above reagents. The exact group involved in the oxidation process is currently unknown, and without more experimental data, any speculation about it is not likely to be useful.

SUMMARY

In summing up we may say that the luminescence of at least three groups of luminous animals, the beetles, Pholas, and Cypridina, has been definitely shown to be due to the interaction of two substances, luciferin and luciferase, in presence of water and oxygen. Luciferin and luciferase have quite different properties and may be easily separated from each other by various chemical procedures. As the luciferins and luciferases from different luminous animals have somewhat different properties, they may be designated by prefixing the generic name of the animal from which they are obtained.

In summary, we can say that the glow of at least three groups of glowing animals—the beetles, Pholas, and Cypridina—has clearly been shown to result from the interaction of two substances, luciferin and luciferase, in the presence of water and oxygen. Luciferin and luciferase have very different properties and can easily be separated from each other using various chemical methods. Since the luciferins and luciferases from different glowing animals have slightly different properties, they can be named by adding the generic name of the animal they come from.

Cypridina luciferin differs from Pholas luciferin in that it can not be oxidized with light production by KMnO4, H2O2, with or without hæmoglobin, or similar oxidizing agents. Cypridina luciferase differs from Pholas and firefly luciferase in that it is not readily[Pg 141] destroyed by the fat-solvent anæsthetics, such as chloroform, ether, etc.

Cypridina luciferin is different from Pholas luciferin because it cannot be oxidized to produce light with KMnO4, H2O2, either with or without hemoglobin, or other similar oxidizing agents. Cypridina luciferase differs from both Pholas and firefly luciferase in that it is not easily destroyed by fat-solvent anesthetics like chloroform, ether, and so on.

When Cypridina luciferin is oxidized, no fundamental splitting of the molecule occurs, because the product, oxyluciferin, can be readily reduced to luciferin again. This reduction is brought about under conditions similar to those necessary for the reduction of dyes, such as methylene blue. Oxyluciferin can be reduced to luciferin, which will again give light with luciferase, by the reductases of muscle tissue, liver, etc., or by bacteria; by Schardinger's enzyme of milk; by H2S; by the nascent hydrogen from the action of acetic acid on magnesium or of water or NaOH on aluminium, zinc or magnesium; and by palladium black and sodium hypophosphite, all well-known reducing methods. Reduction of oxyluciferin no doubt occurs even in presence of luciferase if oxygen is absent, and reduction of oxyluciferin no doubt occurs in animals which burn luciferin within the cell, thus tending for conservation of material. Dilute alkali favors oxidation and dilute acid favors the reduction. Light favors the reduction of oxyluciferin.

When Cypridina luciferin is oxidized, the molecule doesn't split apart fundamentally because the product, oxyluciferin, can easily be converted back to luciferin. This conversion happens under conditions similar to those needed for reducing dyes like methylene blue. Oxyluciferin can be turned back into luciferin, which will again emit light with luciferase, by the reductases found in muscle tissue, liver, and other places, or by bacteria; by Schardinger's enzyme from milk; by H2S; by the nascent hydrogen from the reaction of acetic acid with magnesium or from water or NaOH reacting with aluminum, zinc, or magnesium; and by palladium black and sodium hypophosphite, all of which are common reducing methods. It's likely that reduction of oxyluciferin happens even in the presence of luciferase if oxygen isn't there, and it's also likely that reduction occurs in animals that metabolize luciferin within their cells, which helps conserve materials. Dilute alkali promotes oxidation while dilute acid promotes reduction. Light encourages the reduction of oxyluciferin.

Apparently luciferin and oxyluciferin have identical chemical properties. Neither is digested by the enzymes: malt diastase, ptyalin, yeast invertase, pepsin, trypsin, steapsin, amylopsin, rennin, erepsin, urease or enzymes occurring in the water extracts of dried spleen, kidney, or liver. Luciferase is destroyed only by pepsin (probably), trypsin, erepsin, and something in spleen and liver extract.

Apparently, luciferin and oxyluciferin have the same chemical properties. Neither is broken down by the enzymes: malt diastase, ptyalin, yeast invertase, pepsin, trypsin, steapsin, amylopsin, rennin, erepsin, urease, or enzymes found in the water extracts of dried spleen, kidney, or liver. Luciferase is only affected by pepsin (likely), trypsin, erepsin, and something in the spleen and liver extract.

Luciferase is unquestionably a protein and all its properties agree with those of the albumins. Although used up in oxidizing large quantities of luciferin,[Pg 142] it behaves in many ways like an enzyme and may be so regarded.

Luciferase is definitely a protein, and all of its characteristics match those of albumins. Even though it gets used up oxidizing large amounts of luciferin,[Pg 142] it acts like an enzyme in many respects and can be considered one.

Luciferin, on the other hand, is not digested by proteolytic enzymes, is dialyzable, almost but not completely precipitated by saturation with (NH4)2SO4, and is soluble in absolute alcohol, acetone, and some other organic solvents, but not in the strictly fat-solvents like ether, chloroform, and benzol. There are, however, certain CO-NH linkages which are not attacked by proteolytic enzymes and some peptones soluble in absolute alcohol, so that these two characteristics do not bar it from the group of proteins. Luciferin, in fact, has many properties in common with the proteoses and peptones but its chemical nature cannot be definitely stated at present.[Pg 143]

Luciferin, on the other hand, isn't broken down by proteolytic enzymes, is dialyzable, is nearly but not completely precipitated by saturation with (NH4)2SO4, and is soluble in absolute alcohol, acetone, and some other organic solvents, but not in fat-solvents like ether, chloroform, and benzene. However, there are certain CO-NH linkages that aren't affected by proteolytic enzymes and some peptones that are soluble in absolute alcohol, so these two characteristics don't exclude it from the group of proteins. In fact, luciferin shares many properties with proteoses and peptones, but its chemical nature can't be definitively determined at this time.[Pg 143]


CHAPTER VII
DYNAMICS OF LUMINESCENCE

One of the most extraordinary things regarding luminescence in general is the small amount of material necessary to cause a visible emission of light. To take an extreme case, the flash of light resulting from the impact on ZnS of a single α particle, a helium atom, is visible to the naked eye. Addition of one part in a million of some heavy metal to pure CaS will confer phosphorescent properties on the latter. We are forced to believe that the heavy metal enters into some reaction during illumination which is reversed with light emission after illumination and a very small amount of heavy metal is necessary. Pyrogallol in water, 1:5,000,000 (m/512,000), can be oxidized with light production by K4Fe(CN)6 and H2O2 (Harvey, 1917) and m/100 pyrogallol + H2O2 will give a visible light with colloidal platinum in 1:250,000 concentration (Goss, 1917).

One of the most incredible things about luminescence is the tiny amount of material needed to produce a visible light emission. For instance, the flash of light that occurs when a single α particle—essentially a helium atom—strikes ZnS can be seen with the naked eye. Adding just one part per million of a heavy metal to pure CaS gives it phosphorescent properties. This suggests that the heavy metal undergoes some kind of reaction during exposure to light, which reverses when the light is emitted afterward, and only a tiny amount of the heavy metal is required. Pyrogallol in water, at a dilution of 1:5,000,000 (m/512,000), can produce light when oxidized by K4Fe(CN)6 and H2O2 (Harvey, 1917), and m/100 pyrogallol combined with H2O2 will emit visible light with colloidal platinum at a concentration of 1:250,000 (Goss, 1917).

Luciferin and luciferase from Cypridina will also luminesce in exceedingly small concentration. If one grinds a single Cypridina in a mortar with water and dilutes the extract to 25,600 c.c., light can be observed if luciferin is added to this dilute luciferase solution. By determining the volume of the luminous gland of Cypridina and even assuming that this volume is all luciferase, one can calculate that one part of luciferase in 1,700,000,000 parts of water will give light when luciferin is added. Likewise, a similar dilution of luciferin will give visible light when luciferase is added.[Pg 144]

Luciferin and luciferase from Cypridina will also produce light in extremely small concentrations. If you grind a single Cypridina in a mortar with water and dilute the extract to 25,600 c.c., light can be seen when luciferin is added to this diluted luciferase solution. By measuring the volume of the luminous gland of Cypridina and assuming that this volume is entirely luciferase, you can calculate that one part of luciferase in 1,700,000,000 parts of water will emit light when luciferin is added. Similarly, a comparable dilution of luciferin will produce visible light when luciferase is added.[Pg 144]

The sensitivity of our eye is largely responsible for the detection of so small an energy change. As we have seen, recent determinations have proved that the dark adapted eye can detect 18 × 10-10 ergs per second. From the heat of complete oxidation of pyrogallol it is possible to calculate the amount of pyrogallol necessary to give 18 × 10-10 ergs if completely oxidized. This quantity is infinitesimally small. When pyrogallol is oxidized by K4Fe(CN)6 and H2O2, it is not completely oxidized and probably only a small amount of the energy is converted into light; otherwise we should be able to see the luminescence of a very much weaker concentration of pyrogallol. As the reaction luciferin oxyluciferin is so easily reversible, very little energy must be liberated, and, as experiments indicate, very little heat, if any, accompanies light production. Even though this be true, it is still possible for a very small amount of luciferin to produce a very large amount of light.

The sensitivity of our eyes is largely responsible for detecting such a tiny change in energy. As we've seen, recent measurements have shown that the dark-adapted eye can detect 18 × 10-10 ergs per second. From the heat generated by completely oxidizing pyrogallol, we can calculate the amount of pyrogallol needed to produce 18 × 10-10 ergs if fully oxidized. This quantity is incredibly small. When pyrogallol is oxidized by K4Fe(CN)6 and H2O2, it doesn’t get completely oxidized, and likely only a small fraction of the energy is turned into light; otherwise, we would be able to see the luminescence from a much weaker concentration of pyrogallol. Since the reaction luciferin oxyluciferin is easily reversible, very little energy is released, and experiments suggest that very little heat, if any, is produced alongside light. Even so, a very small amount of luciferin can still generate a significant amount of light.

A very small amount of luciferase only is necessary because it behaves as an enzyme and follows the general rule that catalysts act in minute concentrations.

A very small amount of luciferase is all that's needed because it acts as an enzyme and follows the general rule that catalysts work in tiny concentrations.

On the assumption that luciferase is an enzyme, an organic catalyst oxidizing luciferin with light production, we may appropriately inquire into the relation between the concentration of luciferin and luciferase and intensity and duration of luminescence. Oxygen tension, hydrogen ion concentration and temperature must be maintained constant as these all affect both intensity and duration of luminescence. Before considering luciferin and luciferase, however, let us study a few well-known chemiluminescent oxidations with special reference to concentration of reacting substances and temperature.[Pg 145]

Assuming that luciferase is an enzyme, an organic catalyst that oxidizes luciferin to produce light, we should look into the relationship between the concentration of luciferin and luciferase, as well as the intensity and duration of luminescence. Oxygen levels, hydrogen ion concentration, and temperature must be kept constant because they all influence both the intensity and duration of luminescence. Before diving into luciferin and luciferase, though, let’s examine a few well-known chemiluminescent oxidations, focusing specifically on the concentration of the reacting substances and temperature.[Pg 145]

The effect of temperature on luminescence is of special interest because it gives us a means of analysis for determining if the luminescence depends on reaction velocity. We know that photochemical reactions are very little affected by temperature because the reaction is dependent on the absorption of light, a physical process, and this increases only a small per cent. for a rise of temperature of 10° C. To put it in the usual way, its temperature coefficient (Q10) for a 10° interval is usually less than 1.1. On the other hand, we should expect photogenic reactions, in which some of the chemical energy is converted into radiant energy, to give off much more light the greater the reaction velocity. As reaction velocity increases so rapidly with temperature (Q10 = 2 to 3), luminescence intensity should rapidly increase with increase in temperature.

The impact of temperature on luminescence is particularly significant because it allows us to analyze whether luminescence is dependent on the rate of reaction. We understand that photochemical reactions are minimally affected by temperature since they rely on the absorption of light, a physical process, which only increases by a small percentage for every 10° C rise in temperature. In common terms, its temperature coefficient (Q10) for a 10° interval is typically less than 1.1. Conversely, we would expect photogenic reactions, where some of the chemical energy is transformed into radiant energy, to emit much more light as the reaction rate increases. Since the rate of reaction escalates significantly with temperature (Q10 = 2 to 3), the intensity of luminescence should also increase rapidly with rising temperature.

Trautz (1905), from his extensive study of the chemiluminescence of phenol and aldehyde compounds came to the conclusion that luminescence intensity was proportional to reaction velocity. He based his conclusions largely on the effects of temperature and concentration of reacting substances and went so far as to declare that any reaction would produce luminescence if the reaction velocity were sufficiently increased. It is quite true that increasing the temperature does increase the intensity of chemiluminescence, but this is only within certain limits. As we raise the temperature, chemiluminescence becomes more intense but we soon reach a temperature for maximum luminescence and above this the intensity diminishes. This is especially well seen in the action of various oxidizers on pyrogallol and H2O2 recorded in Table 10. At 100° C. practically no light is produced by many[Pg 146] oxidizers which are themselves unaffected at 100°. If we are to connect reaction velocity with intensity of luminescence we must conclude that the evolution of light is dependent rather on an optimum than a maximum reaction velocity.

Trautz (1905), from his comprehensive study of the chemiluminescence of phenol and aldehyde compounds, concluded that the intensity of luminescence is proportional to the reaction rate. He based his conclusions mainly on the effects of temperature and the concentration of the reacting substances, even claiming that any reaction would produce luminescence if the reaction rate were sufficiently increased. It is indeed true that raising the temperature increases the intensity of chemiluminescence, but only up to a point. As we increase the temperature, chemiluminescence becomes more intense, but we soon hit a peak temperature for maximum luminescence, and beyond this, the intensity drops. This is particularly evident in the action of various oxidizers on pyrogallol and H2O2 recorded in Table 10. At 100° C, very little light is produced by many oxidizers that remain unaffected at that temperature. If we want to link reaction rate with intensity of luminescence, we must conclude that the production of light relies more on an optimal reaction rate than on a maximum one.

TABLE 10
Temperature and Light Production. The Oxidizer is Mixed with an Equal Amount of M/100 Pyrogallol + 3 per cent. H2O2

TABLE 10
Temperature and Light Production. The Oxidizer is Combined with an Equal Amount of M/100 Pyrogallol + 3 percent H2O2

Oxidizer Temperatures
0-2° 20° 50° 75° 98-100°
Turnip juiceFaintGoodGoodBrightNegative.
1 per cent. blood extractFaintFairGood Fair.
m/20 K4Fe(CN)6NegativeGoodBright Good.
m/100 KMnO4FairGoodBrightBrightFaint flash.
m/50 K2Cr2O7NegativeFairFaintFairNegative.
m/100 CrO3NegativeGoodBrightBrightFaint.
m/10 KCr alumNegativeFaintFaintFaintNegative.
m/10 NH4Fe alumNegativeFaintFaintFaintVery faint.
MnO2NegativeFairFairFairNegative.
NaClO Bright flash Bright flash Bright flash   Fair flash.

Quite a number of instances are known in which increasing the mass of reacting substances leads not to an increase but to an actual cessation of luminescence. This fact does not confirm the theory that reaction velocity is a determining factor in luminescence. The conditions for the luminescence of white phosphorus are most interesting and unusual. (See van't Hoff, 1895; Ewan, 1895; Centnerszwer, 1895; Russell,1903; Scharff, 1908.) Phosphorus will only begin to luminesce at a certain small pressure of oxygen. This "minimum luminescence pressure" of oxygen is very low, so low that earlier observers, failing to remove traces of oxygen, thought that luminescence might occur in absence of oxygen. Curiously enough there is also a "maximum luminescence pressure" of oxygen above which no luminescence occurs. Phosphorus will not luminesce in pure oxygen. Between the minimum and maximum is an "optimum luminescence pressure" where luminescence of the phosphorus is brightest. The exact values of these pressures vary with degree of water vapor present and with temperature. According to Abegg's Handbuch der anorganischen Chemie, the maximum luminescence pressure with water vapor present, is 320 mm. Hg at 0° and increases 13.19 mm. Hg for each degree rise in temperature. This means that for a definite temperature, say, 20°, phosphorus will not luminesce with an oxygen pressure of 583 mm. Hg, but will luminesce with pressures under this. If, however, we raise the tempera[Pg 148]ture, luminescence will occur with an oxygen pressure of 583 mm. Hg.

There are quite a few cases where increasing the mass of the reacting substances doesn't lead to more luminescence but actually stops it. This doesn't support the idea that the speed of reaction is a key factor in luminescence. The conditions for white phosphorus to luminesce are particularly interesting and unusual. (See van't Hoff, 1895; Ewan, 1895; Centnerszwer, 1895; Russell, 1903; Scharff, 1908.) Phosphorus only starts to luminesce at a certain low pressure of oxygen. This "minimum luminescence pressure" of oxygen is so low that earlier researchers, not removing traces of oxygen, believed luminescence could happen without it. Interestingly, there is also a "maximum luminescence pressure" of oxygen, above which luminescence won't occur. Phosphorus does not luminesce in pure oxygen. Between these minimum and maximum pressures is an "optimum luminescence pressure," where phosphorus glows the brightest. The exact values of these pressures change with the amount of water vapor present and the temperature. According to Abegg's Handbuch der anorganischen Chemie, the maximum luminescence pressure with water vapor is 320 mm Hg at 0° and increases by 13.19 mm Hg for each degree rise in temperature. This means that at a specific temperature, say 20°, phosphorus won't luminesce at an oxygen pressure of 583 mm Hg but will luminesce at lower pressures. However, if we raise the temperature, luminescence will occur at an oxygen pressure of 583 mm Hg.

A somewhat analogous case is presented by the oxidation of pyrogallol solution in contact with ozone, except that in this reaction too high a concentration of pyrogallol will hinder the oxidation. I have not studied the effect of varying concentrations of ozone. If oxygen, passed through an ozonizer (the silent electric discharge tube), is bubbled through m/100 pyrogallol, no luminescence occurs at 0°, a fair luminescence at 20°, a good luminescence at 50°, and a bright luminescence at the boiling point. If the pyrogallol is of m concentration, no luminescence occurs at 0° or 20°, a fair luminescence at 50°, and a bright luminescence at the boiling point. For a definite temperature, say 20°, no light appears if the pyrogallol is of m concentration, but if we raise the temperature, luminescence can occur. The similarity to phosphorus is obvious. Thus the "maximum luminescence pressure" of pyrogallol increases with increase of temperature.

A similar situation arises with the oxidation of pyrogallol solution when exposed to ozone, except that too high a concentration of pyrogallol will actually slow down the oxidation. I haven't looked into how different concentrations of ozone affect this. If oxygen, passed through an ozonizer (the silent electric discharge tube), is bubbled through a 1/100 pyrogallol solution, there is no luminescence at 0°, a slight luminescence at 20°, a good luminescence at 50°, and a bright luminescence at the boiling point. If the pyrogallol is at m concentration, no luminescence occurs at 0° or 20°, there's a slight luminescence at 50°, and a bright luminescence at the boiling point. At a specific temperature, say 20°, no light appears when the pyrogallol is at m concentration, but if we increase the temperature, luminescence can occur. The resemblance to phosphorus is clear. Therefore, the "maximum luminescence pressure" of pyrogallol increases with higher temperatures.

We have already seen that pyrogallol can also be oxidized, if H2O2 is present, by a great variety of substances, such as peroxidases of potato or turnip juice, hæmoglobin, KMnO4, K4Fe(CN)6, CrO3, MnO2, hypochlorites and hypobromites, or colloidal Pt and Ag. For convenience we may collectively speak of these as oxidizers. They are recorded in Table 13. No light occurs if H2O2is absent. In the case of some of these oxidizers pyrogallol will luminesce in dilute concentrations but not in strong. Also, dilute pyrogallol will luminesce with a dilute solution of oxidizer but not with a concentrated solution of oxidizer. The effect of rise in temperature in these cases also is to increase the "maximum luminescence concen[Pg 149]tration" of pyrogallol and the "maximum luminescence concentration" of oxidizer. Table 11 shows this effect of temperature with K4Fe(CN)6 and varying concentrations of pyrogallol, and Table 12 shows the effect of temperature with pyrogallol and varying concentrations of K4Fe(CN)6. Table 10 shows the relation between temperature and intensity of luminescence with pyrogallol and various oxidizers. The terms faint, fair, good, and bright are purely relative designations of brightness as estimated by the eye, for accurate measurements of weak intensities are very difficult to make.

We've already seen that pyrogallol can also be oxidized in the presence of H2O2 by a wide range of substances, like peroxidases from potato or turnip juice, hemoglobin, KMnO4, K4Fe(CN)6, CrO3, MnO2, hypochlorites and hypobromites, or colloidal Pt and Ag. For simplicity, we can refer to these collectively as oxidizers. They are listed in Table 13. No luminescence occurs if H2O2 is not present. For some of these oxidizers, pyrogallol will luminesce at dilute concentrations but not at strong ones. Also, dilute pyrogallol will luminesce with a dilute solution of oxidizer but not with a concentrated solution of oxidizer. An increase in temperature in these cases also raises the "maximum luminescence concentration" of pyrogallol and the "maximum luminescence concentration" of the oxidizer. Table 11 shows this temperature effect with K4Fe(CN)6 and varying concentrations of pyrogallol, and Table 12 illustrates the effect of temperature with pyrogallol and different concentrations of K4Fe(CN)6. Table 10 depicts the relationship between temperature and luminescence intensity with pyrogallol and various oxidizers. The terms faint, fair, good, and bright are just relative descriptions of brightness as perceived by the eye, since accurately measuring weak intensities is very challenging.

From Table 10 it should be noted that the intensity of luminescence of pyrogallol oxidized with most oxidizers is actually less at the boiling point, a fact which I have repeatedly verified. Let us now see how these facts are to be explained. If we assume that luminescence is dependent on reaction velocity, the intensity of luminescence should increase with increasing temperature. Up to a certain limit this is what we find, but at temperatures above this limit the intensity of luminescence actually decreases. The duration of luminescence also decreases. There is an optimum temperature for luminescence in many cases and we can only conclude that luminescence depends not on a very rapid reaction velocity but on a certain definite reaction velocity. Assuming that this is true, how can we account for the anomalous fact that in high concentrations of oxygen, phosphorus will not luminesce or that in high concentrations of pyrogallol, there is no luminescence in presence of ozone or of oxidizer and H2O2. Of course with high active mass of oxygen (in case of phosphorous luminescence) or of pyrogallol (in case of pyrogallol luminescence) the reaction velocity must be[Pg 150] greater than the optimum. If that is the case, then lowering the temperature should reduce the reaction velocity to the optimum and light should appear. However, as we have seen, not lowering but raising the temperature causes luminescence with high oxygen concentration or high pyrogallol concentration.

From Table 10, it should be noted that the brightness of luminescence from pyrogallol oxidized with most oxidizers is actually lower at the boiling point, a fact I have confirmed multiple times. Now, let’s explore how to explain these facts. If we assume that luminescence depends on the reaction speed, the brightness of luminescence should increase with rising temperature. Up to a certain point, this is what we observe, but at temperatures beyond this point, the brightness of luminescence actually decreases. The duration of luminescence also shortens. There’s an optimal temperature for luminescence in many cases, leading us to conclude that luminescence doesn’t rely on a very fast reaction speed but rather on a specific, defined reaction speed. Assuming this is correct, how can we explain the unusual observation that in high concentrations of oxygen, phosphorus will not luminesce or that in high concentrations of pyrogallol, there is no luminescence in the presence of ozone or of oxidizer and H2O2? Clearly, with a high active mass of oxygen (in the case of phosphorus luminescence) or of pyrogallol (in the case of pyrogallol luminescence), the reaction speed must be greater than the optimal. If that is true, then lowering the temperature should reduce the reaction speed to the optimal level, and light should appear. However, as we have seen, it’s not lowering but raising the temperature that causes luminescence with high oxygen concentration or high pyrogallol concentration.

TABLE 11
Temperature, Concentration of Pyrogallol, and Light Production. An Equal Amount of m/20 K4Fe(CN)6 is Mixed with Pyrogallol + 3 per Cent H2O2

TABLE 11
Temperature, Concentration of Pyrogallol, and Light Production. An Equal Amount of m/20 K4Fe(CN)6 is Mixed with Pyrogallol + 3 Percent H2O2

Concentration of
pyrogallol
(after mixing)
Temperatures
0-2° 10° 20° 30° 50° 75° 98-100°
m/4NegativeNegativeGoodVery faintFaintFairFaint
m/40NegativeFaintFaintFaintGoodBrightGood
m/400FaintFairGoodGoodGoodBrightBright flash
m/4,000BrightBrightBrightBrightBright flashFair flashNegative

TABLE 12
Temperature, Concentration of Ferrocyanide and Light Production. An Equal Amount of K4Fe(CN)6 is Mixed with m/100 Pyrogallol + 3 Per Cent H2O2

TABLE 12
Temperature, Concentration of Ferrocyanide and Light Production. An Equal Amount of K4Fe(CN)6 is Mixed with m/100 Pyrogallol + 3 Percent H2O2

Concentration of K4Fe(CN)6
exposed to light (after mixing)
Temperatures
0-2° 10° 20° 30° 50° 75° 98-100°
Half saturated at 20° CNegativeFaintFairFairGoodGoodFaint flash
One-sixth saturated at 20° CVery faintFairGoodGoodBrightVery brightGood flash

Table 13
Substances Giving Light with Pyrogallol and Hydrogen Peroxide

Table 13
Substances That Produce Light with Pyrogallol and Hydrogen Peroxide

Equal volume added to mixture of 1 part M/100 pyrogallol or 1 part 3 per cent H2O2 + 1 part M/100 pyrogallol; hence, concentrations final mixture are one-half that given Light with pyrogallol Light with pyrogallol + H2O2 Blueing of gum guaiac Blueing of gum guaiac + H2O2 Liberation of oxygen from H2O2
1Potassium ferrocyanide(K4Fe(CN)6 M/10-M/20)-Bright+ +
2Potassium ferricyanide(K3Fe(CN)6 M/10-M/1,250)-Very faint to ---Very slow
3Potassium chromate(K2CrO4 M/20-M/100)-Good+ +
4Potassium bichromate(K2Cr2O7 M/50-M/100)-Good+ +
5Potassium permanganate(KMnO4 M/50-M/200)-Bright+-+
6Potassium hydroxide(KOH M-M/6,250)----Very slow
7Potassium chlorate(KClO3 M/10)-----
8Potassium persulfate(K2S2O8 M/10-M/128)-----
9Potassium chromium alum(Cr2(SO4)3.K2SO4 M/10)-FaintVery slowVery slow-
10Ferric ammonium alum(Fe2(SO4)3.(NH4)2SO4 M/10)-Faint+ Very slow
11Ferric chloride(FeCl3 M/10-M/250)-Fair+ Slow
12Ferrous sulfate(FeSO4 M/10-M/6,250)-Fair-+Slow
13Copper sulfate(CuSO4 M/5-M/125)---+Very slow
14Chromic acid(CrO3 M/100)-Bright+ +
15Chromic sulfate(Cr2(SO4)3 2 per cent)-Faint-+Slow
16Chlorine water--+ +
17Bromine water--+ +
18Iodine in KI--+ +
19Sodium hypochlorite(Cl water + NaOH)Faint flash Bright+ ++
20Sodium hypobromite(NaOBr, bromine water + NaOH)Faint flash Bright+ ++
21Sodium hypoiodite(I in KI + NaOH)-Faint+ +
22Calcium hypochlorite(Ca(OCl)2 saturated solution)-Good+ ++
23Turnip juice-Bright-+++[Pg 152]
24Turnip juice heated to 70°-Faint-+Very slow
25Turnip juice boiled-----
26Albumin solution-----
27Albumin solution + KMnO4-Good+-++
28Albumin solution + KMnO4 boiled 1 min. and filtered (no precipitate forms)-Good+-++
29Gelatin solution-----
30Gelatin solution + KMnO4-Good--++
31Gelatin solution + KMnO4 boiled 1 min. and filtered (no precipitate forms)-Good+-++
32Colloidal Ag-Bright+ +
33Colloidal Pt-Bright+ +
34Colloidal Fe(OH)2 (dilute)---+-
35Sodium nucleoproteinate (liver)---+-
36Sodium nucleoproteinate (mammary gland)-----
37Sodium nucleate (yeast)-----
38Squid blood (Sepia esculenta). Contains hemocyanin-Fair  ++
39Squid blood (Sepia esculenta) boiled-Good  -
40Lobster blood (Palinurus japonicus).
Contains hemocyanin and tetronerythrin, a lipochrome
-Faint  ++
41Lobster blood (Palinurus japonicus) boiled-Fair  -
42Annelid blood (Laonome japonica).
Contains chlorocruorin
-Good  
43Annelid blood (Laonome japonica) boiled--  
44Luminous pennatulid extract (Cavernularia haberi)---+++
45Luminous ostracod extract (Cypridina hilgendorfii)--  +
46Luminous protozoan extract (Noctiluca miliaris)-----
47Firefly (Luciola viticollis) extract, luminous organs--  ++
48Ferrous ferrocyanide (Fe2Fe(CN)6)-Faint+ +
49Zinc ferrocyanide (Zn2Fe(CN)6)--+ Very slow
50Chromic oxide (Cr2O3)--- Slow
51Chromic hydroxide (Cr(OH)2)---Slow+
52Manganese dioxide (MnO2)-GoodSlowSlow++

[Pg 153] I believe the explanation of these phenomena lies rather in another direction and that the effect of the temperature and concentration of reacting substances affects not only the reaction velocity but also the reaction products. While intensity of luminescence undoubtedly increases with increasing reaction velocity, the luminescence itself probably accompanies only one stage in the formation of a series of oxidation products. This stage is favored at a definite temperature and mass of reacting substances. Thus, in the oxidation of phosphorus several intermediate oxides are said to be formed. The oxidation takes place in steps and probably the luminescence is connected with only one of the steps in a chain of reactions. It is probable that a certain oxygen pressure and temperature favors that particular step at the expense of the others and so this oxygen concentration and temperature correspond to the optimum for luminescence.

[Pg 153] I think the explanation for these phenomena lies elsewhere, and that the temperature and concentration of the reacting substances impact not only the reaction speed but also the products of the reaction. While the intensity of luminescence definitely increases with a higher reaction speed, the luminescence likely only occurs during one stage in the formation of a series of oxidation products. This stage is favored at a specific temperature and amount of reacting substances. For instance, during the oxidation of phosphorus, several intermediate oxides are believed to be created. The oxidation happens in steps, and the luminescence is probably associated with just one of those steps in a sequence of reactions. It’s likely that a certain oxygen pressure and temperature promote that specific step at the expense of others, which means this oxygen concentration and temperature align with the optimal conditions for luminescence.

The supposition that certain definite oxidation products of pyrogallol must be formed in order to produce light is borne out by the fact that pyrogallol must be oxidized in a particular way to obtain luminescence. The blackening of pyrogallol with absorption of oxygen in presence of alkali is a very well-known reaction, but luminescence does not accompany this type of oxidation. I have tried mixing all concentrations of pyrogallol and all concentrations of alkali in an endeavor to obtain some[Pg 154] light, but always with negative results. Likewise my attempts to obtain light during the electrolysis of salt solutions containing pyrogallol by means of the nascent oxygen at various kinds of anodes have met with negative results. A similar case is presented by luciferin which oxidizes spontaneously (most rapidly in presence of alkali) without light production and only produces light when oxidized in presence of luciferase.

The idea that specific oxidation products of pyrogallol need to form in order to create light is supported by the fact that pyrogallol must undergo a specific type of oxidation to achieve luminescence. The darkening of pyrogallol when it reacts with oxygen in the presence of alkali is a well-known reaction, but this process does not produce luminescence. I’ve tried mixing various concentrations of pyrogallol and alkali in an effort to create light, but I always ended up with no results. Similarly, my attempts to generate light during the electrolysis of salt solutions containing pyrogallol using nascent oxygen at different types of anodes have also been unsuccessful. A comparable situation exists with luciferin, which oxidizes on its own (most quickly in the presence of alkali) without producing light, and only generates light when it’s oxidized in the presence of luciferase.

To sum up the results of the dynamics of chemiluminescence we may say that certain oxyluminescences occur only if the substance is oxidized in a particular way under definite conditions of temperature and concentration and that this is probably due to a favoring of one step (with which the luminescence is associated) in a chain of oxidations. Providing temperature and concentration are such as to favor the step responsible for luminescence, then higher temperature and greater concentration result in increased intensity of luminescence.

To summarize the results of the dynamics of chemiluminescence, we can say that certain oxyluminescences only happen if the substance is oxidized in a specific way under certain temperature and concentration conditions. This is likely because one step (associated with the luminescence) in a series of oxidations is favored. If the temperature and concentration promote the step responsible for luminescence, then higher temperatures and greater concentrations lead to increased intensity of luminescence.

Let us now turn to luminous organisms and consider the effect of temperature and of concentration of reacting substances (oxygen, luciferin and luciferase) on the luminescence. We have already seen that luminescence of a luciferin-luciferase mixture begins with an extraordinarily low oxygen tension and increases in intensity with increasing tension of oxygen, but that very soon an oxygen tension is reached where a maximum luminescence is obtained and further increase of oxygen tension gives no brighter light. In this respect the luminescence intensity—oxygen tension curve is no doubt very similar to the hæmoglobin saturation—oxygen tension curve. Hæmoglobin is about 50 per cent. saturated at 10 mm. oxygen pressure, 80 per cent. saturated at 20 mm. oxygen pressure[Pg 155] and completely saturated at pressures of oxygen well below the pressure of oxygen in air (152 mm. Hg). As the optimum oxygen tension for luminescence of luciferin is also well below that of air, mixtures of luciferin and luciferase luminesce with equal brilliancy whether air or pure oxygen is bubbled through them. To obtain an excess of oxygen it is only necessary to keep the solution saturated with air and statements regarding concentration of luciferin and luciferase and intensity or duration refer to excess of oxygen. Investigators who have studied the effect of increase in oxygen pressure on luminous animals have come to the same conclusions. High pressures of air or oxygen do not increase the intensity of luminescence (Dubois and Regnard, 1884).

Let’s now look at glowing organisms and consider how temperature and the concentration of reacting substances (oxygen, luciferin, and luciferase) affect luminescence. We've already noted that the luminescence of a luciferin-luciferase mix starts at a surprisingly low oxygen level and gets brighter as the oxygen level increases. However, there comes a point where the luminescence reaches its peak, and any further increase in oxygen does not make the light brighter. In this sense, the relationship between luminescence intensity and oxygen level is quite similar to that of hemoglobin saturation and oxygen pressure. Hemoglobin is about 50 percent saturated at 10 mm of oxygen pressure, 80 percent saturated at 20 mm of oxygen pressure[Pg 155] and fully saturated at oxygen pressures well below that found in air (152 mm Hg). Since the optimal oxygen tension for luciferin luminescence is also well below that of air, mixtures of luciferin and luciferase glow just as brightly whether air or pure oxygen is passed through them. To achieve an excess of oxygen, it’s simply necessary to keep the solution saturated with air, and statements about the concentration of luciferin and luciferase, as well as intensity or duration, refer to that excess of oxygen. Researchers who have examined the impact of increased oxygen pressure on luminous animals have reached the same conclusions: high pressures of air or oxygen do not enhance the intensity of luminescence (Dubois and Regnard, 1884).

The hydrogen ion concentration of crude solutions of luciferin and luciferase, made by extracting whole Cypridinas with hot or cold water is fairly constant, about Ph = 9, determined electrometrically. Such solutions have a high buffer value and the Ph does not change during oxidation of luciferin so that this variable is automatically controlled.

The hydrogen ion concentration of raw solutions of luciferin and luciferase, created by extracting whole Cypridinas with hot or cold water, is fairly consistent, around pH level = 9, measured electrometrically. These solutions have a high buffer capacity, and the pH remains stable during the oxidation of luciferin, so this variable is automatically regulated.

Because of difficulties in measuring low intensities of light which are constantly changing, no figures on light intensities can be given, but it is easy to establish the following facts: The greater the concentration of luciferin or luciferase the more intense the luminescence. The greater the concentration of luciferin the longer the duration of luminescence and the greater the concentration of luciferase, the shorter the luminescence lasts. Thus, if we mix concentrated luciferin and weak luciferase we get a bright light which lasts for a half hour or more, gradually growing more dim. Concentrated luciferase and weak[Pg 156] luciferin give a bright flash of light which disappears almost instantly. Concentrated luciferase and concentrated luciferin give a brilliant light which lasts for an intermediate length of time and weak luciferin and weak luciferase give a faint luminescence which lasts for an intermediate length of time.

Due to the challenges in measuring low light intensities that are constantly changing, we can’t provide specific figures for light intensities, but we can establish the following facts: The higher the concentration of luciferin or luciferase, the more intense the luminescence. A greater concentration of luciferin leads to a longer duration of luminescence, while a greater concentration of luciferase results in shorter luminescence. Therefore, if we mix concentrated luciferin with weak luciferase, we obtain a bright light that lasts for half an hour or more, gradually dimming. Conversely, mixing concentrated luciferase with weak luciferin produces a bright flash of light that fades almost instantly. A combination of concentrated luciferase and concentrated luciferin yields a brilliant light that lasts for a moderate duration, while weak luciferin and weak luciferase create a faint luminescence that also lasts for a moderate duration.

These facts can all be explained by regarding luciferase as a catalyzer which accelerates the oxidation of luciferin and by assuming that intensity of luminescence is dependent on reaction velocity, i.e., on rate of oxidation. Contrary to the condition for phosphorus and for pyrogallol there appears to be no optimum concentration of luciferase or luciferin, but the luminescence intensity increases gradually with increasing concentration of luminous substances up to the point where pure (?) luciferin and pure (?) luciferase, as secreted from the gland cells of the animal, come in contact with each other. This, the maximum brightness, is not to be compared with the light of an incandescent solid, but is nevertheless visible in a well-lighted room, out of direct sunlight.

These facts can all be explained by viewing luciferase as a catalyst that speeds up the oxidation of luciferin, and by assuming that the intensity of luminescence depends on the reaction speed, i.e., the rate of oxidation. Unlike the optimal conditions seen with phosphorus and pyrogallol, there seems to be no ideal concentration for luciferase or luciferin. Instead, the luminescence intensity gradually increases as the concentration of luminous substances rises, up to the point where pure luciferin and pure luciferase, as secreted from the animal's gland cells, come into contact. This maximum brightness shouldn’t be compared to the light from an incandescent solid, but it is still visible in a well-lit room, out of direct sunlight.

The effect of temperature on Cypridina luminescence also bears out the preceding conclusions. For a given mixture of luciferin and luciferase the light becomes more intense with increasing temperature up to a definite optimum and then diminishes in intensity. The diminution in intensity above the optimum is due to a reversible change in the luciferase so that its active mass diminishes. This change becomes irreversible in the neighborhood of 70° (depending on various conditions), where coagulation of luciferase occurs. Light will appear at 0° but it is far less intense than light at higher temperatures and it is more yellow in color. The light of optimum temperatures[Pg 157] is quite blue. The weaker light at temperatures above the optimum is also more yellow in color. I believe this difference in color is a function of the slowed reaction velocity, for a mixture of luciferin and luciferase which gives a bluish luminescence at room temperature, will give a weaker and yellowish luminescence if diluted with water. Dilution with water will slow the reaction velocity. If the difference in color were not real but due to change in color sensitivity of the eye with different intensities of such relatively weak light (Purkinje phenomenon), the weaker light should appear more blue. As the weaker light appears more yellow, I therefore believe the color difference is actual and not subjective.

The effect of temperature on Cypridina luminescence also supports the previous conclusions. For a specific mixture of luciferin and luciferase, the light gets brighter as the temperature increases up to a certain point, after which it starts to fade. The decrease in brightness beyond this point is due to a reversible change in luciferase, causing its active concentration to decline. This change becomes irreversible around 70° (depending on various conditions), where coagulation of luciferase happens. Light can be produced at 0°, but it’s much less intense than at higher temperatures and appears more yellow. The light at optimal temperatures [Pg 157] is quite blue. The lighter emitted at temperatures above the optimum is also more yellow. I think this color difference is a result of the slowed reaction rate, since a blend of luciferin and luciferase that produces a bluish light at room temperature will produce a weaker and yellowish light if mixed with water. Mixing with water slows the reaction rate. If this color difference were not real, but instead a result of the eye's color sensitivity changing with different intensities of such relatively weak light (Purkinje phenomenon), then the weaker light should appear more blue. Since the weaker light appears more yellow, I therefore believe the color difference is genuine and not just a perception issue.

A minimum, optimum, and maximum temperature for luminescence is observed in all luminous organisms. The minimum is usually very low. Luminous bacteria will still light at -11.5° C. The power to luminesce under ordinary conditions is not destroyed by exposure to liquid air, for, on raising the temperature, light again appears (Macfayden, 1900, 1902). Almost all organisms will luminesce at 0° C., and the luminescence minimum probably represents the point at which complete freezing of the luminous solution occurs. It is very low with bacteria because they are solutions in capillary spaces of very small size, a condition tending to lower the freezing point.

A minimum, optimum, and maximum temperature for luminescence can be seen in all glowing organisms. The minimum temperature is usually very low. Luminous bacteria can still produce light at -11.5° C. The ability to luminesce under normal conditions isn't lost when exposed to liquid air; when the temperature goes back up, light reappears (Macfayden, 1900, 1902). Almost all organisms will luminesce at 0° C., and the luminescence minimum likely marks the point where the luminous solution completely freezes. It's very low for bacteria because they exist in tiny capillary spaces, which lowers the freezing point.

The luminescence maximum represents the point at which luciferase is reversibly changed so as to be no longer active. If the temperature is again lowered the luciferase again becomes active and light reappears. Some degrees above this, and in all forms well below the boiling point, luciferase is coagulated and destroyed. As the coagulation point of proteins depends on many[Pg 158] factors, such as time of heating, salt content, acidity, etc., so the luciferases of different animals coagulate at different temperatures depending on these conditions. Some of the more reliable observations on these critical temperatures are collected in Table 14.

The maximum luminescence is the point where luciferase is temporarily deactivated. If the temperature is lowered again, luciferase becomes active once more and light returns. Just a few degrees above this point, and well below boiling, luciferase is coagulated and destroyed. Since the coagulation point of proteins depends on various factors like heating time, salt levels, acidity, etc., the luciferases from different animals coagulate at different temperatures based on these conditions. Some of the more consistent observations on these critical temperatures are gathered in Table 14.

Table 14
Temperature Limits of Luminescence for Luminous Organism

Table 14
Temperature Limits of Luminescence for Luminous Organisms

OrganismAuthor and dateMinimumOptimumMaximum
Pseudomonas javanicaEijkman, 1892-20°25-33°45°
Bacterium phosphorescensLehmann, 1889-12°...39.5°
Bacterium phosphoreumMolish, 1904, book-5°16-18°28°
Light bacteriaTarchanoff, 1902-7°15-25°37°
Light bacteriaHarvey, E. N., 1913-11.515-20°38°
Mycelium XMolish, 1904...15-25°36°
LampyridsMacaire, 1821-1033°46-50°
Pyrophorus noctilucusDubois, 1886...20-25°47°
Photuris pennsylvanicaLund, 1911......50°
Luciola viticollisHarvey, E. B., 1915<0°...42°
Cypridina hilgendorfiiHarvey, E. N., 1915<0°...52-54°
Cyclopina gracilisLund, 1911......50°
Phylirrhoë bucephalumPanceri, 187244°...61°
PyrosomaPanceri, 1872<0°...60°
Mnemiopsis LeidyiPeters, 190521°37°
Noctiluca miliarisQuatrefages, 1850...40°
Noctiluca miliarisHarvey, E. B., 1917<0°...48°
Cavernularia haberiHarvey, E. N., 1915<0°...52°
Watasenia scintillansShoji, R, 1919...16-31°49°

We are thus led to the conclusion that intensity of luminescence is dependent on the velocity of oxidation of luciferin and that with lowered reaction velocity the spectral composition of the light changes. The maximum emission shifts toward the yellow. I believe, however, that in Cypridina also, the luminescence intensity depends not only on reaction velocity but on the particular manner in which luciferin is oxidized. Cypridina luciferin will luminesce only in presence of Cypridina luciferase and no light can be obtained from Cypridina luciferin and a host of different oxidizers (with or without H2O2) such as are able to oxidize pyrogallol. Luciferin will also oxidize in the air spontaneously but no light is produced. It is easy to show that this spontaneous oxidation may be much more rapid than an oxidation with luciferase and yet light appears only in presence of the latter. If a concentrated solution of luciferin is kept near the boiling point it will be completely oxidized to oxyluciferin in four or five minutes. No light appears if air or even if pure oxygen is bubbled through it. The same solution kept at 20° with a small amount of luciferase will luminesce continuously and not be completely oxidized to oxyluciferin in a half hour. We can, however, cause the luciferin to oxidize as rapidly at 20° by adding concentrated luciferase as does the luciferin near the boiling point without luciferase. A bright light is produced in the former case, none in the latter case. The oxyluciferin[Pg 160] formed from spontaneous oxidation of luciferin appears to be the same as that formed with luciferase present. Both give luciferin again on reduction. Perhaps the reaction takes place in two stages, similar to those supposed to occur in other enzyme actions:

We conclude that the intensity of luminescence depends on how fast luciferin oxidizes, and that a slower reaction changes the light's spectral composition, causing the maximum emission to shift toward yellow. However, I believe that in Cypridina, the intensity of luminescence is influenced not just by the reaction speed but also by the specific way luciferin is oxidized. Cypridina luciferin only luminesces in the presence of Cypridina luciferase, and no light is produced when Cypridina luciferin is mixed with various oxidizers (with or without H2O2) that can oxidize pyrogallol. Luciferin can also oxidize spontaneously in the air, but it doesn’t produce light. It’s easy to demonstrate that this spontaneous oxidation can happen much faster than oxidation with luciferase, yet light appears only when luciferase is present. If a concentrated solution of luciferin is kept near boiling point, it will fully oxidize to oxyluciferin in four or five minutes, and no light will appear even if air or pure oxygen is bubbled through it. However, the same solution kept at 20° with a small amount of luciferase will continuously luminesce and won’t fully oxidize to oxyluciferin in half an hour. We can also make the luciferin oxidize just as quickly at 20° by adding concentrated luciferase as it does near boiling without luciferase. A bright light is produced in the first case, but none in the second case. The oxyluciferin[Pg 160] created from the spontaneous oxidation of luciferin seems to be the same as that formed with luciferase present. Both yield luciferin again upon reduction. Perhaps the reaction occurs in two stages, similar to those believed to happen in other enzyme actions:

luciferin + luciferase = luciferinluciferase

luciferin + luciferase = luciferinluciferase

luciferinluciferase + O (or minus H2) = oxyluciferin + luciferase.

luciferinluciferase + O (or - H2) = oxyluciferin + luciferase.

We may then assume as a tentative hypothesis that luminescence only occurs during oxidation (addition of O or removal of H) of the luciferinluciferase compound.

We can then assume, as a working hypothesis, that luminescence only happens during the oxidation (adding O or removing H) of the luciferin-luciferase compound.

We have just seen that the effect of cooling a Cypridina extract containing luciferin and luciferase and luminescing with a bluish light, is to reduce the intensity and change the shade toward the yellow. Velocity of oxidation must be lowered and with the same concentration of luciferase lowered velocity means more light of the longer wave-lengths. A very instructive experiment on color of the light can be carried out with animals having different colored lights and so closely related that their luciferins and luciferases will interact with each other. Such a case is presented by the American fireflies, Photinus and Photuris. Photinus emits an orange light, while Photuris emits a greenish yellow light. The difference in color is especially noticeable when the luminous organs of the two forms are ground up in separate mortars. As shown by Coblentz, the difference in color is real, the spectrum of Photinus extending farther into the red than that of Photuris (see Fig. 8). We can easily prepare luciferin and luciferase from the two fireflies and make the following mixtures:[Pg 161]

We have just seen that cooling a Cypridina extract containing luciferin and luciferase, which glows with a bluish light, reduces the intensity and changes the hue to a yellowish tone. The rate of oxidation must decrease, and with the same concentration of luciferase, a lower rate means more light at longer wavelengths. A very informative experiment on light color can be conducted using animals that produce different colored lights and are closely related enough that their luciferins and luciferases will interact. A good example is the American fireflies, Photinus and Photuris. Photinus emits orange light, while Photuris emits a greenish-yellow light. The color difference is especially noticeable when the luminous organs of the two species are ground up in separate mortars. As demonstrated by Coblentz, the color difference is significant, with the spectrum of Photinus extending further into the red than that of Photuris (see Fig. 8). We can easily isolate luciferin and luciferase from the two fireflies and create the following mixtures:[Pg 161]

Photinus luciferin × Photinus luciferase = reddish light.

Photinus luciferin × Photinus luciferase = red light.

Photinus luciferin × Photuris luciferase = yellowish light.

Photinus luciferin × Photuris luciferase = yellow light.

Photuris luciferin × Photuris luciferase = yellowish light.

Photuris luciferin × Photuris luciferase = yellow light.

Photuris luciferin × Photinus luciferase = reddish light.

Photuris luciferin × Photinus luciferase = red light.

Thus the color of the light in these "crosses" is that characteristic of the animal supplying the luciferase. To bring this fact in line with what we have already said regarding reaction velocity and luminescence, we must believe that the Photinus luciferase oxidizes at a slower rate than the Photuris luciferase. In this connection it is of interest to recall that the Photuris light as emitted by the insect becomes reddish at high temperatures, or if the insect is plunged into alcohol, both conditions which bring about partial coagulation of the luciferase and reduce its active mass.[Pg 162]

Thus, the color of the light in these "crosses" corresponds to the specific animal providing the luciferase. To align this fact with what we've previously discussed about reaction speed and luminescence, we must assume that the Photinus luciferase oxidizes more slowly than the Photuris luciferase. In this context, it's interesting to note that the light emitted by Photuris appears reddish at high temperatures or when the insect is immersed in alcohol, both of which cause some coagulation of the luciferase and decrease its active mass.[Pg 162]


BIBLIOGRAPHY

A few of the enormous number of papers on luminescence are included in the list below. The attempt is made to list only those dealing with the structure, chemistry or physiology of luminous animals and the physical nature of their light, together with a small number of general interest. More complete works on light and luminescence come first and original articles follow. Authors' names are arranged alphabetically, their papers chronologically. A fairly complete list of literature covering the whole field of Bioluminescence is given by Mangold, 1910. The 1913 paper of Dubois gives a bibliography of his own contributions up to this date so that only those papers to which special reference is made are included below.

A few of the many papers on luminescence are included in the list below. The goal is to list only those that focus on the structure, chemistry, or physiology of glowing animals and the physical nature of their light, along with a few that are of general interest. More comprehensive works on light and luminescence are listed first, followed by original articles. Authors' names are arranged alphabetically, and their papers chronologically. A fairly comprehensive list of literature covering the entire field of Bioluminescence is provided by Mangold, 1910. Dubois' 1913 paper includes a bibliography of his own contributions up to that date, so only the papers specifically referenced are included below.

BOOKS AND GENERAL WORKS

Becquerel, E.: 1867, La Lumière.

Becquerel, E.: 1867, Light.

Dahlgren, U.: 1915, The Production of Light by Animals. Jour. Franklin Inst., vols. 180 to date.

Dahlgren, U.: 1915, How Animals Produce Light. Journal of the Franklin Institute, vols. 180 to present.

Dubois, R.: 1914, La Vie et La Lumière. Alcan, Paris.

Dubois, R.: 1914, Life and Light. Alcan, Paris.

Gadean de Kerville, H.: 1890, Les Vegetaux et les Animaux Lumineux. Paris.

Gadean de Kerville, H.: 1890, The Glowing Plants and Animals. Paris.

Harvey, E. N.: 1917, The Chemistry of Light Production in Luminous Organisms. Carnegie Inst., Wash., Pub. No. 251, pages 171-234.

Harvey, E.N.: 1917, The Chemistry of Light Production in Luminous Organisms. Carnegie Institute, Washington, Publication No. 251, pages 171-234.

Heinrich, Pl.: 1811-1820, Die Phosphorescenz der Körper, etc. Nürnburg.

Heinrich, Pl.: 1811-1820, The Phosphorescence of Bodies, etc. Nuremberg.

Houstoun, R. A.: 1915, A Treatise on Light. London.

Houstoun, R.A.: 1915, A Treatise on Light. London.

Kayser, H.: 1908, Handbuch der Spectroscopie. Vols. ii and iv. Leipzig.

Kayser, H.: 1908, Handbook of Spectroscopy. Vols. ii and iv. Leipzig.

Mangold, E.: 1910, Die Produktion von Licht. Hans Winterstein's Handbuch der vergleichende Physiologie, vol. iii, second half, pp. 225-392. Jena.

Mangold, E.: 1910, The Production of Light. Hans Winterstein's Handbook of Comparative Physiology, vol. iii, second half, pp. 225-392. Jena.

Molish, H.: 1904 and 1912, Leuchtende Pflanzen. Eine physiologische Studie. Jena.

Molish, H.: 1904 and 1912, Glowing Plants. A Physiological Study. Jena.

Nutting, P. G.: 1912, Outlines of Applied Optics. Philadelphia.

Nutting, P.G.: 1912, Outlines of Applied Optics. Philadelphia.

Phipson, T. L.: 1870, Phosphorescence. L. Reeve and Co. London. 210 pages.

Phipson, T.L.: 1870, Phosphorescence. L. Reeve and Co. London. 210 pages.

Shepard, S. E., 1914, Photochemistry. Longmans, Green and Co.[Pg 163]

Shepard, S.E., 1914, Photochemistry. Longmans, Green and Co.[Pg 163]

Original Documents

Abegg, R., and Auerbach, F.: 1907, Handbuch der anorganischen Chemie. Leipzig, vol. iii, pt. 3, p. 376.

Abegg, R., and Auerbach, F.: 1907, Handbook of Inorganic Chemistry. Leipzig, vol. iii, pt. 3, p. 376.

Agassiz, A.: 1874, Embryology of the Ctenophoræ. Mem. Am. Ac. Arts and Science, x, p. 371.

Agassiz, A.: 1874, The Embryology of Ctenophores. Mem. Am. Ac. Arts and Science, x, p. 371.

Allman, G. I.: 1862, Note on the Phosphorescence of Beroë. Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb., iv, 518.

Allman, G.I.: 1862, Note on the Phosphorescence of Beroë. Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb., iv, 518.

Aubert et Dubois, R.: 1884, Sur les propriétés de la lumière des pyrophores. Comp. rend. Acad. des Sc., vol. xcix, p. 477.

Aubert and Dubois, R.: 1884, On the Properties of Light from Pyrophores. Comp. rend. Acad. des Sc., vol. xcix, p. 477.

Bach, A.: 1911-1913, Zur Kenntnis der Reduktionsfermente. Biochem. Zeit, xxxi, 443; xxxiii, 282; xxxviii, 154; lii, 412-422.

Bach, A.: 1911-1913, On the Understanding of Reduction Ferments. Biochem. Zeit, xxxi, 443; xxxiii, 282; xxxviii, 154; lii, 412-422.

Baker, J.: 1743-1753, The Microscope Made Easy and Employment for the Microscope.

Baker, J.: 1743-1753, The Microscope Made Easy and How to Use the Microscope.

Ballner, F.: 1907, Ueber das Verhalten von Leuchtbacterien bei der Einwirkung von Agglutinationsserum und anæsthesierenden chemischen Agentien, etc. Centralb. f. Bact., 2 abt., xix, 572.

Ballner, F.: 1907, On the Behavior of Luminous Bacteria Under the Influence of Agglutination Serum and Anesthetic Chemical Agents, etc. Centralb. f. Bact., 2nd section, xix, 572.

Bancroft, W. D.: 1913, The Chemical Production of Light. Journ. Frank. Inst., clxxv, 129.

Bancroft, W.D.: 1913, The Chemical Production of Light. Journ. Frank. Inst., clxxv, 129.

Bancroft, W. D., and Weiser, H. B.: 1914-1915, Flame Reactions, I, II, III, IV. Jour. Phys. Chem., xviii, 213, 281, 762; xix, 310.

Bancroft, W. D., and Weiser, H.B.: 1914-1915, Flame Reactions, I, II, III, IV. Jour. Phys. Chem., xviii, 213, 281, 762; xix, 310.

Bandrowski, E.: 1894-1895, Ueber Lichterscheinungen während der Krystallisation. Zeit. Phys. Chem., xv, 323-326; xvii, 234-244.

Bandrowski, E.: 1894-1895, On Light Phenomena During Crystallization. Journal of Physical Chemistry, xv, 323-326; xvii, 234-244.

Barcroft, J., and Hill, A. V.: 1910, The Nature of Oxyhæmoglobin with a Note on Its Molecular Weight. Journ. Physiol., xxix, pp. 411-429.

Barcroft, J., and Hill, A.V.: 1910, The Nature of Oxyhemoglobin with a Note on Its Molecular Weight. Journ. Physiol., xxix, pp. 411-429.

Barnard, J. E.: 1902, Luminous Bacteria. Nature, vol. lxv, p. 536.

Barnard, J.E.: 1902, Luminous Bacteria. Nature, vol. lxv, p. 536.

Beijerinck, M. W.: 1889a, Le photobacterium luminosum, bactérie lumineuse de la mer du nord. Arch. Néerlandaises, T. 23, p. 104.

Beijerinck, M.W.: 1889a, The luminous photobacterium, a glowing bacterium from the North Sea. Arch. Néerlandaises, Vol. 23, p. 104.

Beijerinck, M. W.: 1889b, L'auxanographie ou la méthode de l'hydrodiffusion dans la gelatine appliquée aux recherches microbiologique. Arch. Néerlandaises, vol. xxiii, p. 367.

Beijerinck, M.W.: 1889b, Auxanography or the method of hydrodiffusion in gelatin applied to microbiological research. Archives. Netherlands, vol. xxiii, p. 367.

Beijerinck, M. W.: 1889c, Les Bactéries lumineuses dans leur rapports avec l'oxygène. Arch. Néerlandaises, T. 23, p. 416.

Beijerinck, M.W.: 1889c, The Luminescent Bacteria and Their Relationship with Oxygen. Arch. Néerlandaises, Vol. 23, p. 416.

Beijerinck, M. W.: 1891, Sur l'aliment photogène et l'aliment plastique des bactéries lumineuses. Arch. Néerlandaises, T. 24, pp. 369-442.

Beijerinck, M.W.: 1891, On the light food and plastic food of luminous bacteria. Arch. Néerlandaises, Vol. 24, pp. 369-442.

Beijerinck, M. W.: 1902, Photobacteria as a Reactive in the Investigation of the Chlorophyll-function. Proceedings of Section of Sciences, Koninkl. Akad. van Wetenschappen te Amsterdam, vol. iv, p. 45.

Beijerinck, M.W.: 1902, Photobacteria as a Response in Studying the Chlorophyll Function. Proceedings of the Section of Sciences, Royal Academy of Arts and Sciences in Amsterdam, vol. iv, p. 45.

Beijerinck, M. W.: 1915, Die Leuchtbacterien der Nordsee im August und September. Folia microbiologica, iv.

Beijerinck, M.W.: 1915, The luminescent bacteria of the North Sea in August and September. Folia microbiologica, iv.

Blanchetière: 1913, Oxydation et Luminescence. C. R. Ac. Sc., clvii, 118.

Blanchetière: 1913, Oxidation and Luminescence. C. R. Ac. Sc., clvii, 118.

Bongardt, J.: 1903, Beiträge zur Kenntnis der Leuchtorgane einheimischer Lampyriden. Ztsch. f. wiss. Zool., Bd. 75, pp. 1 to 45.[Pg 164]

Bongardt, J.: 1903, Contributions to the Understanding of the Light Organs of Native Lampyridae. Journal of Scientific Zoology, Vol. 75, pp. 1 to 45.[Pg 164]

Boyle, R.: 1667, Philo. Trans. Abridged Roy. Soc., 5th Ed., vol. ii (1722), p. 206, and iii (1749), p. 646.

Boyle, R.: 1667, Philo. Trans. Abridged Roy. Soc., 5th Ed., vol. ii (1722), p. 206, and iii (1749), p. 646.

Brauer, A.: 1904, Ueber die Knochenfische. Verhandl. Deutsch. Zool. Ges., vol. xiv, pp. 16-35.

Brauer, A.: 1904, On the Bony Fishes. Proceedings of the German Zoological Society., vol. xiv, pp. 16-35.

Brauer, A.: 1906, Die Tiefseefische. I. Systematischer Teil. II. Anatomischer Teil. Wiss. Ergeb. der Valdivia-Exped. Jena.

Brauer, A.: 1906, Deep-Sea Fishes. I. Systematic Section. II. Anatomical Section. Scientific Results of the Valdivia Expedition. Jena.

Carradori, B.: 1798, Experiments and Observations on the Phosphorescence of the Luciole, Lampyris italica. Ann. d. Chemie, xxiv, pp. 96-101; Philos. Magazine, ii, pp. 77-80.

Carradori, B.: 1798, Experiments and Observations on the Phosphorescence of the Firefly, Lampyris italica. Ann. d. Chemie, xxiv, pp. 96-101; Philos. Magazine, ii, pp. 77-80.

Carus: 1864, Expériences sur la matière phosphorescente de la Lampyris italica et action d'eau pour rendre à la matière dessechée cette phosphorescence. C. R. Ac. Sc., lix, pp. 607-608.

Carus: 1864, Experiments on the phosphorescent material of the Lampyris italica and the effect of water in restoring this phosphorescence to the dried material. C. R. Ac. Sc., lix, pp. 607-608.

Centnerszwer, M.: 1898, Ueber den Katalytischen Einfluss verscheidener Gase und Dämpfe auf die Oxydation des Phosphors. Z. Physik. Chem., 26, pp. 1-46.

Centnerweight, M.: 1898, On the Catalytic Influence of Various Gases and Vapors on the Oxidation of Phosphorus. Z. Physik. Chem., 26, pp. 1-46.

Chun, C.: 1893, Leuchtorgan und Facettenauge. Ein Beitrag zur Theorie des Sehens in grossen Meerstiefen. Biol. Ctbl., Bd. xiii, pp. 544-571.

Chun, C.: 1893, Light Organ and Compound Eye. A Contribution to the Theory of Vision in Deep Sea Environments. Biol. Ctbl., Vol. xiii, pp. 544-571.

Chun, C.: 1896, Atlantis. Biologische Studien über pelagische Organismen, Chap. VI. Die Leuchtorgane der Euphausidén. Biblioth. Zool., vol. vii, H. 19, pp. 196-212.

Chun, C.: 1896, Atlantis. Biological Studies on Pelagic Organisms, Chap. VI. The Light Organs of Euphausids. Biblioth. Zool., vol. vii, H. 19, pp. 196-212.

Chun, C.: 1903, Ueber Leuchtorgane und Augen von Tiefsee-Cephalopoden. Verhandl. Dtsch. Zool. Ges., pp. 67-91.

Chun, C.: 1903, On the Light Organs and Eyes of Deep-Sea Cephalopods. Proceedings of the German Zoological Society, pp. 67-91.

Coblentz, W. W.: 1909, Notiz über eine der Feuerfliege herrührende fluorenzierende Substanz. Physik Zeit., x, pp. 955-956.

Coblentz, W. W.: 1909, Note on a fluorescent substance derived from fireflies. Physik Zeit., x, pp. 955-956.

Coblentz, W. W.: 1912, A Physical Study of the Firefly. Publication No. 164, Carnegie Inst., Wash., D.C.

Coblentz, W. W.: 1912, A Physical Study of the Firefly. Publication No. 164, Carnegie Inst., Wash., D.C.

Coblentz, W. W., and Emerson, W. B.: 1917, Relative Sensibility of the Average Eye to Light of Different Colors and Some Practical Applications to Radiation Problems. Bur. Standards, Scient. Pap. No. 303.

Coblentz, W. W., and Emerson, W. B.: 1917, How the Average Eye Responds to Light of Different Colors and Some Practical Uses for Radiation Issues. Bur. Standards, Scient. Pap. No. 303.

Conroy, J.: 1882, The Spectrum of the Light Emitted by the Glowworm. Nature, vol. xxvi, p. 319.

Conroy, J.: 1882, The Spectrum of the Light Emitted by the Glowworm. Nature, vol. xxvi, p. 319.

Delepine, W. L.: 1910, Sur quelques composés organiques spontanement oxydables avec phosphorescence. C. R. Ac. Sc., vol. cl, pp. 876-878.

Delepine, W. L.: 1910, About some organic compounds that oxidize spontaneously and have phosphorescence. C. R. Ac. Sc., vol. cl, pp. 876-878.

Dubois, R.: 1885, Fonction photogénique des Pyrophores. C. R. Soc. Biol., vol. xxxvii, 559-562.

Dubois, R.: 1885, Photogenic Function of Pyrophores. C. R. Soc. Biol., vol. xxxvii, 559-562.

Dubois, R.: 1886, Les Elatérides Lumineux. Bull. Soc. Zool. de France, vol. xi, pp. 1-275.

Dubois, R.: 1886, The Luminous Elaterids. Bulletin of the Zoological Society of France, vol. xi, pp. 1-275.

Dubois, R.: 1887a, De la fonction photogénique chez le Pholas dactylus. C. R. Ac. Sc., vol. cv, p. 690.

Dubois, R.: 1887a, On the photogenic function in the Pholas dactylus. C. R. Ac. Sc., vol. 105, p. 690.

Dubois, R.: 1887b, Note sur la Fonction Photogenique chez les Pholades. C. R. Soc. Biol., pp. 564-567.[Pg 165]

Dubois, R.: 1887b, Note on the Photogenic Function in Pholades. C. R. Soc. Biol., pp. 564-567.[Pg 165]

Dubois, R.: 1892, Anatomie et Physiologie Comparées de la Pholade Dactyle. Ann. d. Univ. Lyon, vol. ii, p. 1-155.

Dubois, R.: 1892, Comparative Anatomy and Physiology of the Dactyl Pholas. Ann. d. Univ. Lyon, vol. ii, p. 1-155.

Dubois, R.: 1893, Sur le mécanisme de production de la lumière chez Orya barbarica d'Algerie. C. R. Ac. Sc., Paris, July 17th.

Dubois, R.: 1893, On the mechanism of light production in Orya barbarica from Algeria. C. R. Ac. Sc., Paris, July 17th.

Dubois, R.: 1896, Nouvelles Recherches sur la Production de la Lumière par les êtres vivants. C. R. Soc. Biol., vol. xlviii, p. 995.

Dubois, R.: 1896, New Research on Light Production by Living Beings. C. R. Soc. Biol., vol. xlviii, p. 995.

Dubois, R.: 1901a, Nouvelles recherches sur la Biophotogénèse. C. R. Soc. Biol., vol. liii, p. 702.

Dubois, R.: 1901a, New Research on Biophotogenesis. C. R. Soc. Biol., vol. liii, p. 702.

Dubois, R.: 1901b, Luminescence obtenue par certains procédes organiques. C. R. Ac. Sc., vol. cxxxii, p. 431.

Dubois, R.: 1901b, Luminescence obtained through certain organic processes. C. R. Ac. Sc., vol. cxxxii, p. 431.

Dubois, R.: 1907, Mécanisme Intime de la Formation de la Luciferine; analogies et homologies des organs de Poli et la glande hypobranchiale des Molluscs Purpurigenes. C. R. Soc. Biol., vol. lxii, p. 850.

Dubois, R.: 1907, The Inner Mechanism of Luciferin Formation; analogies and similarities between Poli's organs and the hypobranchial gland of Purpurigenes Mollusks. C. R. Soc. Biol., vol. lxii, p. 850.

Dubois, R.: 1913, Mécanisme Intime de la Production de la lumière chez les Organismes Vivants. Ann. Soc. Linn. de Lyons, vol. lx, pp. 81-97.

Dubois, R.: 1913, The Inner Mechanism of Light Production in Living Organisms. Ann. Soc. Linn. de Lyons, vol. lx, pp. 81-97.

Dubois, R.: 1914a, De la Place Occupée par la Biophotogénèse dans la Series des Phénomènes Lumineux. Ann. Soc. Linn. de Lyons, vol. lxi, pp. 247-256.

Dubois, R.: 1914a, On the Role of Biophotogenesis in the Series of Luminous Phenomena. Ann. Soc. Linn. de Lyons, vol. lxi, pp. 247-256.

Dubois, R.: 1914b, Examen Critique de la Question de la Biophotogénèse. Ann. Soc. Linn. de Lyons, vol. lxi, pp. 257-265.

Dubois, R.: 1914b, Critical Examination of the Biophotogenesis Question. Ann. Soc. Linn. de Lyons, vol. lxi, pp. 257-265.

Dubois, R.: 1916, Sur l'Anatomie de la glande Photogène de Pholas dactylus. Ann. Soc. Linn. de Lyons, vol. lxiii, pp. 9-13.

Dubois, R.: 1916, On the Anatomy of the Photogenic Gland of Pholas dactylus. Ann. Soc. Linn. de Lyons, vol. lxiii, pp. 9-13.

Dubois, R.: 1917a, A propos de Quelques Recherches Recentes de M. Newton Harvey sur la Biophotogénèse et du Rôle Important de la Preluciferine. C. R. Soc. Biol., December 22d.

Dubois, R.: 1917a, About Some Recent Research by Mr. Newton Harvey on Biophotogenesis and the Important Role of Preluciferin. C. R. Soc. Biol., December 22nd.

Dubois, R.: 1917b, Etude Critique de Quelques Travaux Resents Relatif à la Biophotogénèse. Ann. Soc. Linn. de Lyons, vol. lxiv, pp. 65-118.

Dubois, R.: 1917b, Critical Study of Some Recent Works Related to Biophotogenesis. Ann. Soc. Linn. de Lyons, vol. lxiv, pp. 65-118.

Dubois, R.: 1918a, Sur la Synthèse de la Luciferine. C. R. Ac. Sc., vol. clxvi, p. 578.

Dubois, R.: 1918a, On the Synthesis of Luciferin. C. R. Ac. Sc., vol. clxvi, p. 578.

Dubois, R.: 1918b, Nouvelles Recherches sur la Biophotogénèse. Synthèse Naturelle de la Luciferine. C. R. Soc. Biol., vol. lxxxi, p. 317.

Dubois, R.: 1918b, New Research on Biophotogenesis. Natural Synthesis of Luciferin. C. R. Soc. Biol., vol. lxxxi, p. 317.

Dubois, R.: 1918c, Sur la Lumière Physiologique (Nouvelle reponse a M. Newton Harvey). C. R. Soc. de Biol., vol. lxxxi, p. 484.

Dubois, R.: 1918c, On Physiological Light (A New Response to M. Newton Harvey). C. R. Soc. de Biol., vol. lxxxi, p. 484.

Dubois, R.: 1919a, b, Symbiotes, Vacuolides, Mitrochondries et Leucites. C. R. Soc. Biol., vol. lxxxii, May 10th and July 26th.

Dubois, R.: 1919a, b, Symbiotes, Vacuolides, Mitochondria, and Leucites. C. R. Soc. Biol., vol. 82, May 10 and July 26.

Dubois, R.: 1919c, Reversibilité de la fonction photogénique par l'hydrogénase de la pholade dactyle. C. R. Soc. Biol., vol. lxxxii, p. 840.

Dubois, R.: 1919c, Reversibility of the photogenic function by the hydrogensase of the dactyl pholad. C. R. Soc. Biol., vol. lxxxii, p. 840.

Dubois, R., et Regard, P.: 1884, Note sur l'action des hautes pressions sur la fonction photogénique du Lampyre. C. R. Soc. Biol., vol. xxxvi, pp. 675-676.[Pg 166]

Dubois, R., and Best, P.: 1884, Note on the effect of high pressures on the light-producing function of the Lampyre. C. R. Soc. Biol., vol. xxxvi, pp. 675-676.[Pg 166]

Ehrenberg, C. G.: 1831, Ueber einen neuen, das Leucten der Ostsee bedingenden, lebenden Körper. Poggendorffs Ann. d. Phys. und Chem., Bd., vol. xxiii, p. 147.

Ehrenberg, C.G.: 1831, On a new living organism that causes the glowing of the Baltic Sea. Poggendorff's Annals of Physics and Chemistry, vol. xxiii, p. 147.

Ehrenberg, C. G.: 1834, Das Leuchten des Meers. Abhandl. d. Kgl. Akad. d. Wiss. Berlin, pp. 411-572.

Ehrenberg, C.G.: 1834, The Glow of the Sea. Proceedings of the Royal Academy of Sciences Berlin, pp. 411-572.

Ehrenberg, C. G.: 1859, Ueber das Leuchten und ueber neue microskopische Leuchthiere des Mittelmeeres. Monatsber. d. Berliner Akad., pp. 727-791.

Ehrenberg, C.G.: 1859, On the Luminescence and New Microscopic Light Creatures of the Mediterranean. Monthly Reports of the Berlin Academy, pp. 727-791.

Eijkman, C.: 1892, Geneeskundig Tidschrift v. Ned. Ind., Deel, 32 Abl. 4, p. 109.

Eijkman, C.: 1892, Geneeskundig Tidschrift v. Ned. Ind., Volume 32, Issue 4, p. 109.

Eliot, C.: 1907-1915, Notes on a Collection of Nudibranchs from the Red Sea. Journ. Linn. Soc. London, vol. xxxi, p. 102.

Eliot, C.: 1907-1915, Notes on a Collection of Nudibranchs from the Red Sea. Journ. Linn. Soc. London, vol. xxxi, p. 102.

Emery, C.: 1884, Untersuchungen ueber Luciola italica L. Ztschr. f. Wiss. Zool., Bd. xl, pp. 338-355.

Emery, C.: 1884, Studies on Luciola italica L. Journal of Scientific Zoology, Vol. xl, pp. 338-355.

Emmerling, O.: 1909, Hydrolyse der Meerleuchtinfusorien der Nordsee (Noctiluca miliaris). Biochem. Zt., vol. xviii, pp. 372-374.

Emmerling, O.: 1909, Hydrolysis of the Sea-glow Infusoria of the North Sea (Noctiluca miliaris). Biochem. J., vol. xviii, pp. 372-374.

Enders, H. E.: 1909, A Study of the Life History and Habits of Chætopterus variopedatus, Renier et Claparède. Journ. Morph., vol. xx, pp. 479-532.

Enders, H.E.: 1909, A Study of the Life History and Habits of Chætopterus variopedatus, Renier et Claparède. Journ. Morph., vol. xx, pp. 479-532.

Ewan, T.: 1895, Ueber die Oxydationsgeschwindigkeit von Phosphor, Schweifel und Aldehyde. Zeit. physik. Chem., vol. xvi, pp. 315-343.

Ewan, T.: 1895, On the Oxidation Rate of Phosphorus, Sulfur, and Aldehyd

Exner, S.: 1903, Einige Beobachtungen ueber die durch Radiumstrahlen in den tierischen Geweben erzeugte Phosphoreszenz. Ctbl. f. Physiol., Bd. xvii, pp. 177-179.

Exner, S.: 1903, Some Observations on the Phosphorescence Produced in Animal Tissues by Radium Rays. Ctbl. f. Physiol., Vol. xvii, pp. 177-179.

Fabre, J. H.: 1855, Recherches sur la Cause de la Phosphorescence d'Agaric de L'Olivier. Ann. d. Sc. Nat., 4 ser., vol. iv, p. 179.

Fabre, J.H.: 1855, Research on the Cause of the Phosphorescence of the Olive Agaric. Ann. d. Sc. Nat., 4th series, vol. iv, p. 179.

Fahrig, E.: 1890, The Phosphorescence Produced Upon the First Contact of Ozone with Certain Fluids. Chem. News, vol. lxii, pp. 39-40.

Fahrig, E.: 1890, The Phosphorescence Produced Upon the First Contact of Ozone with Certain Fluids. Chem. News, vol. lxii, pp. 39-40.

Falger, F.: 1908, Untersuchungen ueber das Leuchten von Acholoë astericola. Biol. Ctbl., Bd. xxviii, pp. 641-649.

Falger, F.: 1908, Research on the Glow of Acholoë astericola. Biol. Ctbl., Vol. xxviii, pp. 641-649.

Fischer, B.: 1888a, Ueber einen neuen lichtentwickelenden Spaltpilz. Ctbl. f. Bakt., Bd. iii, pp. 105 and 137.

Fischer, B.: 1888a, About a new light-producing mushroom. Ctbl. f. Bakt., Vol. iii, pp. 105 and 137.

Fischer, B.: 1888b, Bacterium Wachstum bei 0°. Ctbl. f. Bakt., Bd. iv, p. 89.

Fischer, B.: 1888b, Bacterial Growth at 0°. Journal of Bacteriology, Vol. iv, p. 89.

Förster, J.: 1887, Ueber einige Eigenschaften leuchtender Bakterien. Ctbl. f. Bakt., Bd. ii, p. 339.

Förster, J.: 1887, About Some Properties of Luminous Bacteria. Ctbl. f. Bakt., Vol. ii, p. 339.

Förster, J.: 1892, Ueber die Entwicklung von Bakterien bei niederer Temperatur. Centralbl. f. Bak., vol. xii, pp. 431-436.

Förster, J.: 1892, On the Development of Bacteria at Low Temperatures. Centralbl. f. Bak., vol. xii, pp. 431-436.

Förster, J.: 1914, Ueber die Leuctorgane und das Nervensystem von Pholas dactylus. Zeit. f. wiss. Zool., vol. cix, pp. 349-393.

Förster, J.: 1914, On the Light Organs and the Nervous System of Pholas dactylus. Journal of Scientific Zoology, vol. cix, pp. 349-393.

Forsyth, R. W.: 1910, The Spectrum of Bacterial Luminosity. Nature, vol. lxxxiii, p. 7.[Pg 167]

Forsyth, R.W.: 1910, The Spectrum of Bacterial Luminosity. Nature, vol. lxxxiii, p. 7.[Pg 167]

Frankland, P.: 1898, The Action of Bacteria on the Photographic Plate. Ctbl. f. Bakt., 1st Abt. Bd. xxiv, pp. 609-612.

Frankland, P.: 1898, The Impact of Bacteria on the Photographic Plate. Ctbl. f. Bakt., 1st Abt. Bd. xxiv, pp. 609-612.

Friedberger, E., and Doepner, H.: 1907, Ueber den Einfluss von Schimmelpilzen auf die Lichtintensität in Leuchtbacterienkulturen, etc. Centralbl. f. Bakt., 1st Abt., xliii, p. 1.

Friedberger, E., and Doepner, H.: 1907, On the Influence of Molds on Light Intensity in Luminiferous Bacterial Cultures, etc. Centralbl. f. Bakt., 1st Part, xliii, p. 1.

Friend, H.: 1893, Luminous Earthworm. Nature, vol. xlvii, p. 462.

Friend, H.: 1893, Luminous Earthworm. Nature, vol. 47, p. 462.

Fuchs, S.: 1891, Einige Versuche an der Leuchtorganen von Elater noctilucus. Centralbl. f. Physiol., vol. v, pp. 321-325.

Fuchs, S.: 1891, Some Experiments on the Light Organs of Elater noctilucus. Centralbl. f. Physiol., vol. v, pp. 321-325.

Galloway and Welch: 1911, Studies on a Phosphorescent Bermudan Annelid, Odontosyllis enopla, Verrell. Trans. Amer. Micros. Soc., vol. xxx, pp. 13-39.

Galloway and Welch: 1911, Studies on a Phosphorescent Bermudian Annelid, Odontosyllis enopla, Verrell. Trans. Amer. Micros. Soc., vol. xxx, pp. 13-39.

Geipel, E.: 1915, Beiträge zur Anatomie der Leuchtorgane tropischer Käfer. Zeit. Wiss. Zool., vol. cxii, pp. 239-290.

Geipel, E.: 1915, Contributions to the Anatomy of the Light Organs of Tropical Beetles. Journal of Scientific Zoology, vol. cxii, pp. 239-290.

Gernez, D.: 1905, Triboluminescence des composés Métalliques. C. R. Ac. Sc., vol. cxl, pp. 1134, 1234, 1337.

Gernez, D.: 1905, The Triboluminescence of Metallic Compounds. C. R. Ac. Sc., vol. cxl, pp. 1134, 1234, 1337.

Giard, A.: 1890, Nouvelles recherches sur les bacteries lumineuses pathogènes. Comp. rend. soc. Biol., T. xlii, pp. 188-191.

Giard, A.: 1890, New Research on Pathogenic Light-Emitting Bacteria. Comp. rend. soc. Biol., Vol. xlii, pp. 188-191.

Giard, A., and Billet, A.: 1889, Observations sur la Maladie phosphorescente des Talitres et Autres Crustaces. Compt. rend. soc. Biol., vol. 1, Ser. 9, p. 593.

Giard, A., and Billet, A.: 1889, Observations on the Phosphorescent Disease of Talitrids and Other Crustaceans. Compt. rend. soc. Biol., vol. 1, Ser. 9, p. 593.

Gibson, K. S., and McNicholas, H. J.: 1919, The Ultra-Violet and Visible Transmission of Eye-protective Glasses. Bureau of Standards. Tech. Papers No. 119.

Gibson, K.S., and McNicholas, H.J.: 1919, The Ultra-Violet and Visible Transmission of Eye-Protective Glasses. Bureau of Standards. Tech. Papers No. 119.

Giesbrecht, W.: 1895, Ueber das Leuchten der pelagischen Copepoden und das tierische Leuchten im allgemeinen. Mitteil. d. Zool. St. Neapel, Bd. xi, pp. 648-694.

Giesbrecht, W.: 1895, On the illumination of pelagic copepods and animal bioluminescence in general. Reports of the Zoological Station of Naples, Vol. xi, pp. 648-694.

Giesbrecht, W.: 1896, Ueber den Stiz der Lichtentwicklung in den Photosphärien der Euphausiiden. Zool. Anz., Bd. xix, pp. 486-490.

Giesbrecht, W.: 1896, On the Origin of Light Development in the Photophores of Euphausiids. Zool. Anz., Vol. xix, pp. 486-490.

Goss, B. C.: 1917, Light Production at Low Temperatures by Catalysis with Metal and Metallic Oxide Hydrosols. Journ. Biol. Chem., vol. xxxi, pp. 271-279.

Goss, B. C.: 1917, Light Production at Low Temperatures through Catalysis with Metal and Metallic Oxide Hydrosols. Journ. Biol. Chem., vol. xxxi, pp. 271-279.

Greef, R.: 1882, Ueber die rosettenförmigen Leuchtorgane der Tomopteriden und zwei neue Arten von Tomopteris. Zool. Anz., Bd. v, pp. 384-387.

Greef, R.: 1882, On the rosette-shaped light organs of the Tomopteridae and two new species of Tomopteris. Zool. Anz., Vol. v, pp. 384-387.

Greene, C. W.: 1899, The Phosphorescent Organs in the Toad Fish, Porichthys natatus, Girard. Jour. of Morph., vol. xv, pp. 667-684.

Greene, C.W.: 1899, The Phosphorescent Organs in the Toad Fish, Porichthys natatus, Girard. Jour. of Morph., vol. xv, pp. 667-684.

Guinchant: 1905, Sur la triboluminescence de l'acide arsenieux. C. R. Ac. Sc., vol. cxl, p. 1170.

Guinchant: 1905, On the triboluminescence of arsenic acid. C. R. Ac. Sc., vol. cxl, p. 1170.

Handrick, K.: 1901, Zur Kenntnis des Nervensystems und der Leuchtorgane von Argyropelecus hemigymnus. Zoologica, Bd. xiii, Heft. 32, pp. 1-68.

Handrick, K.: 1901, On the Understanding of the Nervous System and Light Organs of Argyropelecus hemigymnus. Zoologica, Vol. xiii, Issue 32, pp. 1-68.

Hankel, W.: 1862, Notiz ueber Phosphorisches Leuchten des Fleisches. Ann. d. Phys. u. Chem., Bd. cxv, p. 62.[Pg 168]

Hankel, W.: 1862, Note on the Phosphorescent Glow of Flesh. Ann. d. Phys. u. Chem., Vol. cxv, p. 62.[Pg 168]

Hansen, H. J.: 1903, On the Crustaceans of the Genera Petalidium and Sergestes from the "Challenger," with an Account of Luminous Organs in Sergestes challengeri n. Sp. Proc. Zool. Soc., London, 1903, vol. i, pp. 52-77.

Hansen, H.J.: 1903, On the Crustaceans of the Genera Petalidium and Sergestes from the "Challenger," with an Overview of Luminous Organs in Sergestes challengeri n. Sp. Proc. Zool. Soc., London, 1903, vol. i, pp. 52-77.

Harvey, E. B.: 1917, A Physiological Study of Specific Gravity and Luminescence in Noctiluca, with Special Reference to Anæsthesia. Pub. No. 251, Carneg. Inst., Wash., pp. 235-253.

Harvey, E.B.: 1917, A Physiological Study of Specific Gravity and Luminescence in Noctiluca, with Special Reference to Anesthesia. Pub. No. 251, Carneg. Inst., Wash., pp. 235-253.

Harvey, E. N.: 1913, The Temperature Limits of Phosphorescence of Luminous Bacteria. Biol. Bull., vol. ii, pp. 456-457.

Harvey, E.N.: 1913, The Temperature Limits of Phosphorescence of Luminous Bacteria. Biol. Bull., vol. ii, pp. 456-457.

Harvey, E. N.: 1914, On the Chemical Nature of the Luminous Material of the Firefly. Science N. S., vol. xl, pp. 33-34.

Harvey, E.N.: 1914, About the Chemical Composition of the Light-Producing Substance in Fireflies. Science News., vol. xl, pp. 33-34.

Harvey, E. N.: 1915a, Experiments on the Nature of the Photogenic Substance in the Firefly. Jour. Am. Chem. Soc., vol. xxxvii, pp. 396-401.

Harvey, E.N.: 1915a, Experiments on the Nature of the Light-Producing Substance in the Firefly. Jour. Am. Chem. Soc., vol. xxxvii, pp. 396-401.

Harvey, E. N.: 1915b, Studies on Light Production by Luminous Bacteria. Am. Jour. Physiol., vol. xxxvii, pp. 230-240.

Harvey, E.N.: 1915b, Research on Light Emission by Luminous Bacteria. Am. Jour. Physiol., vol. xxxvii, pp. 230-240.

Harvey, E. N.: 1915c, The Effect of Certain Organic and Inorganic Substances Upon Light Production by Luminous Bacteria. Biol. Bull., vol. xxix, pp. 308-312.

Harvey, E. N.: 1915c, The Impact of Certain Organic and Inorganic Substances on Light Production by Luminous Bacteria. Biol. Bull., vol. xxix, pp. 308-312.

Harvey, E. N.: 1916a, The Mechanism of Light Production in Animals. Science N. S., vol. xliv, pp. 208-209.

Harvey, E. N.: 1916a, How Light is Produced in Animals. Science N. S., vol. 44, pp. 208-209.

Harvey, E. N.: 1916b, Studies on Bioluminescence. II. On the Presence of Luciferin in Luminous Bacteria. Am. Jour. Physiol., vol. xli, pp. 449-454.

Harvey, E.N.: 1916b, Research on Bioluminescence. II. The Presence of Luciferin in Luminous Bacteria. Am. Jour. Physiol., vol. xli, pp. 449-454.

Harvey, E. N.: 1916c, Studies in Bioluminescence. III. On the Production of Light by Certain Substances in the Presence of Oxidases. Am. Jour. Physiol., vol. xli, pp. 454-464.

Harvey, E.N.: 1916c, Studies in Bioluminescence. III. On the Production of Light by Certain Substances in the Presence of Oxidases. Am. Jour. Physiol., vol. xli, pp. 454-464.

Harvey, E. N.: 1916d, The Light-producing Substances, Photogenin and Photophelein of Luminous Animals. Science N. S., vol. xliv, pp. 652-654.

Harvey, E.N.: 1916d, The substances that produce light, Photogenin and Photophelein of glowing animals. Science N. S., vol. xliv, pp. 652-654.

Harvey, E. N.: 1917a, Studies on Bioluminescence. IV. The Chemistry of Light Production in a Japanese Ostracod Crustacean Cypridina hilgendorfii, Muller. Amer. Jour. Physiol., vol. xlii, pp. 318-341.

Harvey, E.N.: 1917a, Research on Bioluminescence. IV. The Chemistry of Light Production in the Japanese Ostracod Crustacean Cypridina hilgendorfii, Muller. Amer. Jour. Physiol., vol. xlii, pp. 318-341.

Harvey, E. N.: 1917b, V. The Chemistry of Light Production by the Firefly, Id., pp. 342-348.

Harvey, E.N.: 1917b, V. The Chemistry of Light Production by the Firefly, Id., pp. 342-348.

Harvey, E. N.: 1917c, VI. The Light Production in a Japanese Pennatulid, Cavernularia haberi, Id., pp. 349-358.

Harvey, E.N.: 1917c, VI. The Light Production in a Japanese Pennatulid, Cavernularia haberi, Id., pp. 349-358.

Harvey, E. N.: 1917d, What Substance is the Source of Light in the Firefly? Science N. S., vol. xliv, pp. 241-243.

Harvey, E.N.: 1917d, What Substance is the Source of Light in the Firefly? Science N. S., vol. xliv, pp. 241-243.

Harvey, E. N.: 1917e, Studies on Bioluminescence. VIII. The Mechanism of the Production of Light during Oxidation of Pyrogallol. Jour. Biol. Chem., vol. xxxi, pp. 311-336.[Pg 169]

Harvey, E.N.: 1917e, Studies on Bioluminescence. VIII. The Process of Producing Light During the Oxidation of Pyrogallol. Jour. Biol. Chem., vol. xxxi, pp. 311-336.[Pg 169]

Harvey, E. N.: 1918, Studies on Bioluminescence. VII. Reversibility of the Photogenic Reaction in Cypridina. Jour. Gen. Physiol., vol. i, pp. 133-145.

Harvey, E.N.: 1918, Studies on Bioluminescence. VII. Reversibility of the Photogenic Reaction in Cypridina. Jour. Gen. Physiol., vol. i, pp. 133-145.

Harvey, E. N.: 1919a, Studies on Bioluminescence. IX. Chemical Nature of Cypridina Luciferin and Cypridina Luciferase. Jour. Gen. Physiol., vol. i, pp. 269-293.

Harvey, E.N.: 1919a, Research on Bioluminescence. IX. Chemical Composition of Cypridina Luciferin and Cypridina Luciferase. Jour. Gen. Physiol., vol. i, pp. 269-293.

Harvey, E. N.: 1919b, Studies on Bioluminescence. X. Carbon Dioxide Production during Luminescence of Cypridina Luciferin. Jour. Gen. Physiol., vol. ii, pp. 133-135.

Harvey, E.N.: 1919b, Studies on Bioluminescence. X. Carbon Dioxide Production during Luminescence of Cypridina Luciferin. Jour. Gen. Physiol., vol. ii, pp. 133-135.

Harvey, E. N.: 1919c, XI. Heat Production during Luminescence of Cypridina Luciferin. Id., vol. ii, pp. 137-143.

Harvey, E. N.: 1919c, XI. Heat Production during Luminescence of Cypridina Luciferin. Id., vol. ii, pp. 137-143.

Harvey, E. N.: 1920, Studies on Bioluminescence, XII. Id., ii, 207-213.

Harvey, E. N.: 1920, Studies on Bioluminescence, XII. Id., ii, 207-213.

Heinemann, C.: 1872, Untersuchungen ueber die Leuchtorgane der bei Vera-Cruz vorkommenden Leuchtkäfer. Arch. f. mikr. Anat., Bd. viii, pp. 461-471.

Heinemann, C.: 1872, Studies on the light organs of the fireflies found in Vera Cruz. Arch. f. mikr. Anat., Vol. viii, pp. 461-471.

Heinemann, C.: 1873, Aschenanalyse von Leuchtorganen mexikanischer Cucujos. Pflüger's Arch., Bd. vii, pp. 365-367.

Heinemann, C.: 1873, Ash Analysis of Light Organs in Mexican Cucujos. Pflüger's Arch., Vol. vii, pp. 365-367.

Heinemann, C.: 1886, Zur Anatomie und Physiologie der Leuchtorgane mexikanischer Cucujos. Archiv f. Mikr. Anat., Bd. xxvii, pp. 296-382.

Heinemann, C.: 1886, On the Anatomy and Physiology of the Light Organs of Mexican Fireflies. Archiv f. Mikr. Anat., Vol. xxvii, pp. 296-382.

Heller, J. Florian: 1853 u. 1854, Ueber das Leuchten im Pflanzen-und Tierreiche. Arch. f. Physiol. u. Pathol. Chem. u. Mikrosk., mit bes. Rücksicht auf med. Diagnost. u. Therapie Wien., N. F., Bd. vi, pp. 44, 81, 121, 161, 201, 241.

Heller, J. Florian: 1853 and 1854, On the Illumination in the Plant and Animal Kingdom. Archives for Physiology and Pathological Chemistry and Microscopy, with Special Consideration of Medical Diagnosis and Therapy Vienna., N. F., Vol. vi, pp. 44, 81, 121, 161, 201, 241.

Henneberg, W.: 1899, Leuchtbacterien als Krankheitserreger bei Schwammücken. Centralbl. f. Bakt., 1st Abt. xxv, pp. 649-650.

Henneberg, W.: 1899, Luminescent Bacteria as Pathogens in Midge Flies. Centralbl. f. Bakt., 1st Section xxv, pp. 649-650.

Hoyle, W. F.: 1902, The Luminous Organs of Ptergioteuthis margaritifera, Mediterranean Cephalopod. Manchester Mem., vol. xlvi, No. 16.

Hoyle, W.F.: 1902, The Luminous Organs of Ptergioteuthis margaritifera, Mediterranean Cephalopod. Manchester Mem., vol. xlvi, No. 16.

Hulme, N.: 1800, Experiments and Observations on the Light Which is Spontaneously Emitted with Some Degree of Permanency from Various Bodies. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc., pp. 161-187.

Hulme, N.: 1800, Experiments and Observations on the Light That is Spontaneously Emitted with Some Degree of Permanency from Various Bodies. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc., pp. 161-187.

Hyde, E. P., Forsyth, W. E. and Cady, F. E.: 1918, The Visibility of Radiation. Astrophys. Journ., vol. xlviii, pp. 65-88.

Hyde, E.P., Forsyth, W.E., and Cady, F.E.: 1918, The Visibility of Radiation. Astrophys. Journ., vol. xlviii, pp. 65-88.

Hyde, E. P., Forsyth, W. E., and Cady, F. E.: 1919, A New Experimental Determination of the Brightness of a Black Body and of the Mechanical Equivalent of Light. Physical Review, vol. xii, pp. 45-58.

Hyde, E.P., Forsyth, W.E., and Cady, F.E.: 1919, A New Experimental Determination of the Brightness of a Black Body and the Mechanical Equivalent of Light. Physical Review, vol. xii, pp. 45-58.

Ishikawa, C.: 1913, Einige Bemerkungen ueber den leuchtenden Tintenfisch, Watasenia Nov. Gen. (Abraliopsis der Autoren) scintillans, Berry, aus Japan. Zool. Anz., 1913, vol. xliii, pp. 162-172.

Ishikawa, C.: 1913, Some observations on the glowing squid, Watasenia Nov. Gen. (Abraliopsis of the authors) scintillans, Berry, from Japan. Zool. Anz., 1913, vol. xliii, pp. 162-172.

Issatschenko, B.: 1903, Quelques expériences avec la lumière bactérienne. Ctbl. f. Bakt., Abt. 2, Bd. x, pp. 497-499.

Issatschenko, B.: 1903, A few experiments with bacterial light. Ctbl. f. Bakt., Part 2, Vol. x, pp. 497-499.

Issatschenko, B.: 1907, Zur Erforschung des Bakterienlichtes. Centralb. f. Bakt., Bd. xix, pp. 116-117.[Pg 170]

Issatschenko, B.: 1907, Research on Bacterial Light. Centralb. f. Bakt., Vol. xix, pp. 116-117.[Pg 170]

Issatschenko, B.: 1911, Erforschung des bakterielle Leuchten des Chironomus (Diptera). Bull. d. jard. imp. botan. St. Petersburg, vol. xi, p. 42.

Issatschenko, B.: 1911, Research on the bacterial luminescence of Chironomus (Diptera). Bulletin of the Imperial Botanical Garden St. Petersburg, vol. xi, p. 42.

Ives, H. E.: 1910, Further Studies of the Firefly. Physical Rev., vol. xxxi, pp. 637-651.

Ives, H.E.: 1910, More Research on the Firefly. Physical Rev., vol. xxxi, pp. 637-651.

Ives, H. E.: 1915, The Total Luminous Efficiencies of Present-day Illuminants. Physical Rev., Ser. 2, vol. v, p. 390.

Ives, H.E.: 1915, The Total Luminous Efficiencies of Modern Illuminants. Physical Rev., Ser. 2, vol. v, p. 390.

Ives, H. E., and Coblentz, W. W.: 1910, Luminous Efficiency of the Firefly. Bull. Bur. Stand., Wash., D. C., vol. vi, pp. 321-336.

Ives, H.E., and Coblentz, W.W.: 1910, Brightness Efficiency of the Firefly. Bull. Bur. Stand., Wash., D. C., vol. vi, pp. 321-336.

Ives, H. E., and Luckiesh, M.: 1911, The Effect of Red and Infra-red on the Decay of Phosphorescence in Zinc Sulphide. Astrophys. Journ., vol. xxxiv, pp. 173-196.

Ives, H.E., and Luckiesh, M.: 1911, The Impact of Red and Infrared Light on the Decay of Phosphorescence in Zinc Sulfide. Astrophys. Journ., vol. xxxiv, pp. 173-196.

Johann, L.: 1899, Ueber eigentümliche epitheliale Gebilde (Leuchtorgane) bei Spinax niger. Ztschr. f. wiss Zool., Bd. lxvi, pp. 136-160.

Johann, L.: 1899, On unusual epithelial structures (light organs) in Spinax niger. Journal of Scientific Zoology, Vol. lxvi, pp. 136-160.

Joubin, L.: Note sur l'appareil photogène d'un cephalopode (Histioteuthis Rupelii). Compt. rend. soc. Biol., 1893, pp. 142-146.

Joubin, L.: Note on the photogenic device of a cephalopod (Histioteuthis Rupelii). Compt. rend. soc. Biol., 1893, pp. 142-146.

Jourdan, Et.: 1885, Structure des élytres de quelques Polynoës. Zool. Anz., Bd. viii, pp. 128-134.

Jourdan, and.: 1885, Structure of the Elytra of Some Polynoë. Zool. Anz., Vol. viii, pp. 128-134.

Jourdan, Et.: 1887, Structure histologique des téguments et des appendices sensitifs de l'Hermione hystérix et du Polynoë Grubiana. Arch. Zool. Expér., 1887, 2nd ser., T. v, pp. 91-122.

Jourdan, Etc.: 1887, Histological structure of the skin and sensory appendages of the Hermione hystérix and Polynoë Grubiana. Arch. Zool. Expér., 1887, 2nd ser., Vol. v, pp. 91-122.

Jousset, de Bellesme: 1880, Recherches expérimentales sur la phosphorescence du lampyre. Jour. de l'anat. et de la Physiol., T. xvi, pp. 121-169.

Jousset, from Bellesme: 1880, Experimental Research on the Phosphorescence of the Firefly. Journal of Anatomy and Physiology, Vol. xvi, pp. 121-169.

Kastle, J. H., and McDermott, F. A.: 1910, Some Observations on the Production of Light by the Firefly. Amer. Jour. Physiol., vol. xxvii, pp. 122-151.

Kastle, J.H., and McDermott, F.A.: 1910, Some Observations on the Production of Light by the Firefly. American Journal of Physiology, vol. 27, pp. 122-151.

Katz, O.: 1891, Zur Kenntnis der Leuchtbakterien. Centralb. f. Bak., pp. 9, 157, 199, 229, 258, 311, 343.

Katz, O.: 1891, On the Study of Luminescent Bacteria. Central Journal for Bacteriology, pp. 9, 157, 199, 229, 258, 311, 343.

Kemp, S.: 1910, Notes on the Photophores of Decapod Crustacea. Proc. Zool. Soc., London, pp. 639-651.

Kemp, S.: 1910, Notes on the Light Organs of Decapod Crustaceans. Proc. Zool. Soc., London, pp. 639-651.

Knab, F.: 1909, Luminous Termite Hills. Science, vol. xxx, pp. 574-575.

Knab, F.: 1909, Luminous Termite Hills. Science, vol. 30, pp. 574-575.

Kölliker, A. V.: 1858, Ueber die Leuchtorgane von Lampyriden. Verh. d. Phys. Med. Ges., Würzburg, Bd. viii, pp. 217-224.

Kölliker, A.V.: 1858, On the Light Organs of Fireflies. Proceedings of the Phys. Med. Soc., Würzburg, Vol. viii, pp. 217-224.

Kölliker, A. V.: 1859, Ueber die Leuchtorgane der amerikanischen Pyrophorus-Arten. Verh. d. Phys. Med. Ges., Stiz. ber., Würzburg, Bd. ix, p. 28.

Kölliker, A.V.: 1859, On the light organs of the American Pyrophorus species. Proceedings of the Physico-Medical Society, Meeting Reports, Würzburg, Vol. ix, p. 28.

Krunkenberg, F. C. W.: 1887, Neue Tatsachen für eine vergleichende Physiologie der Phosphorescenzerscheinungen bei Tieren und bei Pflanzen. Vergl. Physiol. Studien, Heidelberg, II Reihe, 4th Abt., pp. 77-142.

Krunkenberg, F.C.W.: 1887, New Facts for a Comparative Physiology of Phosphorescence in Animals and Plants. Comparative Physiology Studies, Heidelberg, Series II, Part 4, pp. 77-142.

Kutscher, F.: 1897, Zur Physiologie der Phosphorescenz. Ztschr. f. Physiol. Chem., 1897, Bd. xxiii, pp. 109-113.

Kutscher, F.: 1897, On the Physiology of Phosphorescence. Journal of Physiol. Chem., 1897, Vol. xxiii, pp. 109-113.

Kutscher, F.: 1909, Die Leuchtorgane von Archoloë astericola. Ztschr. f. wiss. Zool., Bd. xcii, pp. 75-102.[Pg 171]

Kutscher, F.: 1909, The Light Organs of Archoloë astericola. Journal of Scientific Zoology, Vol. xcii, pp. 75-102.[Pg 171]

Langley, S. P., and Very, F. W.: 1890, On the Cheapest Form of Light from Studies at the Allegheny Observatory. Amer. Jour. of Sc., 3rd series, vol. xl, p. 97. Also Smiths. Miscell. Coll., xli, 1901.

Langley, S.P., and Very, F.W.: 1890, The Most Affordable Type of Light from Research at the Allegheny Observatory. American Journal of Science, 3rd series, vol. xl, p. 97. Also in Smith's Miscellaneous Collection, xli, 1901.

Langley, S. P.: 1902, Ann. Astrophys. Obs., vol. ii, p. 5.

Langley, S.P.: 1902, Ann. Astrophys. Obs., vol. ii, p. 5.

Lankester, E. Ray: 1867, Preliminary Notice of Some Observations with the Spectroscope on Animal Substances. Jour. of Anat. and Physiol., vol. ii, p. 116.

E. Ray Lankester: 1867, Initial Report on Observations Using the Spectroscope on Animal Materials. Journal of Anatomy and Physiology, vol. ii, p. 116.

Lehmann, K. B.: 1889, Studien ueber Bacterium phosphorescens, Fischer. Ctbl. f. Bakt., Bd. v, p. 785.

Lehmann, K.B.: 1889, Studies on Phosphorescent Bacteria, Fischer. Journal of Bacteriology, Vol. v, p. 785.

Lenard, P., and Wolf, M.: 1888, Lumineszenz der Pyrogallussaüre. Ann. Phys. u. Chem., 1888, N. F. xxxiv, pp. 918-925.

Lenard, P., and Wolf, M.: 1888, Luminescence of Pyrogallol. Ann. Phys. u. Chem., 1888, N. F. xxxiv, pp. 918-925.

Lendenfeld, R.: 1887, Die Leuchtorgane der Fische. Biol. Ctbl., Bd. vii, pp. 609-621.

Lendenfeld, R.: 1887, The Light Organs of Fish. Biol. Ctbl., Vol. vii, pp. 609-621.

Linnemann, E.: 1858, Phosphorescenz des Kaliums und Natriums. J. f. Prac. Chem., vol. lxxv, p. 128.

Linnemann, E.: 1858, Phosphorescence of Potassium and Sodium. J. f. Prac. Chem., vol. lxxv, p. 128.

Lode, A.: 1904, Versuche, die optische Lichtintensität bei Leuchtbakterien zu bestimmen. Ctbl. f. Bakt., I Abt., Orig., Bd. xxxv, pp. 524-527.

Lode, A.: 1904, Experiments to Determine the Optical Light Intensity in Bioluminescent Bacteria. Ctbl. f. Bakt., Series I, Original, Volume xxxv, pages 524-527.

Lode, A.: 1908, Experimente mit Leuchtbakterien. Referate. Centralb. f. Bakt., 2nd Abt., vol. xxii, p. 421.

Lode, A.: 1908, Experiments with Glow Bacteria. Reports. Centralb. f. Bakt., 2nd Part, vol. xxii, p. 421.

Ludwig, F.: 1874, Ueber die Phosphorescenz der Pilze und des Holzes. Diss. Göttingen, 30 pages.

Ludwig F.: 1874, On the Phosphorescence of Mushrooms and Wood. Thesis. Göttingen, 30 pages.

Ludwig, F.: 1884, Ueber die Spektroskopische Untersuchung photogener Pilze. Zeit. wiss. Mikr., vol. i, pp. 181-190.

Ludwig, F.: 1884, On the Spectroscopic Investigation of Light-Generating Fungi. Journal of Scientific Microscopy, vol. i, pp. 181-190.

Ludwig, F.: 1887, Die bisherigen Untersuchungen ueber photogene Bakterien. Centralb. f. Bakt., vol. ii, pp. 372 and 401.

Ludwig, F.: 1887, The previous studies on photogenic bacteria. Centralb. f. Bakt., vol. ii, pp. 372 and 401.

Ludwig, F.: 1901, Phosphorezierende Tausendfüssler und die Lichtfäule des Holzes. Centralb. f. Bakt., Abt. II., Bd. vii, pp. 270-274.

Ludwig, F.: 1901, Phosphorescent Millipedes and the Light Decay of Wood. Centralb. f. Bakt., Abt. II., Bd. vii, pp. 270-274.

Lund, E. J.: 1911, On the Structure, Physiology and Use of Photogenic Organs, with Special Reference to the Lampyridæ. Journ. Exp. Zool., vol. xi, pp. 415-467.

Lund, E.J.: 1911, On the Structure, Physiology and Use of Photogenic Organs, with Special Reference to the Lampyridæ. Journ. Exp. Zool., vol. xi, pp. 415-467.

Macaire, J.: 1821, Mémoire sur la phosphorescence des Lampyres. Ann. d. Chimie et Phy., T. xvii, pp. 151-167.

Macaire, J.: 1821, Memoir on the Phosphorescence of Lampyres. Ann. of Chemistry and Physics., Vol. xvii, pp. 151-167.

Macaire, J.: 1822, Ueber die Phosphorescenz der Leuchtkäfer. Gilbert's Annal. d. Physik., T. lxx, pp. 265-280.

Macaire, J.: 1822, On the Phosphorescence of Fireflies. Gilbert's Annals of Physics., Vol. 70, pp. 265-280.

Macaire, J.: 1822, On the Phosphorescence of Luminous Insects. Quarterly Journ. Science, Lit. and Art, vol. xii, pp. 181-182.

Macaire, J.: 1822, On the Phosphorescence of Luminous Insects. Quarterly Journ. Science, Lit. and Art, vol. xii, pp. 181-182.

Macartney, J.: 1810, Observations on Luminous Animals. Philos. Transact., vol. c, pp. 258-293.

Macartney, J.: 1810, Observations on Luminous Animals. Philos. Transact., vol. c, pp. 258-293.

Macfadyen, A.: 1900, On the Influence of the Temperature of Liquid Air on Bacteria. Proc. Roy. Soc., London, vol. lxvi, p. 180.[Pg 172]

Macfadyen, A.: 1900, The Effect of Liquid Air Temperature on Bacteria. Proc. Roy. Soc., London, vol. lxvi, p. 180.[Pg 172]

Macfadyen, A.: 1902, On the Influence of the Prolonged Action of Liquid Air on Micro-organisms and the Effect of Mechanical Trituration at the Temperatures of Liquid Air on Photogenic Bacteria. Proc. Roy. Soc., vol. lxxi, p. 76.

Macfadyen, A.: 1902, The Impact of Liquid Air’s Extended Interaction on Micro-organisms and the Effects of Mechanical Grinding at Liquid Air Temperatures on Photogenic Bacteria. Proc. Roy. Soc., vol. lxxi, p. 76.

Macé: 1887, Les glandes préanales et la phosphorescence des géophiles. Comp. rend. soc. Biol., pp. 37-39.

Macé: 1887, The preanal glands and the bioluminescence of earthworms. Comp. rend. soc. Biol., pp. 37-39.

Mangold, E.: 1907a, Ueber das Leuchten der Tiefseefische. Pflüger's Arch., Bd. cxix, pp. 583-601.

Mangold, E.: 1907a, On the Glowing of Deep-Sea Fish. Pflüger's Arch., Vol. cxix, pp. 583-601.

Mangold, E.: 1907b, Leuchtende Schlangensterne und die Flimmerbewegung bei Ophiopsila. Pflüger's Arch., Bd. cxviii, pp. 613-640.

Mangold, E.: 1907b, Glowing Serpent Stars and the Flickering Motion in Ophiopsila. Pflüger's Arch., Vol. cxviii, pp. 613-640.

Massart, J.: 1893, Sur l'irritabilité des Noctiluques. Bull. scientifique de la France et de la Belgique, T. 25.

Massart, J.: 1893, On the Irritability of Noctilucae. Scientific Bulletin of France and Belgium, Vol. 25.

Mast, S. O.: 1912, Behavior of Fireflies (Photinus ardens?), with Special Reference to the Problem of Orientation. Jour. Animal Behavior, vol. ii, pp. 256-272; also Science, vol. xxxv, p. 460.

Mast, S.O.: 1912, Behavior of Fireflies (Photinus ardens?), with Special Reference to the Problem of Orientation. Jour. Animal Behavior, vol. ii, pp. 256-272; also Science, vol. xxxv, p. 460.

Matteuci, C.: 1843, Sur la phosphorescence du lampyre d'Italie (L. italica). C. R. Ac. Sc., vol. xvii, pp. 309-312.

Matteuci, C.: 1843, On the phosphorescence of the Italian firefly (L. italica). C. R. Ac. Sc., vol. xvii, pp. 309-312.

McDermott, F. A.: 1910-1917, Observations on the Light Emission of American Lampyridæ. Canad. Entomol., 1910, vol. xlii, pp. 357-363; 1911, vol. xliii, pp. 399-406; 1912, vol. xliv, p. 73; 1912, vol. xliv, p. 309; 1917, vol. xlix, pp. 53-61.

McDermott, F.A.: 1910-1917, Observations on the Light Emission of American Fireflies. Canadian Entomologist, 1910, vol. xlii, pp. 357-363; 1911, vol. xliii, pp. 399-406; 1912, vol. xliv, p. 73; 1912, vol. xliv, p. 309; 1917, vol. xlix, pp. 53-61.

McDermott, F. A.: 1911a, Luciferesceine, the Fluorescent Material Present in Certain Luminous Insects. Jour. Amer. Chem. Soc., vol. xxxiii, pp. 410-416.

McDermott, F. A.: 1911a, Luciferesceine, the Fluorescent Material Found in Certain Glowing Insects. Jour. Amer. Chem. Soc., vol. xxxiii, pp. 410-416.

McDermott, F. A.: 1911b, The Stability of the Photogenic Material of the Lampyridæ and Its Probable Chemical Nature. Journ. Amer. Chem. Soc., vol. xxxiii, pp. 1791-1796.

McDermott, F.A.: 1911b, The Stability of the Photogenic Material of the Lampyridae and Its Likely Chemical Nature. Journ. Amer. Chem. Soc., vol. xxxiii, pp. 1791-1796.

McDermott, F. A. and Crane, C. G.: 1911c, A Comparative Study of the Structure of the Photogenic Organs of Certain American Lampyridæ. Amer. Nat., vol. xlv, pp. 306-313.

McDermott, F.A. and Crane, C.G.: 1911c, A Comparative Study of the Structure of the Photogenic Organs of Certain American Fireflies. Amer. Nat., vol. xlv, pp. 306-313.

McDermott, F. A.: 1911d, Some Observations on a Photogenic Microörganism, Pseudomonas Lucifera, Molish. Proc. Biol. Soc., Wash., vol. xxiv, pp. 179-184.

McDermott, F.A.: 1911d, Some Observations on a Photogenic Microorganism, Pseudomonas Lucifera, Molish. Proc. Biol. Soc., Wash., vol. xxiv, pp. 179-184.

McDermott, F. A.: 1911e, Recent Advances in Our Knowledge of the Production of Light in Living Organisms. Smithsonian Rep., pp. 345-362; also Sci. Amer. Suppl., No. 1842, pp. 250-251.

McDermott, F.A.: 1911e, New Insights into How Living Organisms Produce Light. Smithsonian Rep., pp. 345-362; also Sci. Amer. Suppl., No. 1842, pp. 250-251.

McDermott, F. A.: 1913, Chemiluminescent Reactions with Physiologic Substances. Journ. Am. Chem. Soc., vol. xxxv, pp. 824-826.

McDermott, F.A.: 1913, Chemiluminescent Reactions with Physiological Substances. Journ. Am. Chem. Soc., vol. 35, pp. 824-826.

McDermott, F. A.: 1915, Experiments on the Nature of the Photogenic Processes in the Lampyridæ. Journ. Amer. Chem. Soc., vol. xxxvii, pp. 401-404.[Pg 173]

McDermott, F.A.: 1915, Experiments on the Nature of the Photogenic Processes in the Lampyridae. Journ. Amer. Chem. Soc., vol. 37, pp. 401-404.[Pg 173]

McKenney, R. B.: 1902, Observations on the Conditions of Light Production in Luminous Bacteria. Proc. Biol. Soc., Wash., vol. xv, pp. 213-234.

McKenney, R.B.: 1902, Observations on the Conditions of Light Production in Luminous Bacteria. Proc. Biol. Soc., Wash., vol. xv, pp. 213-234.

McIntosh, W. C.: 1885, Address on Phosphorescence of Marine Animals. Nature, vol. xxxii, pp. 476-481.

McIntosh, W.C.: 1885, Address on Phosphorescence of Marine Animals. Nature, vol. xxxii, pp. 476-481.

Meyer, W. Th.: 1906, Ueber das Leuchtorgan der Sepiolini. Zool. Anz., Bd. xxx, pp. 388-392.

Meyer, W. Th.: 1906, On the Light Organ of the Sepiolini. Zool. Anz., Vol. xxx, pp. 388-392.

Michaelis, G. A.: 1830, Ueber das Leuchten der Ostsee nach eigenen Beobachtungen. Hamburg.

Michaelis, G.A.: 1830, On the Illumination of the Baltic Sea Based on Personal Observations. Hamburg.

Molisch, H.: 1905, Luminosity in Plants. Ann. Rept. Smithsonian Inst., pp. 351-362 (No. 1685).

Molisch, H.: 1905, Brightness in Plants. Ann. Rept. Smithsonian Inst., pp. 351-362 (No. 1685).

Moore, B.: 1908, Observations on Certain Organisms of (a) Variations in Relation to Light and (b) a Diurnal Periodicity of Phosphorescence. Biochemical Jour., vol. iv, pp. 1-29.

Moore, B.: 1908, Observations on Certain Organisms of (a) Variations in Relation to Light and (b) a Diurnal Periodicity of Phosphorescence. Biochemical Jour., vol. iv, pp. 1-29.

Muraoka, H.: 1896, Das Johanniskäferlicht. Wiedemann's Ann. d. Physik., N. F., Bd. lix, pp. 773-781.

Muraoka, H.: 1896, The Johannisbug Light. Wiedemann's Ann. d. Physik., N. F., Vol. lix, pp. 773-781.

Muraoka, H.: 1897, Das Johanniskäferlicht. Journ. of the Coll. of Science, Univ. Japan, vol. ix, p. 129.

Muraoka, H.: 1897, The Johanniskäferlicht. Journal of the College of Science, University of Japan, vol. 9, p. 129.

Nadson, G.: 1902, Sur la phosphorescence des Bacteries. Rapport fait à la Soc. Microbiologie, St. Petersbourg, March 29th.

Nadson, G.: 1902, On the Phosphorescence of Bacteria. Report Presented to the Society of Microbiology, St. Petersburg, March 29th.

Nadson, G.: 1903, Sur la phosphorescence des Bacteries. Bull. du jardin Imper. botan. de St. Petersbourg, T. iii, pp. 110-122.

Nadson, G.: 1903, On the Phosphorescence of Bacteria. Bull. du jardin Imper. botan. de St. Petersbourg, Vol. iii, pp. 110-122.

Nadson, G.: 1908, Zur Physiologie der Leuchtbacterien. Bull. Jard. Imp. Bot. de St. Petersbourg, vol. viii, p. 144.

Nadson, G.: 1908, On the Physiology of Luminous Bacteria. Bull. Jard. Imp. Bot. de St. Petersbourg, vol. viii, p. 144.

Nichols, E. L., and Merritt, E.: 1912, Studies in Luminescence. Pub. Carneg. Inst., Wash., No. 152, pp. 1-223.

Nichols, E.L., and Merritt, E.: 1912, Studies in Luminescence. Pub. Carneg. Inst., Wash., No. 152, pp. 1-223.

Nutting, C. C.: 1907, The Theory of Abyssal Light. Proc. Seventh Internat. Zool. Cong., Boston, pp. 889-899.

Nutting, C.C.: 1907, The Theory of Abyssal Light. Proc. Seventh Internat. Zool. Cong., Boston, pp. 889-899.

Nutting, P. G.: 1908, The Luminous Equivalent of Radiation. Bull. Bur. Standards, Washington, D. C., vol. v, pp. 261-039.

Nutting, P.G.: 1908, The Luminous Equivalent of Radiation. Bull. Bur. Standards, Washington, D. C., vol. 5, pp. 261-039.

Nutting, P. G.: 1911, The Visibility of Radiation, a Recalculation of Konig's Data. Bull. Bur. Standards, Washington, D. C., vol. vii, pp. 235-243.

Nutting, P.G.: 1911, The Visibility of Radiation, a Recalculation of Konig's Data. Bulletin of the Bureau of Standards, Washington, D. C., vol. vii, pp. 235-243.

Osborne, T. B. and Wakeman, A. J.: 1918, Some New Constituents of Milk. A New Protein Soluble in Alcohol. J. Biol. Chem., vol. xxxiii, p. 243.

Osborne, T.B. and Wakeman, A.J.: 1918, Some New Components of Milk. A New Protein That Dissolves in Alcohol. J. Biol. Chem., vol. xxxiii, p. 243.

Oshima, H.: 1911, Some Observations on the Luminous Organs of Fishes. Jour. Coll. Sc., Tokio, vol. xxvii.

Oshima, H.: 1911, Some Observations on the Luminous Organs of Fishes. Jour. Coll. Sc., Tokio, vol. xxvii.

Otto, M.: 1896, Sur l'ozone et les phénomènes de phosphorescence. C. R. Ac. Sc., vol. cxxlii, p. 1005.

Otto, M.: 1896, About ozone and phosphorescence phenomena. C. R. Ac. Sc., vol. cxxlii, p. 1005.

Owsjannikow, P.: 1864-1868, Zur Kenntnis der Leuchtorgane der Lampyris noctiluca. Mem. Ac. St. Petersb., Ser. 2, vol. xi; also Bull. Ac. So., 1864, vol. viii.

Owsjannikow, P.: 1864-1868, On the Knowledge of the Light Organs of Lampyris noctiluca. Mem. Ac. St. Petersb., Ser. 2, vol. xi; also Bull. Ac. So., 1864, vol. viii.

Panceri, P.: 1872, Etudes sur la phosphorescence des animaux marins. Ann. d. Sc. Nat., 5 Ser. Zool., T. xvi.[Pg 174]

Panceri, P.: 1872, Studies on the Phosphorescence of Marine Animals. Ann. d. Sc. Nat., 5th Series Zoology, Vol. XVI.[Pg 174]

Panceri, P.: 1877, Luminous Campanulariæ. Nature, vol. xvi, p. 30.

Panceri, P.: 1877, Luminous Campanulariæ. Nature, vol. 16, p. 30.

Pasteur: 1864, Sur la lumière phosphorescente des Cucujos. Comp. rend. Acad. Sc., T. lix, p. 509.

Pasteur: 1864, On the Phosphorescent Light of Fireflies. Comp. rend. Acad. Sc., Vol. lix, p. 509.

Peron, F.: 1804, Mémoire sur le nouveau genre Pyrosoma. Ann. du Mus. d'hist. Nat., vol. iv, 437-446.

Perón, F.: 1804, Memoir on the new genus Pyrosoma. Ann. of the Natural History Museum, vol. iv, 437-446.

Peters, A. W.: 1905, Phosphorescence in Ctenophores. Journ. of Exper. Zool., vol. ii, p. 103

Peters, A.W.: 1905, Phosphorescence in Ctenophores. Journ. of Exper. Zool., vol. 2, p. 103

Pflüger, E.: 1875a, Die Phosphorescenz lebendinger Organismen und ihre Bedeutung für die Principien der Respiration. Arch. f. die ges. Physiol., vol. x, p. 275.

Pfluger, E.: 1875a, The Phosphorescence of Living Organisms and Its Importance for the Principles of Respiration. Arch. f. die ges. Physiol., vol. x, p. 275.

Pflüger, E.: 1875b, Ueber die Phosphorescenz verwesender Organism. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bd. xi, pp. 222-263.

Pflüger, E.: 1875b, On the Phosphorescence of Decaying Organisms. Archives of General Physiology., Vol. xi, pp. 222-263.

Phipson, T. L.: 1860, Sur la matière phosphorescente de la raie. Compt. rend. Acad. d. Sc., T. li, p. 541.

Phipson, T.L.: 1860, On the phosphorescent material of the stripe. Compt. rend. Acad. d. Sc., Vol. li, p. 541.

Phipson, T. L.: 1872, Sur la noctilucine. C. R. Ac. Sc., T. lxxv, p. 547.

Phipson, T.L.: 1872, On noctilucine. C. R. Ac. Sc., Vol. 75, p. 547.

Phipson, T. L.: 1876, On Noctilucine, the Phosphorescent Principle of Luminous Animals. Journ. Franklin Inst., vol. ci, pp. 68-72.

Phipson, T.L.: 1876, On Noctilucine, the Phosphorescent Principle of Luminous Animals. Journ. Franklin Inst., vol. 101, pp. 68-72.

Pierantoni, Umberto: 1918, Les microörganismes physiologiques et la luminescence des animaux. Scientia, vol. xxiii, p. 43.

Pierantoni, Umberto: 1918, Physiological microorganisms and the bioluminescence of animals. Scientia, vol. xxiii, p. 43.

Polimanti, Oswald: 1911, Ueber das Leuchten von Pyrosoma elegans Les. Zeitschrift f. Biol., vol. lv, pp. 505-529.

Polimanti, Oswald: 1911, On the Glow of Pyrosoma elegans Les. Journal of Biology, vol. 55, pp. 505-529.

Pope, W. J.: 1899, On Triboluminescence. Nature, vol. lix, p. 618.

Pope, W.J.: 1899, On Triboluminescence. Nature, vol. 59, p. 618.

Prevost, Bénédict: 1810, Considérations sur le brillant des yeux du chat et de quelques autres animaux. Bibl. Britt. Sc. et Arts, vol. xlv, pp. 196-212.

Prevost, Benedict: 1810, Considerations on the Brightness of Cats' Eyes and Other Animals. Bibl. Britt. Sc. and Arts, vol. xlv, pp. 196-212.

Pütter, A.: 1905, Leuchtende Organismen. Ztschr. f. Allg. Physiol., Bd. v, Sammelreferate, pp. 17-53.

Pütter, A.: 1905, Glowing Organisms. Journal of General Physiology., Vol. v, Collected Articles, pp. 17-53.

Quatrefages, A. de: 1843, Note sur un nouveau mode de phosphorescence observé chez quelques Annelides et Ophiures. Ann. d. Sc. Nat., 2nd ser., Zool., T. xix, pp. 183-192.

Quatrefages, A. de: 1843, Note on a new type of phosphorescence observed in some Annelids and Ophiurids. Ann. d. Sc. Nat., 2nd ser., Zool., Vol. xix, pp. 183-192.

Quatrefages, A. de: 1850, Observations sur les noctiluques. Ann. d. Sc. Nat., 3rd Ser., Zool., T. xiv, pp. 226-235.

Quatrefages, A. de: 1850, Observations on the Noctiluca. Ann. d. Sc. Nat., 3rd Ser., Zool., Vol. xiv, pp. 226-235.

Quatrefages, A. de: 1850, Mémoire sur la phosphorescence de quelques invertébrés marins. Ann. d. Sc. Nat., 3 ser., Zool., T. xiv, pp. 236-281.

Quatrefages, A. de: 1850, A Study on the Phosphorescence of Some Marine Invertebrates. Ann. d. Sc. Nat., 3rd series, Zoology, Vol. XIV, pp. 236-281.

Quatrefages, A. de: 1862, The Phosphorescence of the Sea. Popular Sc. Rev., vol. i, pp. 275-298.

Quatrefages, A. de: 1862, The Phosphorescence of the Sea. Popular Sc. Rev., vol. i, pp. 275-298.

Radziszewski, B.: 1877, Untersuchungen ueber Hydrobenzamid, Amarin und Lophin. Ber. d. d. chem. Ges., vol. x, pp. 70-75 and pp. 321-322.

Radziszewski, B.: 1877, Studies on Hydrobenzamide, Amarin, and Lophin. Reports of the German Chemical Society, vol. x, pp. 70-75 and pp. 321-322.

Radziszewski, B.: 1880, Ueber die Phosphorescenz der organischen und organisierten Körper. Liebigs Ann., Bd. 203, pp. 305-336.

Radziszewski, B.: 1880, On the Phosphorescence of Organic and Organized Bodies. Liebigs Ann., Vol. 203, pp. 305-336.

Radziszewski, B.: 1883, Zur Theorie der Phosphorescenzerscheinungen. Ber. d. d. Chem. Ges., vol. xvi, pp. 597-601.[Pg 175]

Radziszewski, B..: 1883, On the Theory of Phosphorescence Phenomena. Report of the German Chemical Society, vol. xvi, pp. 597-601.[Pg 175]

Reeves, P.: 1917, The Minimum Radiation Visually Perceptible. Commun. No. 51, Research Lab. Eastman Kodak Co., pp. 167-174.

Reeves, P.: 1917, The Least Radiation You Can See. Commun. No. 51, Research Lab. Eastman Kodak Co., pp. 167-174.

Reichensperger, A.: 1908, Ueber Leuchten von Schlangensternen. Biol. Ctbl., Bd, xxviii, p. 166-169.

Reichensperger, A.: 1908, On the Illumination of Starfish. Biol. Ctbl., Vol. xxviii, pp. 166-169.

Reinelt, J.: 1906, Beiträge zur Kenntnis einiger Leuchtbacterien. Centralb. f. Bakt., vol. xv., pp. 289-300.

Reinelt, J.: 1906, Contributions to the Knowledge of Some Luminous Bacteria. Central Journal for Bacteriology, vol. xv., pp. 289-300.

Reinke, J.: 1898, Ueber das Leuchten von Ceratium tripos. Wiss. Meeresunters., herausgeg. V. d. Kommiss. z. wiss. Unters. d. deutsch. Meers. in Kiel u. d. Biol. Station auf Helgoland, N. F., Bd. iii, Abt. Kiel, p. 37.

Reinke, J.: 1898, On the Luminescence of Ceratium tripos. Scientific Marine Research, published by the Commission for Scientific Investigations of the German Seas in Kiel and the Biological Station in Helgoland, New Series, Vol. iii, Part Kiel, p. 37.

Richter, O.: 1906, Chlorophyllbildung im Bakterienlichte. Sitz. ber. d. k. k. Akad. d. Wiss. Wien. Math. nat. Kl., Bd. 115, i, p. 298.

Richter, O.: 1906, Chlorophyll production in bacteria light. Proc. of the Imperial Academy of Sciences Vienna. Math. Nat. Class., Vol. 115, i, p. 298.

Robin, Ch. et Laboulbene, A.: 1873, Sur les organes phosphorescents thoraciques et abdominals du Cocuyo de Cuba (Pyrophorus noctilucus, L.). Compt. rend. Acad. d. Sc. Paris, T. lxxvii, pp. 511-517.

Robin, Chapter. et Laboulbene, A.: 1873, On the phosphorescent organs of the thorax and abdomen of the Cuban firefly (Pyrophorus noctilucus, L.). Compt. rend. Acad. d. Sc. Paris, Vol. lxxvii, pp. 511-517.

Russell, W. J.: 1897, On the Action Exerted by Certain Metals and Other Substances on a Photographic Plate. Proc. Roy. Soc., vol. lxi, pp. 424-433.

Russell, W.J.: 1897, On the Effects Certain Metals and Other Materials Have on a Photographic Plate. Proc. Roy. Soc., vol. lxi, pp. 424-433.

Russell, E. J.: 1903, The Reaction between Phosphorus and Oxygen, Part I. Jour. Chem. Soc., vol. lxxxiii, pp. 1263-1284.

Russell, E.J.: 1903, The Reaction between Phosphorus and Oxygen, Part I. Jour. Chem. Soc., vol. 83, pp. 1263-1284.

Sasaki, M.: 1914, Observations on Hotaru-ika, Watasenia scintillans. Jour. Coll. Agric. Sapporo, Japan, vol. vi, pp. 75-105.

Sasaki, M.: 1914, Observations on Hotaru-ika, Watasenia scintillans. Jour. Coll. Agric. Sapporo, Japan, vol. vi, pp. 75-105.

Scharff, E.: 1908, Ueber das Leuchten des Phosphors und einiger Phosphorverbindungen. Zeit. physik. Chem., vol. lxii, pp. 179-193.

Scharff, E.: 1908, On the Glow of Phosphorus and Some Phosphorus Compounds. Journal of Physical Chemistry, vol. lxii, pp. 179-193.

Schmidt, P.: 1894, Ueber das Leuchten der Zuckmücken (Chironomidæ). Zool. Jahrb. Abth. Syst., 8 Bd., pp. 58-66. Trans. in Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (6), vol xv, pp. 133-141.

Schmidt, P.: 1894, On the Glow of Midge Flies (Chironomidæ). Zool. Jahrb. Abth. Syst., Volume 8, pages 58-66. Translated in Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (6), volume 15, pages 133-141.

Schultze, C. A. S.: 1886, Beobachtungen an Noctiluca. Arch. f. Mikrosk. Anat., Bd. ii, p. 163.

Schultze, C.A.S.: 1886, Observations on Noctiluca. Archives for Microbiology and Anatomy, Vol. ii, p. 163.

Schultze, Max: 1865, Zur Kenntnis der Leuchtorgane von Lampyris splendidula. Arch. f. mikrosk. Anat., Bd. i, pp. 124-137.

Max Schultze: 1865, Understanding the Light Organs of Lampyris splendidula. Arch. f. mikrosk. Anat., Vol. i, pp. 124-137.

Schurig, W.: 1901, Biologische Experimente nebst ein Einhang Microscopische Technik. Leipzig, p. 131.

Schurig, W.: 1901, Biological Experiments along with an Introduction to Microscopic Techniques. Leipzig, p. 131.

Shoji, R.: 1919, A Physiological Study on the Luminescence of Watasenia scintillans (Berry). Amer. Jour. Physiol., vol. xlvii, pp. 534-557.

Shoji, R.: 1919, A Physiological Study on the Luminescence of Watasenia scintillans (Berry). Amer. Jour. Physiol., vol. xlvii, pp. 534-557.

Singh, P., and Maulik, S.: 1910, Nature of Light Emitted by Fireflies. Nature, vol. lxxxviii, p. 111.

Singh, P., and Maulik, S.: 1910, The Nature of Light Produced by Fireflies. Nature, vol. 88, p. 111.

Sokolow, Iwan: 1909, Zur Frage Ueber das Leuchten und die Drüsengebilde der Ophiuren. Biol. Ctbl., Bd. xxix, pp. 637-648.

Sokolow, Iwan: 1909, On the Question of the Luminescence and Glandular Structures of Ophiurids. Biol. Ctbl., Vol. xxix, pp. 637-648.

Spallanzani, Lazzaro: 1794, Memoria sopra le Meduse fosforiche. Mem. Soc. Ital. Verona, vol. vii, pp. 271-290.

Lazzaro Spallanzani: 1794, Memoir on Phosphorescent Jellyfish. Mem. Soc. Ital. Verona, vol. vii, pp. 271-290.

Steche, O.: 1908, Beobachtungen ueber das Leuchten tropischer Lampyriden. Zool. Anz., Bd. xxxii, pp. 710-712.[Pg 176]

Steche, O.: 1908, Observations on the Glow of Tropical Fireflies. Zool. Anz., Vol. xxxii, pp. 710-712.[Pg 176]

Steche, O.: 1909, Ueber die Leuchtorgane von Anomalops katoptron und Photoblepharon palpebratus, zwei Oberflächenfischen aus dem Malaysichen Archipel. Ein Beitrag zur Morph. u. Physiol. der Leuchtorgane der Fische. Ztschr. f. wiss. Zool., Bd. xciii, pp. 349-408.

Steche, O.: 1909, About the light organs of Anomalops katoptron and Photoblepharon palpebratus, two surface fish from the Malay Archipelago. A contribution to the morphology and physiology of fish light organs. Journal of Scientific Zoology, Vol. xciii, pp. 349-408.

Sterzinger, I.: 1907, Ueber das Leuchtvermögen von Amphiura squamata, Sars. Ztschr. f. wiss. Zool., Bd. lxxxviii, pp. 358-384.

Sterzinger, I.: 1907, On the Brightness of Amphiura squamata, Sars. Journal of Scientific Zoology, Vol. lxxxviii, pp. 358-384.

Stübel, H.: 1911, Die Fluorescence tierische Gewebe in ultra-violett Licht. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol, vol. cxlii, pp. 1-14.

Stübel, H.: 1911, The fluorescence of animal tissues in ultraviolet light. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol, vol. cxlii, pp. 1-14.

Suchsland, E.: 1898, Physikalische Studien ueber Leuchtbakterien. Festschr. d. 200-jähr. Jubelfeier der Franckeschen Stiftungen, Halle, p. 87. Ref. in Zentralb. f. Bact., II Abt. iv, pp. 713-715.

Suchsland, E.: 1898, Physical Studies on Luminous Bacteria. Celebration of the 200th Anniversary of the Francke Foundations, Halle, p. 87. Referenced in Central Journal for Bacteriology, II Section iv, pp. 713-715.

Tarchanoff, J.: 1901, Lumière des bacilles phosphorescents de la mer Baltique. Compt. rend. Acad. d. Sc. Paris, 1901, T. cxxxiii, pp. 246-249.

Tarchanoff, J.: 1901, Light from Phosphorescent Bacteria of the Baltic Sea. Compt. rend. Acad. d. Sc. Paris, 1901, Vol. cxxxiii, pp. 246-249.

Tarchanoff, J.: 1902, Biologisch-chemische Untersuchungen der Phosphorescierenden Bakterien. (Russ.). Journ. med. chim. St. Petersbourg, Bd. xxv-xxvi, pp. 56-74.

Tarchanoff, J.: 1902, Biological and chemical studies of phosphorescent bacteria. (Russian). Journ. med. chim. St. Petersburg, vol. xxv-xxvi, pp. 56-74.

Terao, A.: 1917, Notes on Photophores of Sergestes prehensilis, Bate. Annot. Zool. Japan, vol. ix, pp. 299-316.

Terao, A.: 1917, Notes on the Light-Emitting Organs of Sergestes prehensilis, Bate. Annot. Zool. Japan, vol. ix, pp. 299-316.

Thomas, R. H.: 1902, A Luminous Centipede. Nature, vol. lxv, p. 223.

Thomas R. H.: 1902, A Luminous Centipede. Nature, vol. 65, p. 223.

Tollhausen, P.: 1889, Untersuchungen ueber Bacterium phosphorescens Fischer. Diss. Würzburg.

Tollhausen, P.: 1889, Research on Bacterium phosphorescens Fischer. Diss. Würzburg.

Tommasino, Th.: 1904, Constatation d'une radioactivité propre aux êtres vivants, vegetaux et animaux. Compt. rend. Acad. d. Sc., Bd. cxxxix, pp. 730-731.

Tommasino, Th.: 1904, Discovery of a radioactivity unique to living beings, plants, and animals. Compt. rend. Acad. d. Sc., Vol. cxxxix, pp. 730-731.

Townsend, A. B.: 1904, Histology of the Light Organs, of Photinus marginellus. Amer. Nat., 1904, vol. xxxviii, pp. 127-151.

Townsend, A.B.: 1904, Histology of the Light Organs, of Photinus marginellus. Amer. Nat., 1904, vol. xxxviii, pp. 127-151.

Trautz, M.: 1904, Ueber neue Lumineszenzerscheinungen. Zeit. wiss. Photogr., vol. ii, pp. 217-223; also, Zeit. f. Electrochem., vol. x, pp. 593-597.

Trautz, M.: 1904, On New Luminescence Phenomena. Journal of Scientific Photography, vol. ii, pp. 217-223; also, Journal of Electrochemistry, vol. x, pp. 593-597.

Trautz, M.: 1905, Studien ueber Chemilumineszenz. Ztschr. physikal. Chem., vol. liii, pp. 1-111.

Trautz, M.: 1905, Studies on Chemiluminescence. Journal of Physical Chemistry, vol. liii, pp. 1-111.

Trautz, M., and Schorigin, P.: 1905a, Kristallolumineszenz und Tribolumineszenz. Zeit. wiss. Photog., vol. iii, pp. 80-90.

Trautz, M., and Schorigin, P.: 1905a, Crystal Luminescence and Triboluminescence. Journal of Scientific Photography., vol. iii, pp. 80-90.

Trautz, M., and Schorigin, P.: 1905b, Ueber Chemilumineszenz. Zeit. wiss. Photog., vol. iii, pp. 121-130.

Trautz, M., and Schorigin, P.: 1905b, On Chemiluminescence. Journal of Scientific Photography, vol. iii, pp. 121-130.

Trojan, E.: 1906, Neuere Arbeiten ueber die Leuchtorgane der Fische. Zool. Ctbl., Bd. xiii, pp. 273-284.

Trojan, E.: 1906, Recent Studies on the Light Organs of Fish. Zool. Ctbl., Vol. xiii, pp. 273-284.

Trojan, E.: 1907, Zur Lichtentwicklung in den Photosphärien der Euphausien. Arch. f. mikr. Anat., Bd. lxx, pp. 177-188.

Trojan, E.: 1907, On the Development of Light in the Photospheres of Euphausia. Arch. f. mikr. Anat., Vol. lxx, pp. 177-188.

Trojan, E.: 1909, Leuchtende Ophiopsilen. Arch. f. mikr. Anat., Bd. lxxiii, pp. 883-912.[Pg 177]

Trojan, E.: 1909, Glowing Ophiopsiles. Arch. f. mikr. Anat., Vol. lxxiii, pp. 883-912.[Pg 177]

Trojan, E.: 1910, Ein Betrag zur Histologie von Phyllirhoë bucephala. Peron und Lesueur. mit besonderer Berücksichtigung des Leuchtvermögens des Tieres. Arch. microscop. Anat., vol. lxxv, pp. 473-517.

Trojan, E.: 1910, A Contribution to the Histology of Phyllirhoë bucephala. Peron and Lesueur. With a special focus on the animal's bioluminescence. Arch. microscop. Anat., vol. lxxv, pp. 473-517.

Trojan, E.: 1913, Ueber Hautdrüsen des Chætopterus variopedatus, Clap. Sitz. ber. d. Kais. Ac. d. wiss. Wein., vol. cxxii, Abt. 1.

Trojan, E.: 1913, On the Skin Glands of Chætopterus variopedatus, Clap. Reports of the Imperial Academy of Sciences, Vienna., vol. cxxii, part 1.

Trojan, E.: 1915, Die Leuchtorgane von Cyclothone Signata, Garman. Sitz.-ber. d. K. Akad. der wiss. Wien., Bd. cxxiv, Abt. 1.

Trojan, E.: 1915, The Light Organs of Cyclothone Signata, Garman. Proceedings of the Royal Academy of Sciences Vienna., Vol. cxxiv, Part 1.

Tschugaeff, L.: 1901, Ueber Tribolumineszenz. Ber. d. d. chem. Ges., vol. xxxiv, pp. 1820-1826.

Tschugaeff, L.: 1901, On Triboluminescence. Report of the German Chemical Society, vol. xxxiv, pp. 1820-1826.

Vallentin, R., and Cunningham, J. T.: 1888, The Photospheria of Nyctiphanes Norvegica. Quart. Journ. of Micr. Sc., N. S., vol. xxviii, pp. 319-341.

Vallentin, R., and Cunningham, J.T.: 1888, The Photospheria of Nyctiphanes Norvegica. Quart. Journ. of Micr. Sc., N. S., vol. xxviii, pp. 319-341.

Van't Hoff, J. H.: 1895, Ueber die menge und die Nature des sogen. Ozons das sich bei langsamer Oxidations des Phosphors bildet. Zeit. physik. Chem., vol. xvi, pp. 411-416.

Van't Hoff, J.H.: 1895, About the amount and nature of the so-called ozone that forms during the slow oxidation of phosphorus. Journal of Physical Chemistry, vol. xvi, pp. 411-416.

Verrill, A. E.: 1884, Evidences of the Existence of Light at Great Depths in the Sea. Nature, vol. xxx, pp. 280-281.

Verrill, A.E.: 1884, Evidence of Light Existing at Great Depths in the Ocean. Nature, vol. xxx, pp. 280-281.

Verworn, M.: 1892, Ein automatisches Zentrum für die Lichtproduktion bei Luciola italica L. Ctbl. f. Physiol., Bd. vi, pp. 69-74.

Verworn, M.: 1892, An Automatic Center for Light Production in Luciola italica L. Ctbl. f. Physiol., Vol. vi, pp. 69-74.

Vignal, W.: 1878, Recherches histologiques et physiologiques sur les Notiluques. Arch d. Physiol. Norm. et Patholog., 2nd ser., T. v, pp. 415-454.

Vignal, W.: 1878, Histological and Physiological Research on Notiluques. Archives of Normal and Pathological Physiology, 2nd ser., Vol. v, pp. 415-454.

Ville, J., and Derrien, E.: 1913, Catalyse biochemique d'une oxydation luminescente. C. R. Ac. Sc., vol. clvi, p. 2021.

Ville, J., and Derrien, E.: 1913, Biochemical Catalysis of Luminescent Oxidation. C. R. Ac. Sc., vol. clvi, p. 2021.

Vogel., R.: 1915, Beitrag zur Kenntnis des Baues und der Lebensweise der Larve von Lampyris noctiluca. Zeit. wiss. Zool., vol. cxii, pp. 291-432.

Vogel, R.: 1915, Contribution to the understanding of the structure and lifestyle of the larva of Lampyris noctiluca. Journal of Scientific Zoology, vol. cxii, pp. 291-432.

Watanabe, H.: 1897, The Phosphorescence of Cypridina hilgendorfii. Annot. Zool. Japan, vol. i; also, Zool. Jahrs., 1897.

Watanabe, H.: 1897, The Phosphorescence of Cypridina hilgendorfii. Annot. Zool. Japan, vol. 1; also, Zool. Jahrs., 1897.

Watasé, S.: 1895, On the Physical Basis of Animal Phosphorescence. Biol. Lect. Marine Biol. Lab. Woods Hole, pp. 101-119.

Watasé, S.: 1895, On the Physical Basis of Animal Phosphorescence. Biol. Lect. Marine Biol. Lab. Woods Hole, pp. 101-119.

Watasé, S.: 1898, Protoplasmic Contractility and Phosphorescence. Biolog. Lect. Marine Biol. Lab. Woods Hole, pp. 177-192.

Watasé, S.: 1898, Protoplasmic Contractility and Phosphorescence. Biolog. Lect. Marine Biol. Lab. Woods Hole, pp. 177-192.

Weiser, H. B.: 1918a, Color Determination of Faint Luminescence. Journ. Phys. Chem., vol. xxii, pp. 439-449.

Weiser, H.B.: 1918a, Color Determination of Faint Luminescence. Journ. Phys. Chem., vol. xxii, pp. 439-449.

Weiser, H. B.: 1918b, Crystalloluminescence, I, II. Journ. Phys. Chem., vol. xxii, pp. 480-509, and pp. 576-595.

Weiser, H.B.: 1918b, Crystalloluminescence, I, II. Journ. Phys. Chem., vol. xxii, pp. 480-509, and pp. 576-595.

Weitlaner, F.: 1909, Etwas von Johannis-Käferlicht. Verh. d. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wein., vol. lix.

Weitlaner, F.: 1909, Something About Johannis Beetle Light. Proceedings of the Zoological-Botanical Society of Vienna., vol. lix.

Weitlaner, F.: 1911, Weiteres vom Johanniskäferlicht und von Organismenleuchten uberhaupt, etc. Verh. d. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wein., vol. xli, p. 192.

Weitlaner, F.: 1911, More about the firefly and bioluminescent organisms in general, etc. Proceedings of the Zoological-Botanical Society of Vienna., vol. xli, p. 192.

Weleminsky, F.: 1895, Die Ursachen des Leuchtens bei Choleravibrionen. Prager med. Wochenschr., Bd. xx, pp. 263-264.[Pg 178]

Weleminsky, F.: 1895, The Causes of Luminescence in Cholera Vibrio. Prague Medical Weekly, Vol. xx, pp. 263-264.[Pg 178]

Welker, W. H.: 1912, Diffusibility of Protein Through Rubber Membranes with a Note on the Disintegration of Colloidian Membranes by Common Ethyl Ether and Other Solvents. Biochem. Bull., vol. ii, p. 70.

Welker, W.H.: 1912, The Spread of Protein Through Rubber Membranes with a Note on the Breakdown of Colloidal Membranes by Regular Ethyl Ether and Other Solvents. Biochem. Bull., vol. ii, p. 70.

Wheeler, W. M., and Williams, F. X.: 1915, The Luminous Organ of the New Zealand Glowworm. Psyche, vol. xxii, pp. 36-43.

Wheeler, W.M. and Williams, F. X.: 1915, The Luminous Organ of the New Zealand Glowworm. Psyche, vol. xxii, pp. 36-43.

Weidemann, E.: 1888, Ueber Fluorescenz und Phosphorescenz. Wied. Ann. d. Phy. u. Chem., vol. xxxiv, pp. 446-469.

Weidemann, E.: 1888, On Fluorescence and Phosphorescence. Wied. Ann. d. Phy. u. Chem., vol. xxxiv, pp. 446-469.

Wiedemann, E., and Schmidt, G. W.: 1895a, Ueber Luminescenz. Wied. Ann. d. Phy. u. Chem., vol. liv, pp. 604-625; 1895b, vol. lvi, pp. 201-254.

Wiedemann, E., and Schmidt, G.W.: 1895a, On Luminescence. Wied. Ann. d. Phy. u. Chem., vol. 54, pp. 604-625; 1895b, vol. 56, pp. 201-254.

Wielowiejski, H. R. v.: 1882, Studien ueber die Lampyriden. Ztschr. f. wiss. Zool., Bd. xxxvii, pp. 354-428.

Wielowiejski, H. R. v.: 1882, Studies on the Lampyridae. Journal of Scientific Zoology, Vol. xxxvii, pp. 354-428.

Williams, F. X.: 1916, Photogenic Organs and Embryology of Lampyrids. Journ. Morph., vol. xxviii, pp. 145-186.

Williams, F.X.: 1916, Photogenic Organs and Embryology of Lampyrids. Journ. Morph., vol. xxviii, pp. 145-186.

Yatsu, N.: 1917, Note on the Structure of the Maxillary Gland of Cypridina hilgendorfii. Journ. Morph., vol. xxix, pp. 435-440.

Yatsu, N.: 1917, Note on the Structure of the Maxillary Gland of Cypridina hilgendorfii. Journ. Morph., vol. xxix, pp. 435-440.

Young, C. A.: 1870, The Spectrum of the Firefly. Amer. Nat., vol. iii, p. 615.

Young, C.A.: 1870, The Spectrum of the Firefly. Amer. Nat., vol. 3, p. 615.

Zacharias, O.: 1905, Beobachtungen ueber das Leuchtvermögen von Ceratium tripos. Biol. Ctbl., Bd. xxv, pp. 20-30.

Zacharias, O.: 1905, Observations on the Luminescence of Ceratium tripos. Biol. Ctbl., Vol. xxv, pp. 20-30.


INDEX

  • Abegg, R., 147
  • Acanthephyra, 78
  • Agaricus, 99
  • Agassiz, A., 11
  • Alkaptonuria, 17
  • Allman, G. I., 11, 71
  • Ammonia, 12
  • Anodoluminescence, 26, 29
  • Anornalops, 69
  • Aristeus, 72
  • Aristotle, 1
  • Earthworms, 10
  • Efficiency of animal light, 48 ff
  • Eggs, luminous, 11
  • Electroluminescence, 24, 29
  • Embryos, luminous, 11
  • Euphasia, 72
  • Ewan, T., 147
  • Exner, S., 30
  • Extracellular luminescence, 68, 71
  • Eyes, luminous, 15 ff
  • Galloway and Welch, 84
  • Gernez, D., 32
  • Giard and Billet, 13
  • Giesbrecht, W., 11, 70
  • Glowworms, 1, 10, 43, 77
  • Gnathophausia, 72
  • Goss, B. C., 143
  • Greene, C. W., 70
  • Guinchant, 37
  • H-ion concentration and luminescence, 92, 138, 155
  • Heat production and luminescence, 93 ff
  • Heliotropism by animal light, 66.
  • Heller, J. F., 1, 2, 16
  • Heterocarpus, 72
  • Heteroteuthis, 72
  • Hooke, R., 91
  • Hulme, N., 1
  • Hyde, Forsyth and Cady, 57, 63
  • Hydrogenase, 131
  • Hydroils, 10, 72
  • "Ignis fatuus," 15
  • Immune bodies, 104
  • Infection, with luminous bacteria, 13
  • Infra red rays in animal light, 48 ff
  • Intensity of animal light, 63
  • Intracellular Luminescence, 68, 71
  • Interference colors, 14
  • Issatschenko, B., 66
  • Ives, H. E., 28, 44, 51 ff, 59, 61
  • Kemp, C., 78
  • Langley and Very, 43, 50 ff, 64
  • Lankester, E. R., 42
  • Lavoisier, 91
  • Lenard and Wolf, 37
  • Ligia, 13
  • Limulus, 129
  • Linnemann, E., 36
  • Lode, A., 65
  • Luciferase, 103 ff. Chap VI (properties);
  • of Pholas, 114;
  • of Cypridina, 123 ff
  • Luciferesceine, 31, 110
  • Luciferin, 103 ff. Chap. VI (properties);
  • of Pholas, 114;
  • of Cypridina, 116 ff
  • Luciola, 103, 125.
  • Luminescence, 23 ff
  • Luminosity, distribution in plant and animal kingdom, 3 to 12
  • Luminosity, false, 12 ff
  • Luminous animals, habitat, 10
  • Luminous animals, uses of to man, 17 ff
  • Luminous granules, 73, 75
  • Lyman rays, 21
  • Lyoluminescence, 35
  • MacCartney, J., 2, 3
  • Macfayden, A., 157
  • Macrozymases, 73
  • Man, luminosity of, 16
  • Mangold, E., 11, 72
  • Massart, J., 71
  • Mast, S. O., 69
  • Mayow, 91
  • McDermott, F. A., 31, 37, 45, 53
  • McKenney, R. B., 100
  • Medusæ or jelly fish, 2, 10, 72, 82
  • Methane, 15.
  • Michaelis, G. A., 1
  • "Minimum radiation visually perceptible," 65, 144
  • Molisch, H., 45, 53, 61, 66, 102
  • Molluscs, 10, 72
  • Monocentris, 69, 104
  • Moore, B., 71
  • Muraoka, H., 61
  • Myriapods, 10, 35, 72
  • Mytilus, 116
  • Quatrefages, A. de., 73
  • Radiant energy, 20 ff
  • Radioluminescence, 26
  • Radium rays or Becquerel rays, 21, 26, 30, 62
  • Radziszewski, B., 37, 39
  • Reaction velocity and luminescence, 145 ff
  • Reductase, 130 ff
  • Reeves, P., 65, 144
  • Respiration and luminescence, 91, 92, 99
  • Rhizomorpha, 2
  • Romberg's phosphorus, 32
  • Russel, E. J., 147
  • Russel, W. J., 62
  • Sapphirina, 14
  • Sarcina, 1
  • Scharff, E., 147
  • Scheele, 91
  • Schistostega, 15
  • Schizopod larvæ, 11
  • Schumann rays, 21
  • Schurig, W., 61
  • Scolopendra, 102
  • Sea, phosphorescence of, 2
  • Sepietta, 72
  • Sergestes, 72, 78
  • Singh and Maulik, 61
  • Solen, 116
  • Spallanzani, L., 85, 101
  • Spectrum of chemiluminescence, 39
  • Spectrum of luminous organisms, 42 ff [Pg 182]
  • Spectrum of phosphorescence, 28
  • Spectrum, range of, 21 ff
  • Spinthariscope, 30
  • Steche, O., 65, 69
  • Stefan-Boltzmann Law, 22, 23
  • Stimulation and luminescence, 68 ff, 135
  • Stoke's Law, 28, 31
  • Stylochiron, 72
  • Suchsland, E., 61
  • Sulphides, phosphorescence of, 27
  • Sweat, luminous, 17
  • Talitrus, 13
  • Tarchanoff, J., 13
  • Temperature and luminescence, 145 ff, 156 ff
  • Temperature radiation, 23
  • Thaumatolampas, 42
  • Thermoluminescence, 24 ff
  • Tomopterus, 72
  • Transparency of chitin to infra-red, 52
  • Trautz, M., 32, 33, 37, 39, 145
  • Triboluminescence, 32 ff
  • Trojan, E., 11, 78
  • Tschugaeff, L., 32
  • Ultra violet rays in animal light, 53 ff
  • Urine, luminous, 18
  • Uses of luminous organs, 81 ff
  • Vacuolides, 73
  • van Helmont, 91
  • van't Hoff, J. H., 147
  • Vibrio, 65
  • Ville and Derrien, 111
  • Visual sensibility, 54 ff
  • Watanabe, H., 75
  • Watasenia, 104
  • Water and luminescence, 85, 101
  • Weiser, H. B., 33, 34, 39
  • Welker, W. H., 121
  • Wheeler and Williams, 77
  • Wiedemann, E., 23
  • Wiedemann and Schmidt, 25, 36
  • "Will-o'-the-wisp," 15
  • Wood, phosphorescent or shining, 1, 2, 85
  • Worms or annelids, 3, 72
  • X-rays or Röntgen rays, 21, 26, 30, 62
  • Yatsu, N., 75
  • Young, C. A., 43
  • Zacharias, O., 71
  • Zymogen granules, 73

Transcriber's Notes

Uncommon forms for chemical names have been retained where they occur in the text, e.g. "atropin" for "atropine"; "asparagin" for "asparagine", etc.

Unusual versions of chemical names have been kept where they appear in the text, e.g. "atropin" for "atropine"; "asparagin" for "asparagine," etc.

The spellings of "Sidot blend" and "Sidot blende" are used interchangeably.

The spellings "Sidot blend" and "Sidot blende" are used interchangeably.

"PH" or PH (subscript H) is used throughout for the scale of alkali-acidity where the modern usage is "pH".

"PH" or PH (subscript H) is used throughout for the scale of acidity and alkalinity, where the modern term is "pH".

On page 173, the citation for Nutting, P. G.: 1908 has page range pp. 261-039. This is as it appears in the original, but is probably in error.

On page 173, the citation for Nutting, P.G.: 1908 lists the page range as pp. 261-039. This is how it appears in the original, but it’s likely incorrect.

Minor corrections to formatting and missing punctuation (mostly in the bibliography) have been changed without an explicit note.

Minor adjustments to formatting and missing punctuation (mainly in the bibliography) have been made without a specific note.


Changes to the text have been made only in the case of obvious spelling or type-setting errors. These are listed as follows:

Changes to the text have only been made for obvious spelling or typesetting errors. These are listed as follows:

Page ix: changed "Phoshorescence" to "Phosphorescence" (II. Luminescence and Incandescence ... Phosphorescence and fluorescence.)

Page ix: changed "Phoshorescence" to "Phosphorescence" (II. Glow and Shine ... Phosphorescence and fluorescence.)

Page ix: changed "Biozymoxyluminescence" to "Biozymoöxyluminescence" (V. The Chemistry of Light Production, Part I ... "Biozymoöxyluminescence.")

Page ix: changed "Biozymoxyluminescence" to "Biozymoöxyluminescence" (V. The Chemistry of Light Production, Part I ... "Biozymoöxyluminescence.")

Page x: changed "chemi-luminescence" to "chemiluminescence" in two instances (Reaction velocity and chemiluminescence. Temperature and chemiluminescence.)

Page x: changed "chemi-luminescence" to "chemiluminescence" in two instances (Reaction velocity and chemiluminescence. Temperature and chemiluminescence.)

Page 15: changed "th" to "the" (Less well known is the Ignis fatuus)

Page 15: changed "th" to "the" (Less well known is the Will-o'-the-wisp)

Page 26: re-positioned period outside of parentheses "after being illuminated (photoluminescence)."

Page 26: re-positioned period outside of parentheses "after being illuminated (photoluminescence)."

Page 29: changed "platino-cyanide" to "platinocyanide" (Fluorescent screens of barium platinocyanide)

Page 29: changed "platino-cyanide" to "platinocyanide" (Fluorescent screens of barium platinocyanide)

Page 29: added missing comma (willemite (Zn2SiO4), Sidot blend)

Page 29: added missing comma (willemite (Zn2SiO4), Sidot blend)

Page 34: added missing closing quotation mark ("It is altogether probable that the cause of this" ...)

Page 34: added missing closing quotation mark ("It's quite likely that the reason for this" ...)

Page 39: superscript "2" changed to subscript "2" in Na2CO3 (the pyrogallol-formaldehyde-Na2CO3-H2O2 reaction).

Page 39: superscript "2" changed to subscript "2" in Na2CO3 (the pyrogallol-formaldehyde-Na2CO3-H2O2 reaction).

Page 41: "50-metre candles" changed to "50 metre-candles" (Below 0.5 and above 50 metre-candles visibility varies ...)

Page 41: "50 metre-candles" changed to "50 metre-candles" (Below 0.5 and above 50 metre-candles visibility varies ...)

Page 42, Table 4: changed "Fraünhofer" to "Fraunhofer" in the caption and table heading (Fraunhofer Lines)

Page 42, Table 4: changed "Fraünhofer" to "Fraunhofer" in the caption and table heading (Fraunhofer Lines)

Page 47, Table 5: changed "Forster" to "Förster" (Bacteria ... Förster, 1887)

Page 47, Table 5: changed "Forster" to "Förster" (Bacteria ... Förster, 1887)

Page 56, Fig 12 caption: "Forsythe" changed to "Forsyth" (after Hyde, Forsyth and Cady).

Page 56, Fig 12 caption: "Forsythe" changed to "Forsyth" (after Hyde, Forsyth and Cady).

Page 72: added missing closing parenthesis "the molluscs (Pholas and Phyllirhoë)".

Page 72: added missing closing parenthesis "the mollusks (Pholas and Phyllirhoë)".

Page 74: "secretion" changed to "section" (A section of the epithelium shows large mucous-producing cells ...)

Page 74: "secretion" changed to "section" (A section of the epithelium shows large mucous-producing cells ...)

Page 75: added missing closing punctuation (At least one, probably two, are concerned in light production.)

Page 75: added missing closing punctuation (At least one, probably two, are involved in light production.)

Page 75: changed "intra-cellular" to "intracellular" (animals possessing light cells with intracellular luminescence)

Page 75: changed "intra-cellular" to "intracellular" (animals possessing light cells with intracellular luminescence)

Page 81; Fig. 29 caption: added missing comma (chr.1, chromatophore; ...)

Page 81; Fig. 29 caption: added missing comma (chr.1, chromatophore; ...)

Page 87: added missing closing parenthesis "(and that too of such a Density to make them continue shining)."

Page 87: added missing closing parenthesis "(and that too of such a Density to make them continue shining)."

Page 90: "necesary" changed to "necessary" (Boyle also made many experiments to show that air was necessary for the life of animals ...)

Page 90: "necessary" changed to "necessary" (Boyle also performed many experiments to demonstrate that air was essential for the survival of animals ...)

Page 93: changed "thermo-couple" to "thermocouple" (using a thermocouple as the measuring instrument)

Page 93: changed "thermo-couple" to "thermocouple" (using a thermocouple as the measuring instrument)

Page 94: "D" changed to "B" (placed in a large Dewar flask (B) filled with water)

Page 94: "D" changed to "B" (put into a big Dewar flask (B) filled with water)

Page 94: "Thermo-couples" changed to "Thermocouples" (Thermocouples (L and M) of advance...)

Page 94: "Thermo-couples" changed to "Thermocouples" (Thermocouples (L and M) of advance...)

Page 97: "thermo-couple" changed to "thermocouple" (Readings of each thermocouple on the galvanometer scale ...)

Page 97: "thermo-couple" changed to "thermocouple" (Readings of each thermocouple on the galvanometer scale ...)

Page 100: changed "McKenny" to "McKenney" (McKenney (1902) found also ...)

Page 100: changed "McKenny" to "McKenney" (McKenney (1902) found also ...)

Page 102: changed "misceable" to "miscible" (insoluble in water but miscible with it)

Page 102: changed "misceable" to "miscible" (insoluble in water but miscible with it)

Page 103: "demontrate" changed to "demonstrate" (I have been unable to demonstrate their existence in luminous bacteria;)

Page 103: "demontrate" changed to "demonstrate" (I have been unable to demonstrate their existence in luminous bacteria;)

Page 104: "thermolable" changed to "thermolabile" ( ...and a thermolabile complement (alexin) are necessary.)

Page 104: "thermolable" changed to "thermolabile" ( ...and a thermolabile complement (alexin) are necessary.)

Page 104: "thermolable" changed to "thermolabile" (Because of the necessity of thermostable and thermolabile substances for light production ...)

Page 104: "thermolable" changed to "thermolabile" (Because of the necessity of thermostable and thermolabile substances for light production ...)

Page 105: "thermolable" changed to "thermolabile" (luciferase (=photogenin) for the thermolabile material ...)

Page 105: "thermolable" changed to "thermolabile" (luciferase (=photogenin) for the thermolabile material ...)

Page 111: "preslence and H2O3" changed to "presence of H2O2" (lophin could be oxidized by vertebrate blood in the presence of H2O2.)

Page 111: "presence of H2O3" changed to "presence of H2O2" (lophin could be oxidized by vertebrate blood in the presence of H2O2.)

Page 116: "or" changed to "of" ( ... and would disappear from solution in the course of a day or so.)

Page 116: "or" changed to "of" ( ... and would disappear from solution in the course of a day or so.)

Page 116: changed "oxidizible" to "oxidizable" (The luciferins, as the oxidizable substances, must claim first attention.)

Page 116: changed "oxidizible" to "oxidizable" (The luciferins, as the oxidizable substances, must claim first attention.)

Page 123: "contrated" changed to "concentrated" (1 c.c. portions of concentrated luciferin)

Page 123: "contrated" changed to "concentrated" (1 c.c. portions of concentrated luciferin)

Page 132: "coluciferase" changed to "co-luciferase" (He now regards it as identical with his co-luciferase)

Page 132: "coluciferase" changed to "co-luciferase" (He now sees it as the same as his co-luciferase)

Page 151, Table 13: corrected duplicate numbering "10" to "11" (11 Ferric chloride)

Page 151, Table 13: fixed the duplicate numbering "10" to "11" (11 Ferric chloride)

Page 151, Table 13: corrected duplicate numbering "14" to "15" (15 Chromic sulfate)

Page 151, Table 13: corrected duplicate numbering "14" to "15" (15 Chromic sulfate)

Page 151, Table 13: abbreviated "minute" to "min." in two entries (boiled 1 min. and filtered)

Page 151, Table 13: shortened "minute" to "min." in two entries (boiled 1 min. and filtered)

Page 158: changed "appear" to "appears" (... and yet light appears only in presence of the latter.)

Page 158: changed "appear" to "appears" (... and yet light appears only in the presence of the latter.)

Page 162: added missing closing punctuation (More complete works on light and luminescence come first and original articles follow.)

Page 162: added missing closing punctuation (More complete works on light and luminescence are presented first, followed by original articles.)

Page 165: added missing comma (Dubois, R.: 1918a, Sur la Synthèse de la Luciferine.)

Page 165: added missing comma (Dubois, R.: 1918a, On the Synthesis of Luciferin.)

Page 165: changed "Biophotogénesis" to "Biophotogénèse" (Recherches Recentes de M. Newton Harvey sur la Biophotogénèse)

Page 165: changed "Biophotogénesis" to "Biophotogénèse" (Recent Research by M. Newton Harvey on Biophotogénèse)

Page 165: changed "Biophotogénèsis" to "Biophotogénèse" (Nouvelles Recherches sur la Biophotogénèse)

Page 165: changed "Biophotogénèsis" to "Biophotogénèse" (New Research on Biophotogenesis)

Page 166: changed "Oxydations geschwindigkeit" to "Oxydationsgeschwindigkeit" (Ueber die Oxydationsgeschwindigkeit von Phosphor ...)

Page 166: changed "Oxydations geschwindigkeit" to "Oxydationsgeschwindigkeit" (About the oxidation rate of phosphorus ...)

Page 166: changed "Radiumstrahlem" to "Radiumstrahlen" (Einige Beobachtungen ueber die durch Radiumstrahlen in den tierischen Geweben erzeugte Phosphoreszenz.)

Page 166: changed "Radiumstrahlem" to "Radiumstrahlen" (Some observations on the phosphorescence produced in animal tissues by radium rays.)

Page 166: changed "neiderer" to "niederer" (Ueber die Entwicklung von Bakterien bei niederer Temperatur.)

Page 166: changed "neiderer" to "niederer" (About the Development of Bacteria at Lower Temperature.)

Page 167: changed "nueue" to "neue" (Ueber die rosettenförmigen Leuchtorgane der Tomopteriden und zwei neue Arten von Tomopteris.)

Page 167: changed "nueue" to "neue" (On the rosette-shaped light organs of Tomopteridae and two new species of Tomopteris.)

Page 169: added missing hyphen to "Pflanzen-" (Ueber das Leuchten im Pflanzen-und Tierreiche.)

Page 169: added missing hyphen to "Pflanzen-" (About the Glow in the Plant and Animal Kingdom.)

Page 169: changed "Rucksicht" to "Rücksicht" (mit bes. Rücksicht auf. med. Diagnost. u. Therapie Wien.)

Page 169: changed "Rucksicht" to "Rücksicht" (with special consideration for. med. Diagnost. u. Therapie Wien.)

Page 170: changed "jord." to "jard." (Bull. d. jard. imp. botan. St. Petersburg)

Page 170: changed "jord." to "jard." (Bull. d. jard. imp. botan. St. Petersburg)

Page 171: changed "Lichtfaüle" to "Lichtfäule" (Phosphorezierende Tausendfüssler und die Lichtfäule des Holzes)

Page 171: changed "Lichtfaüle" to "Lichtfäule" (Phosphorescent millipedes and the light decay of wood)

Page 172: changed "Pfluger's Arch" to "Pflüger's Arch." (Pflüger's Arch., Bd. cxix, pp. 583-601.)

Page 172: changed "Pfluger's Arch" to "Pflüger's Arch." (Pflüger's Arch., Bd. cxix, pp. 583-601.)

Page 174: changed "Bedentung" to "Bedeutung" ( ... ihre Bedeutung für die Principien der Respiration)

Page 174: changed "Bedentung" to "Bedeutung" ( ... their significance for the principles of respiration)

Page 175: changed "Lazaro" to "Lazzaro" (Spallanzani, Lazzaro: 1794, ...)

Page 175: changed "Lazaro" to "Lazzaro" (Lazzaro Spallanzani: 1794, ...)

Page 176: changed "Leuchtvermogen" to "Leuchtvermögen" (Ueber das Leuchtvermögen von Amphiura squamata, Sars.)

Page 176: changed "Leuchtvermogen" to "Leuchtvermögen" (About the Light Emission of Amphiura squamata, Sars.)

Page 177: changed "Triboluminescenz" to "Tribolumineszenz" (Tschugaeff, L.: 1901, Ueber Tribolumineszenz.)

Page 177: changed "Triboluminescenz" to "Tribolumineszenz" (Tschugaeff, L.: 1901, Ueber Tribolumineszenz.)

Page 179: changed "Bandromski" to "Bandrowski" (Bandrowski, E., 33)

Page 179: changed "Bandromski" to "Bandrowski" (Bandrowski, E., 33)

Page 179: changed "Baelli" to "Batelli" (Batelli and Stern, 115)

Page 179: changed "Baelli" to "Batelli" (Batelli and Stern, 115)

Page 179: changed "Centnerswer" to "Centnerzwer" (Centnerzwer, M., 147)

Page 179: changed "Centnerswer" to "Centnerzwer" (Centnerzwer, M., 147)

Page 179: changed "Fire-flies" to "Fireflies" (Fireflies, 10, 31, 34,...)

Page 179: changed "Fireflies" to "Fireflies" (Fireflies, 10, 31, 34,...)

Page 180: changed "Forsythe" to "Forsyth" (Hyde, Forsyth and Cady, 57, 63).

Page 180: changed "Forsythe" to "Forsyth" (Hyde, Forsyth and Cady, 57, 63).

Page 180: changed "Flankland" to "Frankland" (Frankland, P., 62)

Page 180: changed "Flankland" to "Frankland" (Frankland, P., 62)

Page 180: changed "Glow-worms" to "Glowworms" (Glowworms, 1, 10, 43, 77)

Page 180: changed "Glow-worms" to "Glowworms" (Glowworms, 1, 10, 43, 77)

Page 181: changed "Piezolumisescence" to "Piezoluminescence" (Piezoluminescence, 32 ff).

Page 181: changed "Piezolumisescence" to "Piezoluminescence" (Piezoluminescence, 32 ff).

Page 182: changed "Stefan-Boltzman" to "Stefan-Boltzmann" (Stefan-Boltzmann Law, 22, 23)

Page 182: changed "Stefan-Boltzman" to "Stefan-Boltzmann" (Stefan-Boltzmann Law, 22, 23)

Page 182: changed "infrared" to "infra-red" (Transparency of chitin to infra-red, 52)

Page 182: changed "infrared" to "infra-red" (Transparency of chitin to infra-red, 52)

Page 182: added missing page references (Weiser, H. B., 33, 34, 39).

Page 182: added missing page references (Weiser, H. B., 33, 34, 39).




        
        
    
Download ePUB

If you like this ebook, consider a donation!